Emerson X-STREAM X2 Series Instruction Manual

Instruction Manual HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Gas Analyzers X-STREAM X2 Series Instruction Manual www.EmersonProcess.com ESSENTIAL INSTRUCTIONS READ THIS PAGE BEFORE PROCEEDING! Emerson Process Management (Rosemount Analytical) designs, manufactures and tests its products to meet many national and international standards. Because these instruments are sophisticated technical products, you MUST properly install, use, and maintain them to ensure they continue to operate within their normal specifications. The following instructions MUST be adhered to and integrated into your safety program when installing, using and maintaining Emerson Process Management (Rosemount Analytical) products. Failure to follow the proper instructions may cause any one of the following situations to occur: Loss of life; personal injury; property damage; damage to this instrument; and warranty invalidation. • Read all instructions prior to installing, operating, and servicing the product. • If you do not understand any of the instructions, contact your Emerson Process Management (Rosemount Analytical) representative for clarification. • Follow all warnings, cautions, and instructions marked on and supplied with the product. • Inform and educate your personnel in the proper installation, operation, and maintenance of the product. • Install your equipment as specified in the Installation Instructions of the appropriate Instruction Manual and per applicable local and national codes. Connect all products to the proper electrical and pressure sources. • To ensure proper performance, use qualified personnel to install, operate, update, program, and maintain the product. • When replacement parts are required, ensure that qualified people use replacement parts specified by Emerson Process Management (Rosemount Analytical). Unauthorized parts and procedures can affect the product’s performance, place the safe operation of your process at risk, and VOID YOUR WARRANTY. Look-alike substitutions may result in fire, electrical hazards, or improper operation. • Ensure that all equipment doors are closed and protective covers are in place, except when maintenance is being performed by qualified persons, to prevent electrical shock and personal injury. The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. 11th edition, 10/2012 X-STREAM and IntrinzX are marks of one of the Emerson group of companies. All other marks are property of their respective owners. Rosemount Analytical Process Gas Analyzer Center of Excellence Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Industriestrasse 1 D-63594 Hasselroth Deutschland T +49 (0) 6055 884-0 F +49 (0) 6055 884-209 www.emersonprocess.de HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM X2 Table of contents Instruction Manual SHORT FORM GUIDE FOR THIS MANUAL see chapter TOC To find information about Safety instructions...................................................... S The different instruments designs..............................1 The instruments technical data...................................2 Measuring principles characteristics.........................3 How to install the instruments....................................4 1st startup procedures, checking the instrument´s setup ...............................5 Software menu structure, how to navigate and menu entries descriptions...................................6 Basic procedures (e.g. calibration).............................7 Maintenance procedures.............................................7 Status messages and troubleshooting......................8 Modbus parameters ....................................................9 Service information.....................................................10 Block diagrams, terminals & connectors.................. A Index of phrases.........................................................IDX Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG TOC-1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Table of Contents Introduction S-1 Definitions S-1 Terms Used in This Instruction Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-2 Symbols Used on and Inside the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3 Symbols Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4 Safety Instructions S-5 Intended Use Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Safety Notice / Residual Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Authorized Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing and Connecting the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating and Maintaining This Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-5 S-5 S-6 S-6 S-7 S-7 Chapter 1 Technical Description 1-1 1.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 1.1.1 The Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1.2.1 Materials Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1.2.2 Safety Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1.2.3 Inlets and Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1.2.4 Pipework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1.2.5 Infallible Containments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1.2.6 Optional Components for Gas Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.2.7 Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 1.3 Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 1.3.1 Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 1.3.2 Status Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 1.3.3 Optional Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 1.4 Comparison of the Various X-STREAM X2 Analyzer Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 1.5 X-STREAM X2GK: ½19 Inch Table-Top Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 1.6 X-STREAM X2GP: 19 Inch Table-Top or Rackmount Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 1.7 X-STREAM X2XF: Field Housing With (XLF) Single Or (XXF) Dual Compartment . . . 1-20 1.7.1 Field Housing for Installation in Hazardous Areas (Ex-Zones / Divisons) . . . . . . . . . 1-26 1.8 X-STREAM X2FD: Cast Aluminum Flameproof Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27 Chapter 2 Technical Data 2-1 2.1 Common Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 2.2 Model-Specific Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 TOC-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual 2.2.1 X-STREAM X2GK: ½19 Inch Table-Top Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 2.2.2 X-STREAM X2GP: 19 Inch Table-Top and Rack-Mount Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 2.2.3 X-STREAM X2XF: Single (XLF) or Dual (XXF) Compartment Field Housing . . . . . . 2-15 2.2.4 X-STREAM X2FD: Flameproof Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 2.3 Information on Name Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Chapter 3 Measuring Principles 3-1 Chapter 4 Installation 4-1 Chapter 5 Startup 5-1 3.1 Infrared Measurement (IR), Ultraviolet Measurement (UV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3.1.1 IntrinzX Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3.1.2 NDIR Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 3.1.3 Technical Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 3.2 Oxygen Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 3.2.1 Paramagnetic Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 3.2.2 Electrochemical Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 3.2.3 Electrochemical Trace Oxygen Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 3.3 Thermal Conductivity Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 3.3.1 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 3.3.2 Technical Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 3.4 Trace Moisture Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 3.4.1 Special Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3.4.2 Accompanying Gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 3.5 Measurement Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 4.1 Scope of Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4.2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 4.3 Gas Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 4.4 Gas Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 4.5 Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 4.6 Analyzer Specific Instructions for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 4.6.1 X-STREAM X2GK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 4.6.2 X-STREAM X2GP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 4.6.3 X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings (single XLF; Dual XXF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 4.7 Notes On Wiring Signal Inputs and Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34 4.7.1 Electrical Shielding of Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34 4.7.2 Wiring Inductive Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 4.7.3 Driving High-Current Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 4.7.4 Driving Multiple Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG TOC-3 TOC Table of Contents Table of contents X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Table of Contents 5.2 Front Panel Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 5.2.1 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 5.2.2 Status LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 5.2.3 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 5.3 Symbols Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 5.4 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 5.4.1 Navigating and Editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 5.4.2 Access Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 5.4.3 Special Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 5.5 Powering Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 5.5.1 Boot Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 5.5.2 Measurement Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 5.6 Selecting the Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 5.7 Checking the Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 5.7.1 Installed Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 5.7.2 Configuring the Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 5.7.3 Calibration Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 5.7.4 Setting the Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 5.7.5 Setting Concentration Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 5.7.6 Backing Up the Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34 Chapter 6 User Interface and Software Menus 6-1 6.1 Symbols Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 6.2 Menu System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 6.2.1 Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 6.2.2 Control Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 6.2.3 Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 6.2.4 Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 6.2.5 Info Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61 Chapter 7 Maintenance and Other Procedures 7-1 7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 7.2 General Maintenance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 7.3 Performing a Leak Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 7.4 Calibration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 7.4.2 Manual Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 7.4.4 Remote Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32 7.4.5 Unattended Automatic Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37 TOC-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual 7.4.6 Resetting a Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 7.4.8 Cancelling an Ongoing Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 7.5 Replacing Worn Out Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43 7.5.1 Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43 7.5.2 Opening X-STREAM Analyzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44 7.5.3 Replacing the Electrochemical Oxygen Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47 7.5.4 Replacing the Trace Oxygen Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54 7.5.5 Replacing the Trace Moisture Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55 7.6 Cleaning the Instrument´s Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57 7.7.1 Save CfgData to UserData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59 7.7.2 Restore UserData to CfgData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60 7.7.3 Copy FactData to CfgData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61 7.7.4 Save / Restore CfgData to External Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62 Chapter 8 Troubleshooting 8-1 8.1 Abstract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 8.2 Solving Problems Indicated by Status Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 8.2.1 Analyzer Related Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 8.2.2 Channel Related Messages (preceded by Channel Tag, e.g. CO2.1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 8.4.1 Opening X-STREAM Analyzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 8.4.2 Signal Connectors on XSP Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 8.4.3 Sample Pump: Replacement of Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 8.4.4 Paramagnetic Oxygen Cell: Adjustment of Physical Zero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33 8.4.5 Thermal Conductivity Cell: Adjustment of Output Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36 Chapter 9 Modbus Functions 9-1 9.1 Abstract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 9.1.1 Modbus TCP/IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 9.2 Supported Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 Chapter 10 Service Information 10-1 10.1 Return of Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 10.2 Customer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 10.3 Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG TOC-5 TOC Table of Contents Table of contents X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Table of Contents Chapter 11 Dismounting and Disposal 11-1 11.1 Dismounting and Diposal of the Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Appendix A-1 A.1 Modbus Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 A.2 EC Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14 A.4 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21 A.5 Water Vapor: Relationship of Dewpoint, Vol.-% and g/Nm³ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-34 A.6 Declaration of Decontamination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-35 A.7 Assignment of Terminals and Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-37 A.7.1 Tabletop & Rack Mount Analyzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-37 A.7.2 Field Housings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-38 Index I-1 TOC-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual Fig. 1-1: Fig. 1-2: Fig. 1-3: Fig. 1-4: Fig. 1-5: Fig. 1-6: Fig. 1-7: Fig. 1-8: Fig. 1-9: Fig. 1-10: Fig. 1-11: Fig. 1-12: Fig. 1-13: Fig. 1-14: X-STREAM Front Panel (here the X-STREAM X2GP)............................................1-3 Optional Heated Area..............................................................................................1-7 Gas Flow Diagram: Single Channel or in Series.....................................................1-8 Serial Interface Marking.........................................................................................1-10 X-STREAM X2GK - Views.....................................................................................1-16 X-STREAM X2GP - Views.....................................................................................1-19 X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings - Front Views...................................................1-22 X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings - Front Panel...................................................1-23 X-STREAM XLF - Bottom and Side View..............................................................1-24 X-STREAM XLF - Power Supply and Signal Terminals.........................................1-25 X-STREAM X2FD - Front View .............................................................................1-29 X-STREAM X2FD - Front Panel............................................................................1-30 X-STREAM X2FD - Bottom View...........................................................................1-30 X-STREAM X2FD - Terminals...............................................................................1-31 Fig. 2-1: Fig. 2-2: Fig. 2-3: Fig. 2-4: Fig. 2-5: Fig. 2-6: Fig. 2-7: Fig. 2-8: Fig. 2-9: Fig. 2-10: Fig. 2-11: Fig. 2-12: Fig. 2-13: Fig. 2-14: Fig. 2-15: X-STREAM X2GK - Dimensions.............................................................................2-5 X-STREAM X2GK - Rear Panel and Handle Variations..........................................2-6 UPS 01 T Power Supply Unit...................................................................................2-9 10 A Table-Top PSU...............................................................................................2-10 X-STREAM X2GP - Dimensions............................................................................2-12 X-STREAM X2GP - Power Supply and Signal Connections.................................2-14 X-STREAM X2GP - Signal Connections With Screw-Type Terminal Adapters.....2-14 X-STREAM XLF - Dimensions..............................................................................2-15 X-STREAM XXF - Dimensions..............................................................................2-16 X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings - Power Supply Terminals / Fuse Holders.......2-18 X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings - Signal Terminals ..........................................2-18 X-STREAM X2FD - Dimensions............................................................................2-19 X-STREAM X2FD - Power Supply Terminals / Fuse Holders................................2-20 X-STREAM X2FD - Signal Terminals....................................................................2-21 Analyzer Name Plate (examples)..........................................................................2-22 Fig. 3-1: Fig. 3-2: Fig. 3-3: Fig. 3-4: Fig. 3-5: Fig. 3-6: Fig. 3-7: IntrinzX Signal Forms..............................................................................................3-2 Gas Detector Design Principle................................................................................3-3 Photometer Assembly Principle...............................................................................3-4 Paramagnetic Oxygen Sensor - Assembly Principle...............................................3-5 Electrochemical Sensor - Internal Assembly Principle............................................3-8 Electrochemical O2 Sensor - Assembly...................................................................3-8 Electrochemical Reaction of Oxygen Sensor..........................................................3-9 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG TOC-7 TOC Table of Figures Table of contents X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Index of Figures Fig. 3.8 Fig. 3.9 Fig. 3.10 Fig. 3-11: Fig. 3-12: Fig. 3-13: Fig. 3-14: Cover for EO2 Sensor Block At Rear Panel..........................................................3-10 Trace Oxygen Sensor Design Principle.................................................................3-11 Cover for TO2 Sensor Block At Rear Panel...........................................................3-12 Wheatstone Bridge................................................................................................3-13 TC Cell, Exterior View, Thermal Isolation Removed..............................................3-14 TC Cell, Sectional View.........................................................................................3-14 Trace Moisture Sensor Assembly..........................................................................3-15 Fig. 4-1: Fig. 4-2: Fig. 4-3: Fig. 4-4: Fig. 4-5: Fig. 4-6: Fig. 4-7: Fig. 4-8: Fig. 4-9: Fig. 4-10: Fig. 4-11: Fig. 4-12: Fig. 4-13: Fig. 4-14: Fig. 4-15: Fig. 4-16: Fig. 4-17: Fig. 4-18: Fig. 4-19: Fig. 4-20: Fig. 4-21: Fig. 4-22: Fig. 4-23: Fig. 4-24: Fig. 4-25: Fig. 4-26: Fig. 4-27: Fig. 4-28: Fig. 4-29: Fig. 4-30: Fig. 4-31: X-STREAM X2 Analyzers - Scope of Supply...........................................................4-1 Labelling of Gas Connectors (example)..................................................................4-6 Installation in Bypass Mode.....................................................................................4-6 X-STREAM X2GK - Front Panel..............................................................................4-9 X-STREAM X2GK - Rear Panel............................................................................4-10 Socket X1 - Pin Configuration...............................................................................4-11 Plug X2 - Modbus Interface...................................................................................4-12 Socket X4 - Pin Configuration..............................................................................4-13 Power In Connectors.............................................................................................4-14 X-STREAM X2GP - Front View.............................................................................4-15 X-STREAM X2GP - Rear Panel, Model With Signal Plugs and Sockets..............4-16 X-STREAM X2GP - Rear Panel, With Terminal Adapters and Brackets...............4-17 Socket X1 - Analog & Digital Outputs 1–4............................................................4-18 Plug X2 - Modbus Interface...................................................................................4-19 Configuration of XSTA Terminal Adapter...............................................................4-20 Sockets X4.1 and X4.2 - Pin Configuration..........................................................4-21 Configuration of XSTD Terminal Adapter...............................................................4-22 X-STREAM XLF ...................................................................................................4-23 X-STREAM XXF ...................................................................................................4-24 X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings - Terminals, Cable Glands and Gas Fittings....4-25 Terminal Block X1 - Analog Signals and Relay Outputs 1–4................................4-28 Terminal Block X1 - Modbus Interface...................................................................4-29 X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings - Ethernet Connector.......................................4-30 Terminal Blocks for Digital Inputs and Outputs......................................................4-31 Power Supply Connections...................................................................................4-32 Shielded Signal Cable, Shielding Connected At Both Ends..................................4-34 Shielded Signal Cable, Shielding Connected At One end.....................................4-35 Signal Cable With Double Shielding, Shieldings Connected At Alternate Ends....4-35 Shield Connector Terminal With Cable..................................................................4-36 Suppressor Diode for Inductive Loads..................................................................4-37 Driving High-Current Loads...................................................................................4-37 TOC-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual Fig. 4-32: Loads in Series......................................................................................................4-38 Fig. 4-33: Loads in Parallel....................................................................................................4-38 Fig. 5-1: Fig. 5-2: Fig. 5-3: Fig. 5-4: Fig. 6-1: X-STREAM Front Panel..........................................................................................5-2 Limits Defining a Window for Valid Concentrations...............................................5-31 High Pre-Alarm and Main Alarm............................................................................5-32 Low Pre-Alarm and Main Alarm.............................................................................5-33 X-STREAM Software Menu Structure.....................................................................6-3 Fig. 7-1: Fig. 7-2: Fig. 7-3: Fig. 7-4: Fig. 7-5: Fig. 7-6: Fig. 7-7: Fig. 7-8: Fig. 7-9: Fig. 7-10: Fig. 7-11: Fig. 7-12: Fig. 7-13: Fig. 7-14: Fig. 7-15: Fig. 7-16: Fig. 7-17: Fig. 7-18: Leak Testing With U-Turn Manometer.....................................................................7-4 Calibration Improvement by Variable Valve Assignments......................................7-10 Internal Valves Assignments..................................................................................7-13 Zero All Calibration Procedure Flow Chart............................................................7-23 Span All Calibration Procedure Flow Diagram......................................................7-26 Zero Span All Calibration Procedure Flow Diagram..............................................7-29 Digital Inputs - Initializing Calibrations...................................................................7-34 Graphical Explanation of Interval Time Settings....................................................7-38 X-STREAM X2GP..................................................................................................7-44 X-STREAM X2GK.................................................................................................7-44 X-STREAM X2 Field Housings and X2FD - How to Open....................................7-45 Location of the EO2 Sensor Unit...........................................................................7-50 Sensor Unit Design................................................................................................7-51 Sensor At Rear Panel............................................................................................7-52 OXS Board, Top View............................................................................................7-52 Trace Moisture Sensor Assembly Separated........................................................7-55 Relationship of Supported Data Sets and Where to Find Further Information......7-58 Service Port Connector - Serial RS 232 Interface.................................................7-62 Fig. 8-1: Fig. 8-2: Fig. 8-3: Fig. 8-4: X-STREAM X2GP..................................................................................................8-19 X-STREAM X2GK.................................................................................................8-19 X-STREAM X2 Field Housings and X2FD - How to Open....................................8-20 XSP - Allocation of Signal Connectors..................................................................8-21 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG TOC-9 TOC Index of Figures Table of contents X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Index of Tables Tab. 3-1: Tab. 3-2: Tab. 3-3: Tab. 3-4: Tab. 3-5: Tab. 3-6: Tab. 3-7: Tab. 3-8: Tab. 3-9: Tab. 3-10: Tab. 3-11: Tab. 3-12: Paramagnetic Sensor - Cross Interferences (examples). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Solvent Resistant Paramagnetic Sensor - Approved Solvents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Solvent Resistant Paramagnetic Sensor - Medium Affected Materials . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Electrochemical Oxygen Measurement - Cross Interferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Examples of Specific Thermal Conductivities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Dew Points and Water Content (at 1013 hPa) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Limitations on Gases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Gas Components and Measuring Ranges, Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 IR, UV, VIS, TCD - Measurement Performance Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Oxygen - Standard Measurement Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 Trace Moisture - Standard Measurement Performance Specifications. . . . . . . . . 3-22 Special Performance Specifications for Gas Purity Measurements. . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Tab. 5-1: Analog Output Signals: Settings and Operational Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Tab. 5-2: Analog Outputs - Scaling (examples). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 Tab. 5-3: Influence of “SpanRange” Parameter on Concentration Alarm Limits . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Tab. 6-1: Tab. 6-2: Tab. 6-3: Tab. 6-4: Analog Output Signals - Settings and Operational Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32 Options for Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38 Options for Digital Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40 Parameter IntSHS Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42 Tab. 7-1: Digital Inputs Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 TOC-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 The manual covers several X-STREAM analyzer models and so many contain information about configurations and/or options not appliccable to your analyzer. The installation and operation of units for use in explosive environments is not covered in this manual. Analyzers intended to be used in such environments are supplied with further instruction manuals, which should be consulted in addition to this. DEFINITIONS The following definitions explain the use of the terms WARNING, CAUTION and NOTE in this manual. Indicates an operational or maintenance procedure, a process, a condition, an instruction, etc. Failure to comply may result in injury, death or permanent health risk. Indicates an operational or maintenance procedure, a process, a condition, an instruction, etc. Failure to comply may result in damage to or destruction of the instrument, or impaired performance. NOTE! Indicates an imperative operational procedure, or an important condition or instruction. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG S-1 S The instruction manual contains information about the component assembly, function, installation, operation and maintenance of the X-STREAM® X2 series gas analyzers. Safety Instructions INTRODUCTION X-STREAM X2 Instruction Manual HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 TERMS USED IN THIS INSTRUCTION MANUAL Explosive Gas(es) Flammable Gases and gas mixtures in a mixture with air within the explosive limits. Flammable Gas(es) Gases and gas mixtures are assigned to be flammable if they might become ignitable when in a mixture with air. Infallible Containment This term is derived from the standards of explosion protection especially from the requirements for pressurized housings: thus an infallible containment can be characterized by no intended leakage into the gas paths enabling gas to enter the inner compartment of the analyzer housing. Intrinsically Safe Cell (IS Cell) Cells supplied with an intrinsically safe power signal, approved by a Test Institute, to operate with explosive gases. The design ensures the IS cells remains safe even in case of failure and explosive gases are not ignited. Protection Class IP66 / NEMA 4X Both terms are used to specify conditions for equipment to be installed outdoor. IP stands for Ingress Protection, the first number specifies protection against solid objects (6. = dust tight) while the second number specifies the degree of protection against liquids (.6 = heavy seas). NEMA stands for National Electrical Manufacturers Association. 4X specifies a degree of protection to personnel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment; to provide a degree of protection against falling dirt, rain, sleet, snow, windblown dust, splashing water, and hose-directed water; and that will be undamaged by the external formation of ice on the enclosure Upper Explosion Limit (UEL) Volume ratio of flammable gas in air above which an explosive gas atmosphere will not be formed: the mixture of gas and air is too rich in fuel (deficient in oxygen) to burn. Lower Explosion Limit (LEL) Volume ratio of flammable gas in air below which an explosive gas atmosphere will not be formed: the mixture of gas and air lacks sufficient fuel (gas) to burn. NAMUR NAMUR is an international user association of automation technology in process industries. This organisation has issued experience reports and working documents, called recommendations (NE) and worksheets (NA). S-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Strictly observe the given warnings, instructions and information to minimize hazards! This symbol at the instrument ... ... means dangerous voltages may be accessible. Removing covers is permitted only, if the instrument is disconnected from power - and even in this case by qualified personnel only! hot surfaces may be accessible. Removing covers by qualified personnel is permitted only, if the instrument is disconnected from power. Nevertheless several surfaces may remain hot for a limited time. more detailled information available: see instruction manual before proceeding! more detailled information available: see instruction manual before proceeding! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG S-3 S Wherever one or more of the following symbols appear on or inside the instrument, be careful and read the instructions given in the accompanying manuals! Safety Instructions SYMBOLS USED ON AND INSIDE THE UNIT Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 SYMBOLS USED IN THIS MANUAL Wherever one or more of the following symbols are used in this instruction manual, read the accompanying information and instructions carefully. Follow these warnings and notes carefully to minimize risk. This symbol used in the manual ... ... means dangerous voltages may be exposed hot surfaces may be exposed possible danger of explosion toxic substances may be present substances harmful to health may be present indicates notes relating to heavy instruments electrical components may be destroyed by electrostatic discharges units must be disconnected from the power source indicates special instructions or information for operation at low temperatures. indicates basic conditions or procedures are being described. This symbol may also indicate information important for achieving accurate measurements. S-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM series gas analyzers are intended to be used as analyzers for industrial purposes. They must not be used in medical, diagnostic or life support applications nor as safety devices. Using X-STREAM XE analyzers as safety devices, requiring redundant design or SIL classification, is also not permitted. No independent agency certifications or approvals are to be implied as covering such applications! GENERAL SAFETY NOTICE / RESIDUAL RISK If this equipment is used in a manner not specified in these instructions, protective systems may be impaired. Despite of incoming goods inspections, production control, routine tests and application of state-of-the-art measuring and test methods, an element of risk remains when operating a gas analyzer! Even when operated as intended and observing all applicable safety instructions some residual risks remain, including, but not limited to, the following: • A n interruption of the protective earth line, e.g. in an extension cable, may result in risk to the user. • L ive parts are accessible when operating the instrument with doors open or covers removed. • T he emission of gases hazardous to health may even be possible when all gas connections have been correctly made. Avoid exposure to the dangers of these residual risks by taking particular care when installing, operating, maintaining and servicing the analyzer. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG S-5 S INTENDED USE STATEMENT Safety Instructions SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Safety Instructions AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL In-depth specialist knowledge is an absolutely necessary condition for working with and on the analyzer. Authorized personnel for installing, operating, servicing and maintaining the analyzer are instructed and trained qualified personnel of the operating company and the manufacturer. It is the responsibility of the operating company to • train staff, • observe safety regulations, • follow the instruction manual. Operators must • have been trained, • have read and understood all relevant sections of the instruction manual before commencing work, • know the safety mechanisms and regulations. To avoid personal injury and loss of property, do not install, operate, maintain or service this instrument before reading and understanding this instruction manual and receiving appropriate training. ADDITIONAL LITERATURE This manual covers aspects important for installation and startup of X-STREAM X2 gas analyzers. For comprehensive information on operating and maintain/service the instrument in a safe manner it is MANDATORY to read all additional instruction manuals! If not provided as printed version, check for a accompanying USB stick with an electronic version (PDF)! The following additional instruction manuals are available or referenced within this manual: • HASX2E-SFM-HS X-STREAM X2 short form manual • HASICx-IM-H Infallible containment instruction manual • Separate manuals for Hazardous Area applications Contact your local service center or sales office when missing documents. SAVE ALL INSTRUCTIONS FOR FUTURE USE! S-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 The following notices should be carefollowed to ensure compliance with the low voltage directive. 1. Suitable grounding connections should be made at all connectors provided for this purpose. 2. All safety covers and grounding connections must be properly reinstated after maintenance work or troubleshooting. 3. A fuse should be provided at the installation site which will completely disconnect the unit in case of failure. Installing an isolating switch may also be beneficial. In either case, these components must be constructed to conform to recognised norms. OPERATING AND MAINTAINING THIS UNIT On leaving our factory, this instrument conformed to all applicable safety directives. In order to preserve this state of affairs, the operator must take care to follow all the instructions and notes given in this manual and on the unit. Before switching on the unit, ensure that the local nominal mains voltage corresponds to the factory-set operational voltage of this unit. Any interruption of the protective earth connections, whether inside or outside of the unit, may result in exposure to the risk of electricity. Deliberately disconnected the protective earth is therefore strictly forbidden. Only trained personnel who are aware of the risk involved may work on an open and energized unit. Fuses may only be replaced by fuses of an identical type and with identical ratings. It is forbidden to use repair fuses or to bypass fuses. Take note of all applicable regulations when using this unit with an autotransformer or a variable transformer. Substances hazardous to health may escape from the unit’s gas outlet. This may require additional steps to be taken to guarantee the safety of operating staff. Removing covers may expose components conducting electric current. Connectors may also be energised. The unit should therefore be disconnected from the power supply before any kind of maintenance, repair or calibration work requiring access to the inside of the unit. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG S-7 S INSTALLING AND CONNECTING THE UNIT Safety Instructions Safety Instructions Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Safety Instructions EXPLOSION HAZARD The units described in this manual may not be used in explosive atmospheres without additional safety measures. ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Do not operate without covers secure. Do not open while energized. Installation requires access to live parts which can cause death or serious injury. For safety and proper performace this instrument must be connected to a properly grounded three-wire source of power. S-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 This unit’s exhaust may contain toxic gases such as (but not limited to) e.g. sulfur dioxide. These gases can cause serious injuries. Avoid inhaling exhaust gases. Connect the exhaust pipe to a suitable flue and inspect the pipes regularly for leaks. All connections must be airtight to avoid leaks. See section 7.2, page 7-2 for instructions on performing a leak test. HEAVY INSTRUMENT The models intended for outside and wall mounted use (X-STREAM XLF, XXF and X2FD) weigh between 26 kg (57 lb) and 63 kg (139 lb), depending on version and options installed. Two people and/or lifting equipment is required to lift and carry these units. Take care to use anchors and bolts specified to be used for the weight of the units! Take care the wall or stand the unit is intended to be installed at is solid and stable to support the weight! HIGH TEMPERATURES Hot parts may be exposed when working on photometers and/or heated components in the unit. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG S-9 S TOXIC GASES Safety Instructions Safety Instructions Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Safety Instructions GASES AND PREPARATION OF GASES GASES HAZARDOUS TO HEALTH Follow the safety precautions for all gases (sample and span gases) and gas cylinders. Before opening the gas lines, they must be purged with air or neutral gas (N2) to avoid danger from escaping toxic, flammable, exposive or hazardous gases. EXPLOSIVE GASES When supplying flammable gases with concentrations of more than ¼ of the lower explosion limit, we RECOMMEND implementing one or more additional safety measures: • • • • purging the unit with inert gas stainless steel internal pipes flame arrestors on gas inlets and outlets inherently safe or failsafe measuring cells OPERATION AT LOW TEMPERATURES When operating an instrument at temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F), do NOT apply gas nor operate the internal pump before the warmup time has elapsed! Violation may result in condensation inside the gas paths or damaged pump diaphragm! S-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Ensure that the local power voltage where the unit is to be installed, corresponds to the unit’s nominal voltage as given on the name plate label. CONNECTING UNITS FOR PERMANENT INSTALLATION Only qualified personnel following all applicable and legal regulations may install the unit and connect it to power and signal cables. Failure to comply may invalidate the unit’s warranty and cause exposure to the risk of damage, injury or death. This unit may only be installed by qualified personnel familiar with the possible risks. Working on units equipped with screw-type terminals for electrical connections may require the exposure of energized components. Wall-mounted units have no power switch and are operational when connected to a power supply. The operating company is therefore required to have a power switch or circuit breaker (as per IEC 60947-1/-3) available on the premises. This must be installed near the unit, easily accessible to operators and labelled as a power cut-off for the analyzer. ADDITIONAL NOTES FOR UNITS WITH SCREW-TYPE TERMINALS Cables for external data processing must be double-insulated against mains power. If this is not possible, cables must be laid in such a way as to guarantee a clearance of at least 5 mm from power cables. This clearance must be permanently secured (e.g. with cable ties) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG S-11 S Power supply Safety Instructions Safety Instructions Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 General Operating Notes General operating notes EXPLOSION HAZARD Exhaust gases may contain hydrocarbons and other toxic gases such as carbon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is toxic. Faulty gas connections may lead to explosion and death. Ensure that all gas connections are connected as labelled and airtight. • The unit must be installed in a clean and dry area protected from strong vibrations and frost. • The unit must not be exposed to direct sunlight and sources of heat. Admissable ambient temperatures (see technical details) must be adhered to. • Gas inlets and outlets must not be interchanged.All gases must be supplied to the unit already processed. When using this unit with corrosive sample gases, ensure that these gases do not contain components harmful to the gas lines. • Admissable gas pressure for sample and test gases is 1500 hPa. • Exhaust lines must be laid inclined downwards, depressurized, protected from frost and according to applicable regulations. • If it is necessary to disconnect the gas lines, the unit’s gas connectors must be sealed with PVC caps to avoid polluting the internal gas lines with condensate, dust, etc. • To ensure electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), only shielded cables (supplied by us on request, or of equivalent standard) may be used. The customer must ensure that the shielding is correctly fitted ( section 4.5, page 4-31). Shielding and terminal housing must be electrically connected; submin-D plugs and sockets must be screwed to the unit. • When using optional external adapters (submin-D to screw-type terminal), protection from electromagnetic interference can no longer be guaranteed (CE compliance pursuant to EMC guidelines). In this case the customer or operating company functions as a maker of a system and must therefore ensure and declare compliance with EMC guidelines. S-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Special configurations (e.g. intrinsically safe or infallible measuring cells) for the analysis of combustible gases are also available. Chapter 3 contains a detailed description of the various measuring techniques. Standard applications The use of different housings allow XSTREAM analyzers to be tailored to the many different applications: • Tabletop units in ½19in modular design, with IP 20 protection class • Tabletop and rackmountable units in 19 in modular design, with IP 20 protection class • Stainless steel wallmountable field housing with IP 66 / NEMA 4X protection class for outdoor use (operating temperature -20°C to +50°C). • Cast aluminium wallmountable field housing with IP 66 / NEMA 4X protection class for outdoor use (operating temperature -20°C to +50°C). The various analyzer types are described in more detail in section 1.4, page 1-12ff. Installation in hazardous areas X-STREAM analyzers in field housings, when fitted with various protective devices, can also be installed and operated in hazardous environments. Available options are: • Non-incendive assembly (Ex nA nC) for installation in Zone 2 and Division 2 for the measurement of non-flammable gases. • Pressurized enclosure conforming to ATEX directive 94/9/EC, for installation in zone 2. 1-1 1 The following are the main features of the new Emerson Process Management X-STREAM gas analyzers in brief: • compact design with easily accessible internal components • customizable for a wide range of applications: different housings are available while internal construction remains largely identical • multilingual microprocessor-controlled user interface with liquid crystal (LCD) or vacuum flourescent display (VFD) to indicate measurement value and status messages • units for outdoor use are optionally supplied with an impact tested front panel • widerange power supply unit for worldwide use without modification (1⁄2 19in units with internal or external PSUs) X-STREAM X2 gas analyzers can measure up to four different gas components by multiple combinations of the following analyzing techniques (restrictions apply to ½19in units): IR = non-dispersive infrared analysis UV = ultraviolet analysis pO2 = paramagnetic oxygen analysis eO2 = electrochemical oxygen analysis tO2 = electrochemical trace oxygen analysis TC = thermal conductivity analysis tH2O = trace moisture measurement Modified resistant measuring cells are available for use with corrosive gases and/or gases containing solvents. Technical Description Chapter 1 Technical description Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1 Technical Description • Simplified purge system (Z-purge) for installation in North American Div 2 environments. The cast aluminium field housing (Ex d) is designed to withstand an explosion and intended to be used in hazardous areas of Zone 1. Its robust design with NEMA 4X / IP 66 protection also enables the installation in rough environments outside hazardous areas. More information about analyzers for hazardous areas can be obtained from your Emerson Process Management sales office. Note! These instructions do not detail the installation or operation of X-STREAM analyzers in hazardous areas. If you intend to use your analyzer for such purposes, we would draw your attention to the separate instruction manuals supplied with analyzers for use in hazardous areas. 1-2 Further features (in parts options): • Configurable measurement display • gas values and/or secondary measurements (e. g. flow) • single or dual pages • Configurable measurement units • supports conversion factors from ppm to several other, even user specific units • 3 independent software access levels • protection against unauthorized changing of configurations • password protected • to be separately activated • Unattended zero and span calibrations • calibrations without user interaction • Backup and restore analyzer configurations to/from protected internal memory. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.1 Overview For ease of use, the operator can select one of five languages for the display (currently available: English, French, German, Italian and Spanish). 1.1.1 The Front Panel The colors of the LEDs are based on the NAMUR NE 44 specifications. The LEDs are activated in accordance with the NE 107 standards, and indicate “Failure”, “Function check”, “Out of specification” and “Maintenance request”. For further information, see chapter 8, page 8-1. The analyzer software is operated by means of only six keys. All X-STREAM gas analyzers feature an alphanumeric LCD display with 4x20 characters, showing measurement and status information. Wall-mounted units can, as an alternative, be fitted with a vacuum fluorescent display, increasing legibility in brighter environments. The display can also be protected with an impact tested glass panel. All analyzer types also feature three LEDs on the front panel which display status information in addition to the plain text messages. 1 1 2 3 4 Fig. 1-1: 2 3 4 4x20 character alphanumeric display LED (red) LED (red) LED (green) 5 6 7 5 6 7 “Measure“ key “Enter” key 4 keys for settings and menu navigation X-STREAM Front Panel (here the X-STREAM X2GP) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-3 1 All X-STREAM gas analyzers feature an easy-to-use alphanumeric user interface, which displays measurement values, status and error messages, and menus for the input of parameters. Technical Description 1.1 Overview Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines 1.2.5 Various materials are available to allow the analyzer to be customized to your needs. The materials used are selected based on the characteristics of the sample gas, e.g. diffusion rate, corrosiveness, temperature and pressure. 1.2.1 Materials Used The physical and chemical properties of the sample gas as well as the conditions under which measurement takes place influence the choice of materials. Among those available are Viton®, PFA and stainless steel. 1.2.2 Safety Filter The analyzers are generally fitted with an internal stainless-steel filter. This filter is not a replacement for any dust filter in the preparation of the gas, but represents a last line of defence. 1.2.3 Inlets and Outlets Rackmounted and tabletop devices are fitted with PVDF inlets and outlets (ø 6/4 mm) as standard. Alternatively, Swagelok™ or stainless steel fittings (ø 6/4 mm or ¼ in can be fitted. Wall-mounted field housings are supplied with Swagelok™ or stainless steel fittings (ø 6/4 mm or ¼ in) ausgestattet. Other materials available on request. X-STREAM X2FD units are always supplied with flame arrestors and stainless steel fittings (ø 6/4 mm or ¼ in). 1.2.4 Pipework Unless otherwise specified, the analyzers are supplied with Viton® or PVDF piping (ø 6/4 mm or ¼ in). Other materials (e.g. stainless steel) can be used, depending on the application. Infallible containments are gas lines which, due to their design, can be regarded as permanently technically tight. This is achieved by, for example, welded joints, or metallically sealing joints (e.g. tap connectors and binders), providing they are seldom disconnected. Gas lines configured in this manner can be used for measuring noxious, flammable and explosive gases. At the time of going to press, infallible containments for thermal conductivity analysis (TC) are available; other analysis methods are projected. Further information about infallible containments can be found in the separate instruction manual supplied with these units. 1-4 Infallible Containments Infallible containments do not render it unnecessary to test for leaks regularly, e.g. following lengthy breaks in service, substantial alterations, repairs and modifications. Read the separate instruction manual giving detailed instructions on the configuration, operation and maintenance of units fitted with infallible containments. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines Optional Components for Gas Lines 1.2.6.1 Internal Sample Gas Pump An internal sample gas pump is used when the sample gas is under insufficient pressure. It ensures a constant flow of sample gas (max. 2.5 l/min through the analyzer). When in internal pump is fitted, the relevant parameter in the software setup dialog is set to Yes ( 6.2.3.5, page 6-43). The pump can be controlled either manually through a software menu or optionally by a digital input. 1.2.6.2 Internal Valve Block The use of an internal valve block allows all necessary gas lines (zero gas, span gas, sample gas) to remain permanently connected to the analyzer. Valves are then activated automatically when required (e.g. during automatic calibration). When an internal valve block is fitted, this is shown in the relevant software setup dialog as either Internal or Int+Ext ( 6.2.3.5, page 6-43). The valves are controlled by either a software menu, optionally by digital input, or automatically during autocalibration. Depending on the model, up to two valve bocks can be fitted. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1.2.6.3 Internal Flow Sensor Up to two internal flow sensors can measure the flow of gas and can activate an alarm signal in the event of a failure. The alarm level for flow sensors is operator adjustable to up to 2000 ml/min. Depending on the model, up to two sensors can be fitted and evaluated separately. When a sensor is fitted, the relevant parameter in the software setup dialog is set to Yes ( 6.2.3.5, page 6-43). If the current flow rate is too low, a status message is displayed and the parameter under CHECK REQUESTS.. is set to Yes ( Chapter 8 “Troubleshooting”). 1.2.6.4 Internal Flow Monitor Switch An internal flow switch monitors the gas flow and activates an alarm signal in case it is not sufficient. The alarm level for the internal flow switch is fixed and not operator adjustable. Additional external switches may used and connected via digital inputs. All fitted flow switches are evaluated to share a common alarm. When an internal flow switch is fitted, the relevant parameter in the software setup dialog is set to Yes ( 6.2.3.5, page 6-43). If the current flow rate is too low, a status message is displayed and the parameter under CHECK REQUESTS.. is set to Yes ( Chapter 8 “Troubleshooting”). 1-5 Technical Description The analyzers can, as an option, be fitted with further components. Not all components are available for all analyzer types: • internal sample gas pump • internal valve block • internal flow sensors • internal flow monitor switch • internal barometric pressure meters • internal temperature sensors. 1 1.2.6 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines 1.2.6.5 Internal Barometric Pressure Sensor The influence of varying atmospheric pressure can be compensated for by the use of an internal barometric pressure sensor ( measurement specification, page 3-17). If such a sensor is installed in the unit, the related menu shows the entry Internal ( 6.2.3.5, page 6-43). 1.2.6.6 Internal Temperature Sensors The influence of varying temperatures can be compensated for by the use of internal temperature sensors ( measurement specification, page 3-17 ). Depending on the configuration of the unit or the demands of the application, temperature sensors can measure the unit’s internal temperature or selected measurement channel components. If such sensors are installed in the unit, this is indicated in the installed options menu ( 6.2.3.5, page 6-43). 1-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines CO or CO2): the expulsion of ambient air avoids adulterant outside influences. Alternatively, purging can be used to secure enhanced protection for electronic parts and operators from corrosive or toxic gases: any leaking gas is expelled from the housing and does not escape into the vicinity of the unit or come into contact with any electronic components located outside the box. In either case, the purge gas outlet should be connected to an exhaust gas line. Insulating cover Physical components (example) Heated mounting panel The figure shows the heated area with the insulating cover removed. Fig. 1-2: Cable support for signal wires Optional Heated Area Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-7 1 The physical components can be optionally separated from the electrical components by means of a special box (not an option for ½ 19 in units). This can be done for one or both of the following purposes: Firstly, the box allows the physical components to be regulated to a temperature of approx. 60°C, avoiding condensation of gases or the influence of varying environmental temperatures. Secondly, the box can be purged with, for example, inert gas. The purge gas is first fed through a separate fitting, purges the electronic components, then floods the box and leaves the instrument via another fitting. Purging in this manner can be useful when measuring very low concentrations (e.g. of Technical Description 1.2.6.7 Optional Heated Area Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines 1.2.7 Configurations Depending on the application and the selected analyzer options, several gas line configurations are available, exemplified in the following diagram of a dual-channel analyzer: Fig. 1-3: 1-8 Gas Flow Diagram: Single Channel or in Series Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.3 Interfaces 1.3.1 Analog Outputs Each X-STREAM analyzer is fitted with one output per channel as standard, which can transmit data on concentration levels to an external data acquisition system. The mode of operation (e.g. 4-20 mA, 0-20 mA) and support for NAMUR NE 43 specifications (incl. Live Zero) can be set in a software menu ( 5.7.4, page 5-20). The factory setting for analog outputs is 4-20 mA. 1.3.2 Depending on the unit configuration, all interfaces are accessible via either SubminD connectors or screw terminals. X-STREAM analyzers support up to four analog outputs, which, however, do not always need to be assigned to measurement channels which are physically present: if a unit has less than four channels, the remaining analog outputs can be used to transmit concentration levels with a different resolution; for example, a single-channel analyzer could be set up as follows: Output 1: 0…100 % CO2 = 4…20 mA Output 2: 0…25 % CO2 = 4…20 mA Status Relays By default, the four relays are configured to signal the current status of the unit according to the NAMUR NE 44 recommendations (“Failure”, “Maintenance request”, “Out of specification” and “Function check”). However, the operator can assign different functions to the relays via software menus. For more information, see 6.2.3.4.2, page 6-37 ff. Note! The NE 44 status is also indicated by the LEDs on the front panel. These LEDs remain conformant to NE 44 even when the status relays are assigned different functions by the software. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG The contacts, which can take a maximum load of 30 V at 1 A and 30 W, can be operated as normally open or normally closed. Further information on the status relays is provided in the chapter “Technical Data” 2.1, pages 2-2 ff! 1-9 1 All analyzer types are fitted with one analog electrical output for each channel and four status relays as standard. As an option, further interfaces can be added. Technical Description 1.3 Interfaces Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.3 Interfaces 1.3.3 Optional Interfaces 1.3.3.1 Modbus Interface, Serial A serial interface with the Modbus protocol allows communication with external data acquisition systems. The interface enables the exchange and modification of measurement and analyzer signals as well as the remote activation of procedures. The RS 485 interface is electrically isolated from the unit’s electronic components and facilitates the construction of a network of several analyzers. Optionally, an RS 232 interface can also be used (and is also electrically isolated from the unit’s electronic components; however, it only allows communication between two end devices. A table nearby the connector shows the interface configuration (here: MODBUS) X Fig. 1-4: Serial Interface Marking All supported Modbus parameters are listed in chapter 9. 1.3.3.2 Modbus Interface, Ethernet The Ethernet Modbus interface offers the same form of comunication with a data acquisition system as does a serial interface. The most obvious difference is the plug-andsocket connection: the Ethernet interface uses an RJ45 socket. This interface is also electrically isolated from the unit’s electronic components and enables the construction of a network of several analyzers. Note! The Ethernet Modbus interface cannot be combined with the serial Modbus interface ( 1.3.3.1). All supported Modbus parameters are listed in chapter 9. 1-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.3 Interfaces Digital outputs can be integrated into the units in groups of 9 or 18 ( 1.4, page 1-12). The relay contacts, which can take a maximum load of 30 V at 1 A and 30 W, can be operated as normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC). 1 Digital outputs can be used for various purposes: • Issuing concentration alarms: Process control systems can detect when limits are exceeded and trigger appropriate actions. • Switching external components: For example, during automatic calibration, the necessary valves can be activated directly by the analyzer. 1.3.3.4 Digital Inputs Digital inputs can: • trigger calibration procedures, for example by a process control system • remotely control valves and the optional sample gas pump (in concert with correctly configured digital outputs). Digital inputs can be integrated into the units in groups of 7 or 14 ( 1.4, page 1-12). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Technical Description 1.3.3.3 Digital Outputs Electrical details LOW: Uin ≤ 1,5 V HI2GC: Uin ≥ 4,5 V Input impedence: 57,5 kΩ Common ground for all outputs (“IN-GND”) The inputs are protected against excess voltages of up to approx. 40 V. An open (not wired) input has LOW potential. 1-11 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.4 Overview of Analyzer Types 1.4 Comparison of the Various X-STREAM X2 Analyzer Models X-STREAM X2GK ⁄219 in housing, table-top or rackmountable, optional with carrying handle protection type: IP 20 Internal wide range power supply, or 24V input with external power supply unit Max. 3 channels in many combinations max. 8 gas connections, including 1 optional purge gas connection Options for gas lines: Valve block, sample gas pump, flow sensor, pressure sensor, infallible gas lines 1 X-STREAM X2GP ⁄119 in housing, table-top or rackmountable, protection type: IP 20 1 Internal wide range power supply unit LCD Max. 4 channels in any combination max. 8 gas connections, 1 optional extra connection for purge gas Options for gas lines: Flow sensor, pressure sensor, heating for physical components, sample gas pump, 1 or 2 valve blocks, infallible gas lines 1–4 analog outputs, 4 relay outputs optional: 1 or 2 interface cards, each with 7 digital inputs and 9 digital outputs 1 Modbus interface (serial or Ethernet) electrical interfaces accessible via sockets on back of unit, optionally: screw-type terminal adapters (except for Ethernet) LCD Operational ambient temperature*): 0 °C to +50 °C (32 °F to 122 °F) Available w/o front plate controls as module XCC Operational ambient temperature*): 0 °C to +50 °C (32 °F to 122 °F) Available w/o front plate controls as module XCA Size: (DxHxW): max. ca. 460x128.7x213 mm Weight: ca. 8–12 kg (17.6–26.5 lb) Size: (DxHxW): max. ca. 411x133x482 mm Weight: ca. 11–16 kg (24–35 lb) For more detailed information: section 1.5, page 1-14 For more detailed information: section 1.6, page 1-16 1–4 analog outputs, 4 relay outputs optional: 1 interface card with 7 digital inputs and 9 digital outputs 1 Modbus interface (serial or Ethernet) electrical interfaces accessible via sockets on back of unit) *) : Limitations apply to selected measurement principles and ranges, Measurement specifications! 1-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.4 Overview of Analyzer Types Cast aluminium wallmountable field housing, protection type: IP66 / NEMA 4X Internal wide range power supply unit Max. 4 channels in any combination max. 8 gas connections, 1 optional extra connection for purge gas Options for gas lines: Flow sensor, pressure sensor, heating for physical components, sample gas pump, 1 or 2 valve blocks, infallible gas lines 1–4 analog outputs, 4 relay outputs optional: 1 or 2 interface cards, each with 7 digital inputs and 9 digital outputs 1 Modbus interface (serial or Ethernet) electrical interfaces on internal screw-type terminal adapters (except for Ethernet) Max. 4 channels in any combination max. 8 gas connections, including 1 optional purge gas connection Options for gas lines: Flow sensor, pressure sensor, heating for physical components, sample gas pump, 1 or 2 valve blocks, infallible gas lines 1–4 analog outputs, 4 relay outputs optional: 1 or 2 interface cards, each with 7 digital inputs and 9 digital outputs 1 Modbus interface (serial or Ethernet) electrical interfaces on internal screw-type terminal adapters (except for Ethernet) LCD, optionally: vacuum fluorescent display, impact tested front panel LCD, impact tested front panel optionally: vacuum fluorescent display operational ambient temperature*): -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) Models available for use in explosive environments operational ambient temperature*): -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) Flameproof enclosure: approved for use in explosive areas Size: (DxHxW): max. ca. 222x460x520 mm Weight: max. ca. 26 kg (57 lb) Size: (DxHxW): max. ca. 222x512x578 mm Weight: max. ca. 63 kg (138.5 lb) For more detailed information: section 1.7, page 1-19 For more detailed information: section 1.8, page 1-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-13 Technical Description Stainless steel wallmountable fieldhousing, protection type: IP66 / NEMA 4X Single (XLF) or dual (XXF) compartment design Internal wide range power supply unit X-STREAM X2FD 1 X-STREAM X2XF Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.5 X-STREAM X2GK 1.5 X-STREAM X2GK: ½19 Inch Table-Top Unit This compact model for general purposes can be fitted with up to three measurement channels in various combinations. Power is supplied by an internal wide range power supply or a separate external power supply unit. By default the units are configured for tabletop use. A carrying handle is optional available which makes it easy to take the instrument to varying sampling points. For rack mounting a X2GK is fixed by screws located at the front panel. Front panel The analyzer’s front panel consists of one 4x20-character alphanumeric LCD display, a membrane keyboard and three status LEDs (Fig. 1-4). The colors of the LEDs are based on the NAMUR NE 44 specifications. The LEDs are activated according to the NE 107 standards and correspond to the following status messages: “Failure”, “Function check”, “Out of specification” and “Maintenance request”. Connection to power supply AC is supplied by an IEC chassis plug with power switch and fuse holders. The internal wide range power supply unit enables the analyzers to be used worldwide. DC 24 V power is supplied via a 3-pin socket at the rear of the unit. Interfaces The electrical connections for interface signals are provided via submin-D connectors, also mounted at the back of the unit (Fig. 1-4). For applications where screw-type terminals are preferred for connecting signal wires, optional adapters are available, which are mounted directly onto the submin-D connectors. pin submin-D socket terminal strip is always included, providing one analog output (4-20 or 0-20 mA) and the contacts for the four NAMUR status relays. Further analog outputs can also be provided, e.g. to provide a measurement signal at different resolutions. A maximum of four analog outputs are possible. A serial Modbus interface can also be installed on request (RS 232 or RS 485 with Modbus RTU protocol, via 9-pin submin-D male connector); alternatively an RJ45 socket can also give access to Ethernet-Modbus-TCP. Digital inputs and outputs can be used to control analyzer functions and external components. The 7 inputs and 9 outputs are connected to peripheral devices via a 37-pole submin-D socket terminal strip. Detailed technical details on the various interfaces can be found in 1.3, page 1-9. The configuration of the connectors are described in chapter 4 “Installation” and the software settings in chapter 6 “Software”. A further submin-D socket, which is not in detail described in this manual, is also located at the rear of the unit, and is designated as a Service Interface. The Service Interface is electrically connected to the unit’s electronic components. If it is incorrectly handled, damage to the unit may result. The Service Interface may only be used by EMERSON service personnel or specially trained staff. Interface signals The number of connections varies according to the number of interfaces installed: a 25- 1-14 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Special components For the analysis of aggressive and/or flammable gases, infallible components (WLD; photometer under development) can be used. The risk of an uncontrolled release of gases due to a leak can be minimized by the use of stainless steel piping and clamping rings. Further details about the infallible containment are in the separate manual supplied with units containing such parts. Furthermore, intrinsically safe measuring cells, which prevent the ignition of gas mixtures in the case of a failure, can also be used. Modul variation XCC The ���������������������������������������� ½19-in unit is also available as an analyzer module without the front control panel, which can, for example, be integrated into a measuring system in which control and analysis of data is performed via interface by an external data acquisition system. 1-15 1 Gas connections Depending on the configuration of the unit (number of measurement channels and serial or parallel connection), sample and calibration gases are fed into the unit via up to 8 tube fittings mounted on the rear panel. The configuration of the fittings is indicated on an adhesive label located near the tube fittings. Any free tube fittings can be used for purging the device with • inert gas to minimize interference from the ambient atmosphere when measuring small concentrations (e.g. of CO2) or • air or inert gas when measuring corrosive and/or flammable gases. For further information, see page 1-5. Technical Description 1.5 X-STREAM X2GK Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.5 X-STREAM X2GK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 12 14 4x20 character alphanumeric display LED (red) LED (red) LED (green) “Measure” key “Enter” key 4 keys for adjustment and menu selection Fig. 1-5: 1-16 13 10 11 9 Note! Figures show optional components! 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Signal connectors (some optional) Gas fittings DC power input fuse DC power input Valve block AC power input with integral fuses and switch Carrying handle X-STREAM X2GK - Views Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.6 X-STREAM X2GP Front panel The analyzer’s front panel consists of one 4x20-character alphanumeric LC display, a membrane keyboard and three status LEDs (Fig. 1-5). The colors of the LEDs are based on the NAMUR NE 44 specifications. The LEDs are activated according to the NE 107 standards and correspond to the following ststus messages: “Failure”, “Function check”, “Out of specification” and “Maintenance request”. Connection to power supply Main power is supplied via the IEC chassis plug mounted on the rear panel, with integrated power switch and fuse holders. The internal wide range power supply unit enables the analyzers to be used worldwide. Interfaces Electrical connections for interface signals are provided via the submin-D connectors also mounted on the rear panel of the device (Fig.1-5). For applications where screw-type terminals are preferred for connecting signal wires, optional adapters are available, which are mounted directly onto the submin-D connectors. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Interface signals The number of connections varies according to the number of interfaces installed: a 25pin submin-D socket terminal strip is always included, providing one analog output (4-20 or 0-20 mA) and the contacts for the four (NAMUR) status relays. Further analog outputs can also be provided, e.g. to provide a measurement signal at different resolutions. A maximum of four analog outputs is possible. A serial Modbus interface can also be installed on request (RS 232 or RS 485 with Modbus RTU protocol, via 9-pin submin-D male conector); alternatively an RJ45 socket can also give access to Ethernet-Modbus-TCP. Digital inputs and outputs can be used to control analyzer functions and external components. The 7 inputs and 9 outputs are connected to peripheral devices via a 37-pole sumbin-D socket terminal strip. The number of digital inputs and outputs can be doubled (to 14 inputs and 18 outputs) by adding a second card. The first digital I/O card is marked "X4.1" while the second is "X4.2" on the rear panel, right above the connector (Fig. 1-5, rear view). Detailed technical details on the various interfaces can be found in 1.3, page 1-9. The configuration of the connectors and the optional screw-type terminal adapters is described in chapter 4 “Installation” and the software settings in chapter 6 “Software”. A further submin-D socket, which is not described in this manual, is also located at the rear of the unit, and is designated as a Service Interface. 1-17 1 This model can be fitted with up to four measurement channels in any combination. The physical components can optionally be encased in a cover. This area can be held at a specific temperature of up to 60 °C to minimize interference from changes in external temperature. Units configured for rack mounting can be converted for tabletop use by removing the lateral mounting brackets and attaching the four feet supplied as accessories. Technical Description 1.6 X-STREAM X2GP: 19 Inch Table-Top or Rackmount Design Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.6 X-STREAM X2GP The Service Interface is electrically connected to the unit’s electronic components. If it is incorrectly handled, damage to the unit may result. The Service Interface may only be used by EMERSON service personnel or specially trained staff. Gas connections Depending on the configuration of the unit (number of measurement channels and serial or parallel connection), sample and calibration gases are fed into the unit via up to 8 threaded connectors mounted on the rear panel. The configuration of the connectors is indicated on an adhesive label located near the connectors. An additional, optional connection can be used for purging the device with • inert gas to minimize interference from the ambient atmosphere when measuring small concentrations (e.g. of CO2) or • air or inert gas when measuring corrosive and/or flammable gases. For further information, see section 1.2.6, page 1-5. Furthermore, intrinsically safe measuring cells, which prevent the ignition of gas mixtures in the case of a failure, can also be used. Module type XCA The �������������������������������������������� full 19-in unit is also available as an analyzer module without the front control panel, which can, for example, be integrated into a measuring system in which control and analysis of data is performed via interface by an external data acquisition system. Special components For the analysis of aggressive and/or flammable gases, infallible components (WLD; photometer under development) can be used. The risk of an uncontrolled release of gases due to a leak can be minimized by the use of stainless steel piping and clamping rings. Further details about the infallible containment are in the separate manual supplied with units containing such parts. 1-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 4x20 character alphanumeric display LED (red) LED (red) LED (green) 5 5 1 Gas connectors Space for additional tube fittings Optional purge gas inlet 2 6 5 6 7 8 7 8 “Measure” key “Enter” key 4 keys for adjustment and menu selection Brackets for rack mounting Rear view 1 2 3 6 4 5 6 4 3 Power inlet with filter, fuses & switch Signal input/output connectors (some optional) Cover for eO2 or tO2 sensor Optional screw-type terminal adapter Strain-reliefs, top view details 1 1 Fig. 1-6: 2 1 Screw-type terminal adapters 2 Strain-reliefs X-STREAM X2GP - Views Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-19 1 Front view Technical Description 1.6 X-STREAM X2GP Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.7 X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings 1.7 X-STREAM X2XF: Field Housing With (XLF) Single Or (XXF) Dual Compartment Field housings are conceived for outdoor use and wall-mounting. The coated stainless steel housing has a protection class rated at IP66 / NEMA 4X, offering protection against water and dust entering the device: IPx6: In case of occasional flooding, e.g. heavy seas, water shall not enter in harmful quantities IP6x: Protection against penetration by dust. Live or internal moving parts are completely protected. An X-STREAM field housing can be fitted with up to four measurement channels in any combination. The physical components can optionally be encased in a cover. This separate volume can be held at a specific temperature of up to 60 °C to minimize interference from changes in external temperature. Front panel The analyzer’s front panel consists of one 4x20-character alphanumeric LC display, a membrane keyboard and three status LEDs (Fig. 1-6). The colors of the LEDs are based on the NAMUR NE 44 specifications. The LEDs are activated according to the NE 107 standards and correspond to the following status messages: “Failure”, “Function check”, “Out of specification” and “Maintenance request”. A vacuum fluorescent display can be fitted instead of the LCD, making the information displayed more easily readable in low lightlevels. The display is covered by an impact tested glass to protect it in harsh environments. Electrical connections Electrical connections are provided via internal tube fittings, the cables being fed through cable glands at the right side of the unit (Fig. 1-8). The front cover of the housing swings 1-20 open to the left once the fasteners have been released. Connection to power supply Mains power is supplied via the screw-type terminals with integrated fuse holders at the right of the housing, near the front. The wide range power supply unit mounted internally enables the analyzers to be used worldwide. Interface signals In the basic configuration, the unit has 36 internal screw-type terminals for interface signals, providing one analog output (4[0]-20 mA) and the contacts for the four (NAMUR) status relays. Further analog outputs can also be provided, e.g. to provide a measurement signal at different resolutions. A maximum of four analog outputs is possible. A serial Modbus interface can also be installed on request (RS 232 or RS 485 with Modbus RTU protocol); alternatively an RJ45 socket gives access to Ethernet-Modbus-TCP. Digital inputs and outputs can be used to control analyzer functions and external components. The 7 inputs and 9 outputs are connected to peripheral devices via a further 36-terminal strip. The number of digital inputs and outputs can be doubled (to 14 inputs and 18 outputs) by adding a second card and an additional 36-terminal strip. Detailed technical information on the various interfaces can be found in 1.3, page1-9 The configuration of the terminals is described in chapter 4 “Installation” and the software settings in chapter 6 “Software”. A further submin-D socket, which is not in detail described in this manual, is also located inside the unit, and is designated as a Service Interface. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Gas connections Depending on the configuration of the unit (number of channels, series or parallel piping), up to eight tube fittings are provided for the supply of sample and calibration gases. The assignments of the fittings is given on an adhesive label situated near the fittings. A further optional tube fitting enables the housing to be purged with either • or: Dual compartment variation XXF The dual compartment variation XXF supports separating electronics and physics, e.g. for measurement of corrosive or solvent gases. For such applications the electronics are installed in the upper compartment, while measurement physics are in the lower compartment. This separation is also available as gastight version. XXF also provides more space e.g. for installation of optional signal converter elements for system integrators. Inert gas to minimize interference from ambient atmospheres when measuring very small concentrations (e.g. CO2) • air or inert gas whe measuring aggressive and/or flammable gases. For further information, see section 1.2.6, page 1-5. Special components For the analysis of aggressive and/or flammable gases, infallible components (TCD) can be used. The risk of an uncontrolled release of gases due to a leak can be minimized by the use of stainless steel piping and clamping rings. Further details about the infallible containment are in the separate manual supplied with units containing such parts. Furthermore, intrinsically safe measuring cells, which prevent the ignition of gas mixtures in the case of a failure, can also be used. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-21 1 The service interface is electrically connected to the unit’s electronic components. If it is incorrectly handled, damage to the unit may result. The service Interface may only be used by EMERSON service personnel or specially trained staff. Technical Description 1.7 X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.7 X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings XLF XXF Fig. 1-7: X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings - Front Views HEAVY INSTRUMENT X-STREAM field housings, intended for outside and wall mounted use, weigh approx. (XLF) 26 kg (57 lb) or (XXF) 45 kg (99 lb), depending on options installed. Two people and/or lifting equipment is required to lift and carry these units. Take care to use anchors and bolts specified to be used for the weight of the units! Take care the wall or stand the unit is intended to be installed at is solid and stable to support the weight! 1-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1 Technical Description 1.7 X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings 1 1 2 3 4 Fig. 1-8: 2 3 4 4x20 character alphanumeric display LED (red) LED (red) LED (green) 5 5 6 7 6 7 “Measure” key “Enter” key 4 keys for adjustment and menu selection X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings - Front Panel Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-23 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.7 X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 Fig. 1-9: 1-24 3 Cable gland for power cable Cable glands for signal cables 4 brackets for wall-mounting Gas in- & outlets (max. 8) Cutouts, to combine 2 housings (here closed) 5 4 5 Note! In case of XXF, the cable glands are located at the upper compartment, while the gas in- & outlets are at the bottom side of the lower compartment. Also only 2 brackets are at each compartment. X-STREAM XLF - Bottom and Side View Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1 Technical Description 1.7 X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings (shown with front panel removed) 1 2 3 4 5 1 5 2 Screw-type terminals for signal cables Power line filter Cable glands Power supply terminals with integrated fuses Ethernet connector 4 3 Note! In case of XXF, the terminals and connectors are located at the upper compartment, while physical components and gas fittings are in the lower compartment. Fig. 1-10: X-STREAM XLF - Power Supply and Signal Terminals Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-25 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.7 X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings 1.7.1 Field Housing for Installation in Hazardous Areas (Ex-Zones / Divisons) DANGER OF EXPLOSION The standard X-STREAM X2XF field housings CAN NOT be used in explosive environments without additional security features. This instruction manual does NOT describe the special conditions necessary to operate gas analyzers in explosive areas. Please refer to the separate instruction manual supplied with units for use in explosive areas. Special X-STREAM field housing analyzer models can be used in Ex-zones 2 or Division 2: X-STREAM XLFN/XXFN: Analyzer with non-sparking protection for measuring non-flammable gases in European Ex-zone 2 and North-American Division 2 areas: the customized configuration of this instrument ensures that, when used correctly, no sparks, hot surfaces etc. which could ignite an explosive ambient atmosphere are generated. No further measures, such as a supply of protective gas, are necessary. X-STREAM XLFZ/XXFZ: Equipped with a simplified pressurized enclosure, these models can be used to measure non-flammable gases in American zone Div 2. A protective gas (e.g. pressurized air) must be supplied when operating this model. Please contact your local EMERSON Process Management office if you require analyzers for use in explosive areas. X-STREAM XLFS/XXFS: Equipped with a simplified pressurized enclosure, these models can be used to measure non-flammable gases in European Ex-zone 2. A protective gas (e.g. pressurized air) must be supplied when operating this model. 1-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.8 X-STREAM X2FD specifications. The LEDs are activated in line with NE 107 standards and indicate “Failure”, “Function check”, “Out of specification” and “Maintenance request”. Instead of the LCD display, a vacuum fluorescent display can be fitted. Power supply Mains power is connected via screw-type terminals with integrated fuses, located in the front right-hand area of the housing. The internally mounted wide range power supply unit ensures the analyzers can be used worldwide. Front panel The front panel is physically protected with a safety glass panel and consists of a 4x20character alphanumeric LC display, a keypad and 3 status LEDs (Fig. 1-11). The colors of the LEDs are based on the NAMUR NE 44 Interface signals In the basic configuration, the unit has 36 internal screw-type terminals for interface signals, providing one analog output (4–20 or 0–20 mA) for each channel and the contacts for the four NAMUR status relays. Further Electrical connections Electrical connections are made via internal screw-type terminals; the corresponding cables are fed through cable inlets on the underside of the unit into the housing (Fig. 1-12). The front of the unit opens downwards once the screws located on the surrounding flange are removed. DANGER OF EXPLOSION The special conditions for installing and operating analyzers in hazardous areas are not covered by this manual! Read the separate instruction manuals shipped together with instrument intended to be installed in hazardous area! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-27 1 The most obvious X-STREAM 2FD analyzer feature is its flameproof housing (Fig. 1-10). This enables its use in Ex-zone 1 hazardous environments. With its protection type of IP66/ NEMA 4X and sturdy cast aluminum housing designed for wall-mounting, it can also be used in other tough environments. IPx6: In case of occasional flooding, e.g. heavy seas, water shall not enter in harmful quantities IP6x: Protection against penetration by dust. Live or internal moving parts are completely protected. Up to four measuring channels in any combination can be installed in the X-STREAM X2FD. Optionally, a cover can be installed over the physical components. This separate volume can be heated up to a maximum temperature of 60 °C to minimize the effects of changes in external temperature. A description of the different piping options is given in section 1.2.6, page 1-5. Technical Description 1.8 X-STREAM X2FD: Cast Aluminum Flameproof Housing Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.8 X-STREAM X2FD analog outputs can also be provided, e.g. to provide a measurement signal at different resolutions. A maximum of four analog outputs is possible. A serial Modbus interface can also be installed on request (RS 232 or RS 485 with Modbus RTU protocol); alternatively also access to Ethernet-Modbus-TCP. In this case the RS interface signals are routed to the appropriate number (up to 5) of the 36 terminals. Digital inputs and outputs can be used to control analyzer functions and external components. The 7 inputs and 9 outputs are connected to peripheral devices via a further 36-terminal strip. The number of digital inputs and outputs can be doubled (to 14 inputs and 18 outputs) by adding a second card and an additional 36-terminal strip. Detailed technical information on the various interfaces can be found in 1.3, page 1-9 The configuration of the terminals is described in chapter 4 “Installation” and the software settings in chapter 6 “Software”. A further submin-D socket, which is not in detail described in this manual, is also located at the rear of the unit, and is designated as a Service Interface. The Service Interface is electrically connected to the unit’s electronic components. If it is incorrectly handled, damage to the unit may result. The Service Interface may only be used by EMERSON service personnel or specially trained staff Gas connections Depending on the configuration of the unit (number of channels, series or parallel piping), up to eight flame arresters are provi- 1-28 ded for the supply of sample and calibration gases. The assignments of the connectors is given on an adhesive label situated near the connectors. Optional two of the fittings may be used to purge the housing with either • or: inert gas to minimize interference from ambient atmospheres when measuring very small concentrations (e.g. CO2) • air or inert gas when measuring aggressive and/or flammable gases. For further information, see section 1.2.6, page 1-5. Special components For the analysis of aggressive and/or flammable gases, and depending on the analysis method used (photometer or TC), infallible components can be used. The risk of an uncontrolled release of gases due to a leak can be minimized by the use of stainless steel piping and clamping rings. Furthermore, for measuring oxygen in flammable atmospheres, intrinsically safe measuring cells, which prevent the ignition of gas mixtures in the case of a failure, can also be used. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Technical Description 1.8 X-STREAM X2FD 1 transport lug transport lug screws for housing hinges Fig. 1-11: X-STREAM X2FD - Front View HEAVY INSTRUMENT The model X-STREAM X2FD intended for outside and wall mounted use weighs approx. 63 kg (139 lb), depending on options installed. Two people and/or lifting equipment is required to lift and carry these units. Use the lugs located on the sides of the instrument. Take care to use anchors and bolts specified to be used for the weight of the units! Take care the wall or stand the unit is intended to be installed at is solid and stable to support the weight! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-29 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1.8 X-STREAM X2FD 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4x20 character alphanumeric display LED (red) LED (red) LED (green) 4 5 6 7 5 6 7 “Measure” key “Enter” key 4 keys for adjustment and menu selection Fig. 1-12: X-STREAM X2FD - Front Panel 3 1 2 3 2 3 1 Cable inlets for power and signal cables Gas tube fittings and purge gas outlet 4 brackets for wall mounting Fig. 1-13: X-STREAM X2FD - Bottom View 1-30 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 1 Technical Description 1.8 X-STREAM X2FD (shown with front panel removed) 5 1 1 Terminals for signal cables (shown fully populated) 2 Power line filter 3 Cable inlets for power and signal cables 2 3 4 4 Power supply terminals with integrated fuses 5 Optional Ethernet connection Fig. 1-14: X-STREAM X2FD - Terminals Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-31 X-STREAM X2 1-32 Instruction Manual HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Chapter 2 Technical data Common technical data page 2-2 X-STREAM X2GK page 2-5 X-STREAM X2GP page 2-11 X-STREAM X2XF (XLF, XXF) page 2-15 X-STREAM X2FD page 2-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2 Technical data This chapter contains all the technical details of the analyzers, divided into common and model-specific data. 2-1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.1 Common Technical Data 2.1 Common Technical Data Installation site Humidity (non-condensing) < 90 % RH at +20 °C (68 °F) < 70 % RH at +40 °C (104 °F) Degree of pollution Installation category 2 II Elevation 0 to 2000 m (6560 ft) above sea level Ambient atmosphere Units may not be operated in corrosive, flammable or explosive (not applicable to X-STREAM X2FD) environments without additional safety measures. Certification Electrical safety CAN / USA CSA-C/US, based on CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1-04 / UL 61010-1, 2nd edition Europe CE, based on EN 61010-1 Electromagnetic compatitiblity Europe CE, based on EN 61326 Australia C-Tick others NAMUR Gas parameters Chapter 3 “Measuring principles” Purging options 4.3 "Gas Conditioning" 2-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.1 Common Technical Data Interfaces, signal inputs and outputs X-STREAM X2GK, X2GP: standard: optional: subminD plugs and sockets screw-type terminal adapters X-STREAM X2XF, X2FD: internal screw-type terminals Technical data Interface signals are accessed in different ways depending on the analyzer model. (This does not apply to Ethernet, which always uses RJ45): 2 All models are supplied with up to 4 analog outputs 4 (0)–20 mA (RB ≤ 500 Ω) (Standard: 1 analog output per channel) electrically isolated from each other and from other electronic components; user-configurable activation and deactivation concentration levels; support for NAMUR NE 43 operation modes, configurable via keypad and Modbus 4 relay outputs dry contacts, max. load. 30 V; 1 A; 30 W resistive ach output can be configured to one of the E following functions: NAMUR NE 107 status signal “Failure” “Maintenance request” “Out of specification” “Function check” 1 of 2 concentration limits per channel, Control signals for external valve V1…V8, external sample gas valve external pump Zoom status for analog outputs Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.1 Common Technical Data Optional interfaces for all models 1 Modbus interface RS 485 (2 or 4 wire) optional: RS 232 Ethernet (RJ45 socket) Digital inputs and outputs 7 or 14 digital inputs (X-STREAM X2GK: max. 7 inputs) max. 30 V, internally limited to 2.3 mA HIGH: min. 4 V; LOW: max. 3 V (common GND) Each input can be configured to one of the following functions: Open valve V1…V8 Open sample gas valve Activate sample gas pump Zero calibrate all channels Span calibrate all channels Zero and span calibrate all channels Abort calibration Zoom analog output 1 Zoom analog output 2 Zoom analog output 3 Zoom analog output 4 9 or 18 additional relay outputs (X-STREAM X2GK: max. 9 addtn. outputs) dry contacts, max. load. 30 V; 1 A; 30 W resistive Each output can be configured to one of the following functions: NAMUR NE 107 status signal “Failure” “Maintenance request” “Out of specification” “Function check” 1 of 2 concentration limits per channel, Control signals for external valve V1…V8, external sample gas valve external pump Zoom status display for analog outputs 2-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM X2 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2GK 2.2 Model-Specific Technical Data 2 Technical data 2.2.1 X-STREAM X2GK: ½19 Inch Table-Top Unit All dimensions in mm [inches in brackets] Fig. 2-1: X-STREAM X2GK - Dimensions Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-5 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2GK Front panel detail 6 screws (M 2.5) for rack mounting or affixing frame & handle standard I/O Ethernet digital I/O DC supply standard gas fittings Frame and handle detail Portable standard with handle I/O Ethernet digital I/O AC supply valve block Note! All shown variable options are interchangable! Fig. 2-2: 2-6 X-STREAM X2GK - Rear Panel and Handle Variations Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2GK 0 °C to +50 °C (32 to 122 °F) Max. ambient temperature range for storage: -20 °C to +70 °C (-4 to 158 °F) Weight (dependent on configuration) approx. 8–12 kg (17.6–26.4 lb) EN 60529 housing protection type: IP 20 for indoor use. Units must be protected against dripping water and splashes, and direct sunlight. Gas connections: quantity: max. 6 of which optional: 1 or 2 for purge gas 2 Max. operational ambient temperature range*): material: PVDF 6/4 mm optionally stainless steel 6/4 mm or 1⁄4", other options on request Power Supply Instrument data Nominal input voltage Input voltage range Nominal input current 24 V 10–30 V 2.5 A max. Connection via 3-pin XLR connector on rear panel 100–240 V 50/60 Hz 85–264 V, 47–63 Hz 1.3–0.7 A max. Connection via IEC appliance on rear panel AC 230 V / T 3.15 A / 5x20 mm (1 pcs) AC 230 V / T 4 A / 5x20 mm (2 pcs) Power Input fuse Data for fuse link: Signal inputs and outputs As standard, signal cables are connected using Submin-D plugs or sockets on the unit’s rear panel (except Ethernet: RJ45 socket) ( Fig. 2-2) Detailed terminal configuration *) 4.4.1 Installation, page 4-7. : Limitations apply to selected measurement principles and ranges, Measurement specifications! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Technical data Housing 2-7 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2GK 2.2.1.1 Data for Optional External Power Supply Units Model UPS 01 T This PSU can be ordered as an option for supplying power to one table-top unit. Nominal input voltage 120 / 230 V 50/60 Hz Input voltage range 95–138 V / 187–264 V , 47–63 Hz Power consumption max. 240 VA Connection via rubber connector (IEC plug; Fig. 2-2). Power input fuses The PSU does not include user-replaceable fuses. Nominal output voltage 24 V (± 5 %) Nominal output current 5A Output 3-pin XLR socket Surge protection current limiting typ. 110% Inom, straight response curve, short-circuit-proof Excess temperature protection reduction of output voltage to disconnection. Resets after cooling. Weight approx. 2.5 kg (4.8 lb) Certification Safety EN 60950, UL1950, CSA22.2 NO 950-95 EMC EN 50081-1 (emitted interference) EN 50082-2 (interference resistance), et al. 2-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 IEC power input socket Technical data 105.9 PE 57.7 54.2 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2GK (shielding) 2 3 1 2 275.3 Pin 1: ME Pin 2: + 24 V Pin 3: 0 V (⊥) shield: housing flange Dimensions (approx. values in [mm]) Fig. 2-3: Pin configuration for 24 V DC output socket UPS 01 T Power Supply Unit Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-9 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2GK Model: 5 A or 10 A table-top PSU This PSU can be optionally ordered for powering 2 table-top units with a single common power supply. PE IEC power input connector with fuse-holder front 2 3 1 Pin 1: Pin 2: Pin 3: Shield: internal view (cover removed) Fig. 2-4: (shielding) rear ME +24 V 0 V (⊥) housing flange Pin configuration for 24 V DC output socket dimensions (approx. [mm]) 10 A Table-Top PSU Recommended clearance for cooling 15 mm (0.6 in) in front and behind Weight: approx. 2 kg (4.4 lb) Nominal input voltage 100–120 / 220-240 V 50/60 Hz (Configured by manufacturer as per order. Manually switching voltage requires opening the housing.) Input voltage range 85–132 / 176–264 V , 47–63 Hz Nominal input current < 6 A (input voltage set to 115V) < 2,8 A (input voltage set to 230V) Connection via rubber connector (IEC connector) with fuse holder ( 2-10 Fig. 2-4). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2GK Power input fuses 24 V (+ 5 %, -1 %) Power consumption max. 5 A or 10 A Output two 3-pin XLR sockets Efficiency typ. 89 % (230 VAC, 24 V / 10 A) Power loss typ. 29 W (230 VAC, 24 V / 10 A) Surge protection protection against short-circuits, power surges and no-load running Excess temperature protection derating from 60° C (140 °F) Technical data Nominal output voltage AC 230 V / T 6.3 A / 5x20 mm 2 Data for fuse link: Certification (for internal power supply module only) Safety EN 60950, EN 50178, UL1950, CUL/CSA-22.2 No 950-M90 EMC EN 50081-1, class B (emitted interference) EN 50082-2, class A (interf. resistance), et al. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-11 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.2.2 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2GP 2.2.2 X-STREAM X2GP: 19 Inch Table-Top and Rack-Mount Models approx. values in mm [ins] Fig. 2-5: 2-12 X Strain relief bracket, detail (model with clamping adapters) X: Height of rear panel cover for tO2 cell: 10 mm [0.39] eO2 cell: 36 mm [1.42] X-STREAM X2GP - Dimensions Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.2.2 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2GP 0 °C to +50 °C (32 °F to 122 °F) Max. ambient temperature range for storage: -20 °C to +70 °C (-4 °F to 158 °F) Weight: approx. 12–16 kg (26.4–35.2 lb) (dependent on configuration) EN 60529 housing protection type: IP 20 for indoor use. Units must be protected against dripping water and splashes, and direct sunlight. Gas connections: quantity: optional material: PVDF 6/4 mm optionally stainless steel 6/4 mm or 1 ⁄4", other options on request *) max. 8 1 addit. purge gas connector 2 Max. operational ambient temperature range*) : Technical data Housing : Limitations apply to selected measurement principles and ranges, Measurement specifications! Power supply Nominal input voltage 100–240 V 50/60 Hz, global power supply unit Input voltage range 85–264 V , 47–63 Hz Nominal input current standard with temperature control 1.3–0.7 A max. 3–1.5 A max. Connection via rubber connector (IEC connector) with power switch at rear of unit ( figs. 2-5 & 2-6). Power input fuses The IEC connector incorporates holders for two fuses. Data for fuse links: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG AC 230 V / T 4 A / 5x20 mm 2-13 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.2.2 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2GP Signal inputs and outputs Optionally, adapters can be plugged onto the Submin-D connectors to enable signal cables to be connected via screw-type terminals. In this case, an additional strain relief bracket for the signal cables is mounted on the rear panel ( Fig. 2-7): As standard, signal cables are connected using Submin-D plugs or sockets on the unit’s rear panel (except Ethernet: RJ45 socket)( Fig. 2-6) Detailed terminal configuration lation, page 4-15. Instal- 1 2 3 4 1 4 Fig. 2-6: 3 X-STREAM X2GP - Power Supply and Signal Connections 1 2 1 2 Power connector Fuse holder Power switch Signal connectors (some optional) Strain relief with cable shield grounding clamps (quantity varies depending on installed options) Terminal adapters 2 Terminal adapters (detail) Fig. 2-7: 2-14 X-STREAM X2GP - Signal Connections With Screw-Type Terminal Adapters (top View) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.2.3 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings Technical data 2.2.3 X-STREAM X2XF: Single (XLF) or Dual (XXF) Compartment Field Housing Gas fittings Connector for potential equalization 2 Cable glands All dimensions in mm [inches in brackets] Fig. 2-8: X-STREAM XLF - Dimensions Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-15 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.2.3 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings All dimensions in mm [inches in brackets] Gas fittings Connector for potential equalization Cable glands Fig. 2-9: 2-16 X-STREAM XXF - Dimensions Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.2.3 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings Housing Max. operational ambient temperature range*): -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) Max. ambient temperature range for storage: -20 °C to +70 °C (-4 °F to 158 °F) Weight: max. approx. 25 kg (57.2 lb) max. approx. 45 kg / 99.2 lb XLF XXF Gas connections: quantity: optional max. 8 1 additional purge gas connector material: stainless steel 6/4 mm or 1⁄4", other options on request Technical data IP 66 (EN 60529) / NEMA 4X for outdoor use to be protected against direct sunlight 2 Protection class: Power supply Nominal input voltage 100–240 V 50/60 Hz, wide range power supply unit Input voltage range 85–264 V , 47–63 Hz Nominal input current XLF standard with temperature control 1.3–0.7 A max. 3–1.5 A max. XXF standard with temperature control 1.5–0.8 A max. 5.5–3 A max. Connection via touch proof screw-type terminals internally mounted near the cable glands (Fig. 2-9). Wire cross-section: max. 4 mm2, end sleeves not required. Cable entry via one IP 68 cable gland Permissible cable outer diameter: 7–12 mm Power supply fuses Fuse holders are integrated within power supply terminals Data for fuse links: *) AC 230 V / T 6.3 A / 5x20 mm : Limitations apply to selected measurement principles and ranges, Measurement specifications! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-17 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.2.3 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings Signal inputs and outputs All signal cables are connected to internal screw-type terminals located in the front area of the opened housing (Fig. 2-11). Cable cross-section: max. 1.5 mm2, end sleeves not required. Cable entry via three IP 68 cable glands Permissible cable outer diameter: 7–12 mm Detailed terminal configuration 4.4.3 Installation, page 4-21. 1 2 3 1 2 3 Power supply terminals with fuse holders Grounded conductor clamp (PE) Power supply cable entry Fig. 2-10: X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings - Power Supply Terminals / Fuse Holders 1 2 1 Ethernet 2 Analog & digital I/O terminal strips 3 Max. 4 signal cables entries 3 Note! Depending on the actual analyzer configuration not all shown terminals may be installed! Fig. 2-11: X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings - Signal Terminals 2-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.2.4 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2FD 2.2.4 X-STREAM X2FD: Flameproof Housing 2 Technical data Transport lugs to be removed after installation Flame arrestors with gas fittings (enclosure threads: M18 x 1.5) Cable inlets (enclosure threads; M20 x 1.5) Eyebolt detail All dimensions in mm [inches in brackets] Fig. 2-12: X-STREAM X2FD - Dimensions Housing Max. operational ambient temperature range*) Max. ambient temperature range for storage -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) -20 °C to +70 °C (-4 °F to 158 °F) Weight: max. approx. 63 kg (138.6 lb) (dependent on configuration) Protection class: IP 66 (EN 60529) / NEMA 4X for outdoor use to be protected against direct sunlight Gas connections: quantity: max. 8 specification: flame arresters w. fittings connections: 6/4 mm or 1⁄4“, stainless steel *) : Limitations apply to selected measurement principles and ranges, Measurement specifications! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-19 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.2.4 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2FD Power supply Nominal input voltage 100–240 V 50/60 Hz, global power supply unit Input voltage range 85–264 V , 47–63 Hz Nominal input current standard with temperature control 1.3–0.7 A max. 3–1.5 A max. Connection via touch proof screw-type terminals located inside the unit near cable glands (Fig. 2-13). Cable cross-section: max. 4 mm2 (10 AWG), end sleeves not required. Cable entry via 1 cable gland, classified IP 68 or suitable conduit with metric-to-NPT adaptor Permissible cable outer diameter: 3–13 mm (0.11–0.5 inch), dependent on inset used in cable gland Power supply fuses Fuse holders are integrated within power supply terminals. Fuse ratings: 1 2 3 4 Power terminals with integrated fuse holders Protective earth terminal (PE) Power cable entry EMI power supply filter AC 230 V / T 4 A / 5x20 mm 1 4 3 2 Fig. 2-13: X-STREAM X2FD - Power Supply Terminals / Fuse Holders 2-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.2.4 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM X2FD Signal inputs and outputs max. 1.5 mm2, end sleeves not required. Cable entry via three IP 68 cable glands or conduits Permissible cable outer diameter: 3–13 mm (0.11–0.5 inch), dependent on inset used in cable gland or conduit specification Detailed terminal configuration dendum. separate model X-STREAM X2FD instruction manual ad- Note! Depending on the actual analyzer configuration not all shown terminals may be installed! Fig. 2-14: X-STREAM X2FD - Signal Terminals Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-21 2 Cable cross-section: Technical data All signal cables are connected to internal screw-type terminals (Fig. 2-14), except the optional RJ45 ethernet connector. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 2.3 Information on Name Plate 2.3 Information on Name Plate The name plate provides details on the configuration of the unit, installed measuring techniques, sample gases and measuring ranges. It also indicates the unit’s serial number. The plate is located on either the side or the rear of the unit. Note! Analyzers configured to be installed in explosive areas have special name plates, described in the associated manuals. 7 1 2 X2GP - IR UV UV eO2 X2GK, X2GP 3 XMA11812345678 11812345678 NO:FS 150 … 5000 ppm NO2:FS 100 … 5000 ppm SO2:FS 100 … 5000 ppm O2:FS 5 … 25 % 4 6 8 1 Field housings 2 5 IR UV UV eO2 11912345678 9 7 3…6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 NO:FS 150 … 5000 ppm SO2:FS 100 … 5000 ppm NO2:FS 100 … 5000 ppm O2:FS 5 … 25 % Model and installed measuring techniques (here: IR & 2x UV & electrochemical O2) Serial number Channel 1: Gas and full scale ranges (here: NO, 150 to 5000 ppm) Channel 2: Gas and full scale ranges (here:SO2, 100 to 5000 ppm) Channel 3: Gas and full scale ranges (here: NO2, 100 to 5000 ppm) Channel 4: Gas and full scale ranges (here:O2, 5 to 25 %) Manufacturer´s address Certification marks (XEGK, XEGP: on a separate label) Electrical data (XEGK, XEGP: on rear panel) Fig. 2-15: Analyzer Name Plate (examples) 2-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.1 Infrared Measurement (IR) Ultraviolet Measurement (UV) The non-dispersive measurement methods described in this section utilize gas specific light absorption in order to discriminate between different gases. This is possible, as any gas possesses distinct absorption characteristics. Selective measurement of these so called absorption lines can be used to identify gas components: The amount of light absorpted by the absorption lines, is a direct measure of the gas concentration. One can distinguish between two different types of non-dispersive measurements, differing in the way, wavelength selectivity is accomplished. It is essential for gas specific concentration measurements, to selectively detect only light of the absorption line wavelengths of the gas of interest. Typically a gas selective detector is used for NDIR measurements, 3-3. For NDUV the selectivity is achieved by an additional optical filter, as the detector itself is broadband sensitive. In some applications, a pyrodetector is used for NDIR measurements. This type of detectors is not wavelength selective, hence these setups also use an optical filter to narrow their wavelength response function. The assembly of a NDIR and NDUV channel is shown in Fig. 3-3. For NDIR a broad- Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG band IR light source is used to generate the light, while NDUV measurements utilize a UV narrowband fluorescence source or an EDL (Electrodeless Discharge Lamp), already adopted for the absorption lines of the gas of interest. Part of this adoption is done by a specially selected optical filter in the adaptor cell. The diameter of the light beam emitted from the sources is adjusted to completely fill the opening of the split analysis cell. After traversing the analysis cell, the light passes through a filter cell which adjusts the beam diameter to the chopper opening and the diameter of the active detector area. The chopper wheel used is designed to allow an intrinsically referenced measurement. The details of this new method are described in section 3.1.1. The decision, which measurement (UV / IR) to be used for a specific application depends on the gas component to be measured, and the required measurement performance. 3.1.1 IntrinzX Technology The IntrinzX technology is an enhancement of the well established “proof peak” technology with automatic sensitivity control, known from the MLT gas analyzer series. While the “proof peak” provided one reference measurement per chopper wheel revolution only, the IntrinzX technology provides four reference measurements per revolution. This IntrinzX technology has been introduced into the market with the launch of the X-STREAM X2 gas analyzers. Using the new IntrinzX chopper wheel, the reference and the measurement signal are modulated with 4 and 5 times the basic revolution frequency. As a result, the proof peak 3-1 3 X-STREAM series analyzers support several measuring principles depending on the gas component of interest. This provides best possible results, as the measurement can be chosen to optimally fit the characteristics of the gas to be measured with respect to the application. The following sections introduce the available measuring principles highlighting their specific characteristics. Measuring Principles Chapter 3 Measuring Principles Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.1 Infrared (IR) and Ultraviolet (UV) Measurement 3-2 50 % absorption 0 % absorption • Low and high ranges before and after scrubbers • Measurement of carbon bed breakthrough / catalyst efficiency • Mobile measurements at different sampling points / locations • Easy adaption to different applications (universities, laboratories) • Supports automotive engine testing • Benches to be used in TOC applications for measurements of low and high carbon content 100 % absorption process is integrated into the measurement information, in contrast to being artificially inserted in the measurement signal. Frequency filtering separates the sum signal into measurement and reference signal ( Fig. 3-1). This results in a permanently referenced signal by dividing the integrated reference level by the integrated measurement level for each revolution. Therefore the IntrinzX technology provides many outstanding features: • High dynamic measurement ranges (e.g. 0-200 to 50,000 ppm CO), which cannot be obtained with standard photometric technologies • Reduced temperature dependency • High sensitivity for lowest measuring ranges This leads to cost saving effects for the customer: • Fewer number of benches & cells • Easier field repair and replacement of parts • Easy adjustment of low measuring ranges in the field • Reduced maintenance • Extended span calibration intervals • Minimized demand for test gases Due to the inherent correlation between reference and measurement side, span calibration can often be achieved by zero calibration. The above listed IntrinzX features offer a high degree of flexibility with regards to applications: • One bench enables measurements of low & high ranges • Low & high concentration in raw and clean gases Fig. 3-1: IntrinzX signal forms Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.1 Infrared (IR) and Ultraviolet (UV) Measurement The standard detector used for NDIR measurements is an opto pneumatic detector. It consists of two chambers, filled with gas and connected via a small channel ( Fig. 3-2). The gas filling is chosen to provide maximum overlap with the gas to be measured. Usually the gas to be measured itself is used. A micro flow sensor, placed in the connecting channel, measures the flow between both chambers. As light is absorbed by the gas in the absorption chamber, the gas temperature changes. This results in an increase of volume of the heated gas: The gas expands and flows towards the compensation chamber. When the chopper closes, no light is absorbed and thus temperature and volume of the gas in the absorption chamber decrease. Gas flows back from the (now) hotter compensation chamber into the absorption chamber. The Absorption chamber absolute flow, detected by the micro flow sensor, in both cases is therefore a measure for the light absorbed while the chopper is open. This directly correlates to the amount of light not absorbed in the analysis cell and therefore to the concentration of the measurement gas inside the analysis cell. Using the divided analysis cell and the IntrinzX chopper wheel, this enables simultaneous detection of measurement and reference signal. Window Fill nozzle Connecting channel with micro flow detector Compensation chamber Fig. 3-2: Gas detector design principle Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Measuring Principles NDIR Detector 3 3.1.2 3-3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.1 Infrared (IR) and Ultraviolet (UV) Measurement 3.1.3 Technical Implementation The radiation emitted by an IR or UV/EDL source passes an adaptor cell, widening the beam to completely fill out the analysis cell´s diameter. At the opposite side of the cell, another adaptor cell is installed to reduce the beam to the diameter of the opening in the chopper. The detectors are installed at the rear side of the chopper. As pyrodetectors are not as frequency selective as gas detectors, an ad- 1 2 ditional filter has to be installed when using pyrodetectors, limiting the bandwidth of radiation passing the chopper. 7 6 5 4 8 3 13 12 11 10 9 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 UV source Adaptor cell Analysis cell (internal view) Filter cell UV detector Gas detector 7 IR detector electronics 8 Pyro detector (alternatively) 9 Temperature sensor 10 Filter for pyro detector assembly 11 Chopper 12 Chopper electronics 13 IR source 14 EDL Fig. 3-3: Photometer assembly principle 3-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.2 Oxygen Measurement 3.2.1 Paramagnetic Measurement Oxygen measurement is based on the paramagnetical characteristics of oxygen molecules: Two nitrogen filled quartz spheres (N2 is not paramagnetic) are arranged in a dumbbell configuration and, hinged to a platinum wire, placed inside a cell. Fixed to the wire a small mirror reflects a light beam to a photo detector (fig. 3-7). The measuring cell is placed inside an inhomogeneous magnetical field generated by a strong permanent magnet of specific design. Oxygen molecules within the sample gas now due to their paramagnetical characteristics are deflected into the area of highest field strength. This generates different forces on both spheres and the resulting torque turns dumbbell and mirror out of the rest position. This generates a photodetector signal because the beam is deflected, too. Initiated by the photodetector signal a preamplifier drives a compensation current through a loop surrounding the dumbbell to turn back the dumbbell into the rest position by effect of a magnetic field So the current compensating the torque affec-ting the dumbbell is a direct measure for the oxygen concentration within the sample gas. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG In addition to measuring cell, permanent magnet, electronics and enclosure the paramagnetic oxygen detector contains a temperature sensor and a heating element to hold the detector at approx. 55 °C. Several variations are available including corrosion resistant, solvent resistant and/or intrinsically safe (for measuring flammable gases) versions. 10 11 7 9 3 Two different principles are used for measuring oxygen concentrations. The currently used principle is given by the channel code (sample gas designator) on the nameplate label ( see figure on page 2-21): pO2 = paramagnetical sensor eO2 = electrochemical sensor Measuring Principles 3.2 Oxygen Measurement 4 1 2 3 4 5 1 5 Permanent magnet Platinum wire Mirror Glass ball Loop 2 3 6 8 6 Photodetector 7 Light source 8 Preamplifier 9 Display 10 Gas inlet 11 Gas outlet Fig. 3-4: Paramagnetic oxygen sensor Assembly principle 3-5 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.2 Oxygen Measurement Cross Interferences By Accompanying Gases The Table below by selected gases shows, how accompanying gases interfere the paramagnetic oxygen measurement. A more comprehensive list of gases and their cross interferences for example is given in the standard IEC 61207-3. If the concentration of such gases is already given at time of enquiry, this interference may be taken into account during factory startup and thus minimized (option) 100 % Gas Acetylene Ammonia Argon Bromine 1.2-Butadiene 1.3-Butadiene n-Butane i-Butene cis 2-Butene trans 2-Butene Carbon dioxide Carbon monoxide Chlorine Cyclohexane Ethane Ethylene Helium n-Heptane n-Hexane Hydrogen Hydrogen bromide 100 % Gas Zero-level effect % O2 C 2H 2 NH3 Ar Br2 C 4H 6 C 4H 6 C4H10 C 4H 8 C 4H 8 C 4H 8 CO2 CO Cl2 C6H12 C 2H 6 C 2H 4 He C7H16 C6H14 H2 HBr -0.29 -0.20 -0.25 -2.02 -0.49 -0.49 -1.26 -1.30 -0.89 -0.92 -0.30 +0.07 -0.94 -1.84 -0.49 -0.22 +0.33 -2.40 -2.02 +0.26 -0.76 Hydrogen chloride HCl Hydrogen flouride HF Hydrogen iodide HI Hydrogen sulphide H2S Iodine I Isobutane C4H10 Krypton Kr Laughing gas N 2O Methane CH4 Neon Ne Nitric acid HNO3 Nitrogen N2 Nitrogen dioxide NO2 Nitrous oxide NO n-Octane C8H18 n-Pentane C5H12 Oxygen O2 Propane C 3H 8 Propylene C 3H 6 Vinyl chloride C2H3Cl Water H 2O Xenon Xe Zero-level effect % O2 -0.35 +0.10 -1.19 -0.44 -2.40 -1.30 -0.55 -0.23 -0.18 +0.17 +0.43 ±0.00 +20.00 +42.94 -2.78 -1.68 100 -0.87 -0.64 -0.77 -0.03 -1.05 Note! This data is based on a temperature of 60 °C (140 °F). Tab. 3-1: Paramagnetic sensor - cross interferences (examples) 3-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.2 Oxygen Measurement Applications With Corrosive Or Solvent Components Acetic acid Acetone Acrolein Aromatics Butadiene Butadiene-1 Butadiene-2 C2H2 C4H8 C5 C6H12 CH3COOH Cyclohexane Cyclohexanon Dimethyl sulfide Ethanol Ethene Ethylene Ethylene oxid Heptane Hexane Isopropanol Methanol Methyl acetate Methylethylketone Methylmercaptane Propadiene Propene Propylen oxide Propylene Toluene Vinyl acetate Vinyl acetylene Xylene i-Butyr acid i-Butyr aldehyd i-Propylformiat n-Butane Conditions • Single or summarized concentrations do not exceed 20 % • Gas passes gas cooler prior to entering the analyzer • Gas dew point at max. 5 °C Solvent resistant sensors have limited lifetime and are consumables! Tab. 3-2: Solvent resistant paramagnetic sensor approved solvents Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Component Case Pole nucleus Mirror Tension band Loop wire Supporting wire Cylinder Cylinder bushing Dumbbell Taring Measuring cell type Corrosion resistant (Chlorine, dry) SS 1.4572 SS 1.4573 Tantalum Glass, Rhodium Platinum alloy Platinum alloy Solvent resistant Platinum alloy 3 Approved solvents (inclusive accompanying disturbing components) Glass Ceramics Glass Epoxy Epoxy Compound material Plumb bob, Epoxy Epoxy Seals Kalrez Kalrez Measuring Principles Special paramagnetic oxygen sensors are available to measure gases, containing corrosive or solvent components. See below tables for further information on approved solvents, and medium affected materials. Tab. 3-3: Solvent resistant paramagnetic sensor medium affected materials Another variation of measuring cell has the following materials in contact with the sample: A316 stainless steel, viton ‘O’ ring, borosilicate glass, electroless nickel, platinum, platinum/iridium alloy. For the solvent resistant version of this cell, the ‘O’ ring made of viton is replaced by a chemraz® model. 3-7 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.2 Oxygen Measurement 3.2.2 Electrochemical Measurement This sensor utilizes the principle of galvanic cells, fig. 3-5 shows the design. For storage and handling instructions, and safety data Chapter 7 "Maintenance". 10 11 6 9 11 3 5 1 7 13 2 4 8 12 12 1 Anode (lead) 2 Kathode (Gold) 3 Electrolyte solution 4 Membrane 5 Thermistor 6 Resistance 7 Titanum wire 8 O-Ring 9 Pressure compensating volumes 10 Lid 11 Electrical connections 12 Lids 13 Current collector The electrochemical oxygen sensor‘s key components are a lead anode (1) and a gold cathode (2) surrounded by a special acid electrolyte (3). The gold electrode is integrated solid with the membrane,which is a non-porous fluororesin membrane. Oxygen which barely diffuses through the membrane is electrochemically reduced on the gold electrode. The temperature compensating thermistor and adjusting resistance are connected between the cathode and anode. The current generated by oxygen reduction is converted into a voltage by these resistances. The value of the current flowing to the thermistor and resistance varies in proportion to the oxygen concentration of the measuring gases which contact the membrane. Therefore, the voltage at the terminal of the resistances is used for the sensor output to measure the oxygen concentration. Sensor inserted into holder Fig. 3-6: Electrochemical O2 Sensor - assembly Fig. 3-5: Electrochemical Sensor Internal Assembly Principle 3-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.2 Oxygen Measurement (black) (11) Thermistor (5) Resistance (6) (-) Gold (+) Lead cathode (2) anode (1) Measuring Principles (red) Electrolyte (3) Electrochemical reaction: 3 Fig. 3-7: Electrochemical reaction of Oxygen Sensor In consequence of its design the sensor‘s lifetime is limited and depends on theoretical designed life and oxygen concentration. The sensor output can be taken as a rough criterion for end of lifetime: The sensor is weared when the output in atmosphere is below 70 % of the initial output. The period till this can be calculated by Lifetime = designed life (% hours) O2 concentration (%) The sensor‘s designed lifetime under constant conditions of ambient temperature 20 °C is approx. 900,000 % hrs. The lifetime at 21 % oxygen is then calculated to approx. 42,857 hrs, corresponding to approx. 5 years. An indicator for end of lifetime is a reduced output signal. In this case the sensor must be replaced to ensure accurate measurements ( Chapter 7 "Maintenance"). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Note! The given values are for reference only! The expected lifetime is greatly affected by the temperature of the environment in which the sensor is used or stored (operation at 40 °C halves lifetime). Increases or decreases in atmospheric pressure have the same effect as increasing or decreasing oxygen concentrations. 3-9 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.2 Oxygen Measurement 3.2.2.1 Special Hints Due to the measuring principle the electrochemical oxygen cell requires a minimum internal consumption of oxygen (residual humidity avoids drying of the cell). Supplying cells continuously with dry sample gas of low grade oxygen concentration or with sample gas free of oxygen could result in a reversible detuning of O2 sensitivity. The output signal will become unstable, but response time remains constant. For correct measurement the cell needs continuously to be supplied with concentrations of at least 0.1 Vol.-% O2 . We recommend to use the cells if need be in alternating mode, means to purge cells with conditioned (not dried, but dust removed) ambient air when measurement pauses. If it is necessary to interrupt oxygen supply for several hours or days, the cell has to regenerate (supply cell for about one day with ambient air). Temporary flushing with nitrogen (N2) for less than 1 h (e.g. for analyzer zero- ing purpose) has no influence on measuring characteristics.This sensor is not suitable for anorganic gases containing chlorene or flourene! In addition it is not suitable for sample gases containing ozone, H2S (> 100 ppm) or NH3 (> 20 ppm). For a number of other interfering gases see Tab. 3-4. Concen- Interference tration Level Gas Carbon monoxide CO 0-100 % no effect Carbon dioxide CO2 0-100 % no effect NO 0-1 % no effect NO2 0-1 % no effect SO2 0-3 % 3% H 2S 0-3 % no effect NH3 0-3 % 1% 0-100 % no effect 0-3 % 1% Nitric monoxide Nitrogen dioxide Sulfur dioxide Hydrogen sulfide Ammonia Hydrogen H2 Hydrogen chloride HCl Benzene Methane C6H6 0-100ppm CH4 0-100 % 1% no effect Tab. 3-4: Electrochemical oxygen measurement Cross interference by accompanying gases Note for X2GP analyzers! If the X2GP analyzer features a thermostate control, the eO2 sensor block is installed at the X2GP rear panel. Cover Fig. 3.8 3-10 Cover for eO2 sensor block at rear panel Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG lectrolyte. The sensor has a gas permeable membrane which covers the cathode llowing gas to pass into the sensor while preventing liquid electrolyte from leaking ut. As the sample diffuses into the sensor, any oxygen present will dissolve in the lectrolyte solution and migrate to the surface of the cathode. The oxygen is reduced t the cathode. Simultaneously, Instruction Manualan oxidation reaction is occurring at the anode enerating four electrons. These electrons flow to the cathode to reduce the oxygen. HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 he representative half cell reactions are: Cathode: X-STREAM X2 3.2 Oxygen Measurement 4e- + 2H2O + O2 → 4OH- Anode: 3.2.3 Electrochemical Trace Oxygen Measurement oxygen (tO2)another 4OH +For 2Pbtrace → 2PbO + 2Hmeasurements 2O + 4e electrochemical sensor technology is used, see Fig. 3-9. The sensor is a self contained 2Pb + disposable O2 → 2PbO unit which requires no maintenance. The sensor the principle his flow of electrons constitutes an utilizes electric current which is of directly proportional to he concentration of oxygen present in the sample. Ina the absence of oxygen, no electrochemical reaction to generate signal xidation / reduction reaction and therefore no current proportional to occurs the oxygen concentration in is generated. This llows the sensor to have an absolute zero. the sample. This flow of electrons constitutes an electric Oxygen current which is directly proportional to the Gas Permeable Membrane Cathode Thin Electrolyte Layer concentration of oxygen present in the sample. In the absence of oxygen, no oxidation/ OH eElectrolyte reduction reaction occurs and therefore no Anode current is generated. This allows the sensor to have an absolute zero. Contact Plates 3 Current Signal 3.2.3.1 Special Hints This sensor is a consumable and requires replacement periodically. (To determine if the sensor requires replacement, The sensor consists of a cathode and anode see the troubleshooting section which in contact via a suitable electrolyte. ROX GT/ROX GP Oxygenare Analyzers August 2000 Rosemount Analytical 748375-C of this manual) The sensor has a gas permeable membrane which covers the cathode allowing gas to Remaining lifetime counts down pass into the sensor while preventing liquid when the sensor is in contact electrolyte from leaking out. with oxygen. As the sample diffuses into the sensor, any For above reasons, the analyzer oxygen present will dissolve in the electrois shipped with the sensor as lyte solution and migrate to the surface of extra item in a sealed bag! the cathode. The oxygen is reduced at the The sensor must be installed cathode. Simultaneously, an oxidation reacbefore analyzer startup, accortion is occurring at the anode generating four ding the instructions shipped electrons. These electrons flow to the cathode with the sensor! to reduce the oxygen. Always consult the separate The representative half cell reactions are: instructions, shipped with the 4OH − +2P b → 2P bO+2H2 O+4e− anode: sensor, before intending to start − − calibrations! Violation may recathode: 4e + 2H2 O + O2 → 4OH sult in a damaged sensor! in total: 2P b + O2 → 2P bO Prolonged exposure of the sensor to air can cause extended start up time, reduction of Fig. 3.9 Trace Oxygen sensor design principle SENSOR TECHNOLOGY E 1-1. ELECTROCHEMICAL Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Measuring Principles he resultant overall cell reaction is: 3-11 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.2 Oxygen Measurement performance or damage to the sensor. Do not remove the sealing caps until all associated sample handling components are installed and the instrument is fully ready for installation. After replacement purge gas paths with inert gas (nitrogen (N2) or sample gas as soon as possible to avoid prolonged exposure of the sensor to high concentrations of oxygen. The longer the sensor is exposed to air, the longer it will take for the sensor to recover to low ppm levels. When installing a new sensor or starting the instrument for the first time, it may take as long as eight hours for the analyzer to purge down to the lowest operating range. After initial startup or startup following a prolonged shutdown, the analyzer may require extended time to recover to the range of measurement. Commonly, this is caused by the introduction of ambient air into the sample and/or vent lines to the sensor. The presence of higher than normal levels of oxygen at the sensor will cause the sensor electrolyte to become saturated with dissolved oxygen. When the instrument is placed in operation, the sensor must now consume all excess dissolved oxygen above the desired measuring level. All analyzers with electrochemical tO2 cell have to be purged with inert gas (Nitrogen, N2) prior to disconnecting the gas lines! Then the gas line fittings have to be closed for transport or depositing the analyzer. While handling the sensor, always consider the documentation provided together with the sensor, especially the information on the included material (safety data) in the attachment of the documentation! Note for X2GP analyzers! If the X2GP analyzer features a thermostate control, the tO2 sensor block is installed at the X2GP rear panel. Cover Fig. 3.10 Cover for tO2 sensor block at rear panel 3-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.3 Thermal Conductivity Measurement Gas Air Ammonia Argon Butane Carbon Dioxide Carbon Monoxide Chlorine Helium Hydrochloric Acid Hydrogen Krypton Methane Neon Nitrogen Oxygen Radon Sulfur Dioxide Xenon N2/O2 NH3 Ar C4H10 CO2 CO Cl2 He HCl H2 Kr CH4 Ne N2 O2 Rn SO2 Xe l in mW / cm K 50 °C 276 270 189 102 184 267 371 1580 151 1910 185 96,8 516 277 283 26 113 60 The bridge output signal (UBr) is adjusted to zero when in rest position (no gas flow). By default the reference gas path is closed (not flown through by gas). When sample gas is supplied, the sensors in the sample gas path are cooled due to the thermal conductivity effect: The gas absorbs heat and carries it away from the sensors. This tunes the Wheatstone bridge and generates a signal proportional to the thermal conductivity. Additional electronics linearizes and conditions this signal to provide usefull measuring values.Depending on application, it is possible to supply a reference gas to the bridge‘s reference side. The output signal in this case is proportional to the difference of the thermal conductivities of sample and reference gas. UBr Tab. 3-5: Examples of specific thermal conductivities 3.3.1 RS Principle of Operation A Wheatstone bridge, made of 4 temperature sensitive resistors (PT 100 sensors), is surrounded by gas in a way, that each 2 sensors are located in the sample gas stream (RS) and in a reference gas stream (RR), Fig. 3-11. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG RS RR Sample RR Reference Fig. 3-11: Wheatstone Bridge 3-13 3 Thermal conductivity is the property of a material that indicates its ability to conduct heat. Thermal conductivity measurement primarily is used for measuring concentrations of hydrogen (H2) and helium (He). These gases are characterized by a specific thermal conducitivity, differing clearly from that of other gases ( table 3-5). Measuring Principles 3.3 Thermal Conductivity Measurement Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.3 Thermal Conductivity Measurement 3.3.2 Technical Implementation A block made either of aluminum, stainless steel or hastelloy contains two gas paths. Both, the volume of the block and the mass of the sensors have been minimized in order to obtain short response times. To suppress influences by changing ambient temperature the block is thermostatted and isolated against ambience. The sensors are fully glass packaged to withstand aggressive gases. 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 Sensor Sample gas inlet and output Reference side inlet and output Metal block Heater for thermostatting Fig. 3-12: TC cell, exterior view , thermal isolation removed 3-14 5 2 1 2 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 Internnal gas path Sample gas inlet and output PT 100 sensors Metal block Lid Fig. 3-13: TC cell, sectional view Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.4 Trace Moisture Measurement 3.4 Trace Moisture Measurement The Trace Moisture sensor is a robust 2-wire-transmitter, using dew point impedance measurement for continuous moisture measurements in gases and gas mixtures. It makes dew point measurement as accessible as temperature and pressure. This type of sensor is used, if dew point measurements are required. Measuring Principles 3 2 3 1 1 Sensor 2 Sensor block 3 Gas connections Fig. 3-14: Trace Moisture Sensor Assembly Some definitions: The dew point is the temperature in Deg C to which a given parcel of humid air must be cooled, at constant barometric pressure, for water vapor to condense into water. The condensed water is called dew. The dew point is the saturation temperature. The dew point is associated with relative humidity. A high relative humidity indicates that the dew point is closer to the current air temperature. Relative humidity of 100 % indicates the dew point is equal to the current temperature and the air is maximally saturated with water. If the dew point remains constant and temperature increases, relative humidity will decrease. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Humidity is the amount of water vapor in the air. Relative humidity is defined as the ratio of the partial pressure of water vapor (in a gaseous mixture of air and water vapor) to the saturated vapor pressure of water at a given temperature. 3-15 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.4 Trace Moisture Measurement How does dew point measurement connect with trace moisture measurement? The lower the dew point of a gas, the less is the content of moisture within that gas. dp / °C Water / ppm dp / °C Water / ppm -100 0.025 -44 121 -98 0.038 -42 150 -96 0.057 -40 185 -94 0.084 -38 228 -92 0.123 -36 279 -90 0.179 -34 340 -88 0.258 -32 413 -86 0.368 -30 501 -84 0.520 -28 604 -82 0.729 -26 726 -80 1.01 -24 870 -78 1.40 -22 1039 -76 1.91 -20 1237 -74 2.59 -18 1468 -72 3.49 -16 1737 -70 4.68 -14 2048 -68 6.22 -12 2409 -66 8.22 -10 2826 -64 10.8 -8 3306 -62 14.1 -6 3856 -60 18.3 -4 4487 -58 23.5 -2 5208 -56 30.2 0 6030 -54 38.5 2 6964 -52 48.9 4 8025 -50 61.8 6 9226 -48 77.6 8 10 583 -46 97.1 10 12 113 3.4.1 Special Operating Conditions The sensor is completely calibrated with all calibration data stored in its flash memory and does not require recalibration: • If the sensor is included into a calibration procedure, it might end up with a wrong calibration and unusable sensor. Therefore the analyzer's trace moisture measurement channel is configured to be excluded from autocalibration procedures, by default calibrating all channels. This exclusion is done by factory setup and cannot be changed. • For proper measurement results we recommend to exchange the sensor regularly after 12 months of operation. Tab. 3-6: Dew Points and Water Content (at 1013 hPa) 3-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.4 Trace Moisture Measurement Acetylene (Ethyne) C 2H 2 Ammonia NH3 Maximum Permitted Concentration / ppm Maximum Permitted Dewpoint / °C 1 -20 1000 -20 no limit no limit C 6H 6 no limit no limit Bromine Br2 no limit -20 Carbon dioxide CO2 no limit no limit Carbon disulphide CS2 no limit no limit Carbon monoxide CO no limit no limit Carbon tetrachloride CCl4 no limit no limit Carbon tetrafluoride CF4 no limit -20 Chlorine Cl2 not permitted – CCl2F2 no limit -20 Ethane C 2H 6 no limit no limit Ethylene (Ethene) C 2H 4 no limit no limit Ethylene oxide CH4O not permitted – Aromatic alcohols Benzene Dichlorodifluoromethane Exhaust gases no limit no limit F2 10 -20 HOCH2CH2OH no limit Fluorine Glycol (Ethane-1,2-diol) Halogenated hydrocarbons no limit Consult with Emerson Hydrobromic acid HBr Hydrochloric acid HCl Hydrofluoric acid HF 500 Hydrogen peroxide H2O2 not permitted Hydrogen sulphide H 2S Mercury Hg not permitted 4 - Methane CH4 no limit no limit Methanoic acid HCOOH not permitted – Methanol CH3OH 5 no limit Methylethyl glycol C4H11O no limit no limit no limit no limit HNO3 10 -20 Nitrogen dioxide NO2 no limit -20 Nitrous oxide N 2O no limit -20 Natural gas Nitric acid 3 Component Measuring Principles 3.4.2 Accompanying Gases Several gases may affect the sensor, so consider the following limits: not permitted not permitted no limit 2 – – -20 3 – no limit Tab. 3-7: Limitations on Gases (I) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 3-17 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.4 Trace Moisture Measurement Component Maximum Permitted Concentration / ppm Maximum Permitted Dewpoint / °C Oxygen O2 no limit no limit Ozone O3 not permitted – Perchloric acid HClO4 not permitted – Phosgene COCl2 no limit -20 C 3H 8 no limit no limit NaOH not permitted – Propane Sodium hydroxide Sulphur dioxide SO2 Sulphur hexafluoride SF6 no limit no limit Sulphur trioxide no limit no limit 6 SO3 no limit -20 H2SO4 10 -20 Toluene C6H5CH3 no limit no limit Xylene C8H10 no limit no limit Sulphuric acid 1 Recommended sensor exchange after 6 months. 2 For refinery catalytic reformer applications, consult with EMERSON. 3 Consult with EMERSON for extremely sour natural gas, >1 % H S 2 4 Consider sacrificial gold filter to remove mercury vapour – Consult with EMERSON. 5 Consult with EMERSON - for impedance type sensors, recommended concentration limit of Methanol <10% of moisture concentration to be measured to ensure negligible interference effects. 6 At temperatures exceeding 50 °C (122 °F), the maximum concentration is 50 ppm. The sensor should also be resistant to most organic acids, alcohols, ketones, aldehydes, esters and halogenated hydrocarbons, but will not be resistant to very strong alkalis. If in doubt, consult with EMERSON. Tab. 3-7: Limitation on Gases (II) 3-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.5 Measurement Specifications 3.5 Measurement Specifications Sample gas components and measuring ranges (standard configurations) In total, more than 60 gases are detectable, so the following table gives an overview only. Consult with Emerson for gases / configurations not listed. Not all data is applicable to all analyzer variations. The sample gas(es) and measuring ranges for your specific analyzer are given by the order acknowledgement and on the analyzer's name plate label. Special Specs Standard Specs (see Tab. 3-9 – 3-11) Acetone 1 Acetone 1 Acetylene Ammonia Argon Carbon dioxide Carbon monoxide Chlorine Ethane Ethanol 1 Ethylene Helium Hexane 1 Hydrogen 4 Hydrogen Sulfide Hydrogen Sulfide Methane Methanol 1 n–Butane Nitrogen dioxide 1 Nitrogen monoxide Nitrous oxide Oxygen Oxygen Oxygen, Trace Propane Propylene Sulfur dioxide Sulfur dioxide Sulfur hexafluoride Toluene 1 Vinyl chloride Water vapor 1 Water vapor, Trace 1 1 Dew point below ambient temperature 2 Principle CH3COCH3 UV CH3COCH3 IR C 2H 2 IR NH3 IR Ar TCD CO2 IR CO IR Cl2 UV C 2H 6 IR C2H5OH IR C 2H 4 IR He TCD C6H14 IR H2 TCD H 2S UV H 2S IR CH4 IR CH3OH IR C4H10 IR NO2 UV NO IR N 2O IR O2 electrochem. O2 paramagn. O2 electrochem. C 3H 8 IR C 3H 6 IR SO2 UV SO2 IR SF6 IR C 7H 8 UV C2H3Cl IR H 2O IR H 2O capacitive Higher concentrations decrease sensor lifetime 3 Lowest Range 0–400 ppm 0–500 ppm 0–3 % 0–100 ppm 0–50 % 0–50 ppm 0–50 ppm 0–300 ppm 0–1000 ppm 0–1000 ppm 0–400 ppm 0–10 % 0–100 ppm 0–1 % 0–2 % 0–10 % 0–100 ppm 0–1000 ppm 0–800 ppm 0–50 ppm 0–100 ppm 0–100 ppm 0–5 % 0–1 % 0–10 ppm 0–1000 ppm 0–400 ppm 0–50 ppm 0–1 % 0–20 ppm 0–300 ppm 0–1000 ppm 0–1000 ppm 0–100 ppm 0–5 ppm 5 0–10 ppm 5 0–25 ppm 3 0–25 ppm 3 0–5 ppm 3 Daily zero calibration required for ranges below lowest standard spec range 4 Special "refinery" application with 0–1% H2 in N2 available Highest Range Measuring Principles Gas component Lowest Range 0–3 % 0–3 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–10 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–10 % 0–100 % 0–10 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–10 % 0–100 % 0–10 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–25 % 2 0–100 % 0–10 000 ppm 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–1 % 0–100 % 0–2 % 0–5 % 0–2 % 0–8 % 0–3000 ppm 5 3 or Conditions see Tab. 3-12 Tab. 3-8: Gas Components and Measuring Ranges, Examples Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 3-19 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.5 Measurement Specifications Measurement Performance Specifications Detection limit (4 σ) 1 4 Linearity 1 4 Zero-point drift 1 4 Span (sensitivity) drift 1 4 Repeatability 1 4 Response time (t90) 3 Permissible gas flow Influence of gas flow 1 4 Maximum gas pressure 8 14 Influence of pressure 2 – At constant temperature – With pressure compensation 7 Permissible ambient temperature 9 Influence of temperature 1 13 (at constant pressure) – On zero point – On span (sensitivity) Thermostat control 6 12 Warm-up time 6 NDIR/UV/VIS ≤1% ≤1% ≤ 2 % per week ≤ 0.5 % per week ≤1% 4 s ≤ t90 ≤ 7 s 5 0.2–1.5 l/min. ≤ 0.5 % ≤ 1500 hPa abs. (≤ 7 psig) Thermal Conductivity (TCD) ≤1% ≤1% ≤ 2 % per week ≤ 1 % per week ≤1% 15 s ≤ t90 ≤ 30 s 6 0.2–1.5 l/min. (+ 0.1 l/min) ≤ 1 % 11 ≤ 1500 hPa abs. (≤ 7 psig) ≤ 0.10 % per hPa ≤ 0.01 % per hPa 0 (-20) to +50 °C (32 (-4) to 122 °F) ≤ 0.10 % per hPa ≤ 0.01 % per hPa 0 (-20) to +50 °C (32 (-4) to 122 °F) ≤ 1 % per 10 K ≤ 5 % (0 to +50 °C / 32 to 122 °F) none / 60 °C (140 °F) 5 15 to 50 minutes 5 ≤ 1 % per 10 K ≤ 1 % per 10 K none / 60 °C (140 °F) 10 approx. 50 minutes Note! 1 psi = 68.95 hPa 1 2 3 4 5 Related to full scale Related to measuring value From gas analyzer inlet at gas flow of 1.0 l/min (electronic damping = 0 s) Constant pressure and temperature Dependent on integrated photometer bench 6 7 8 9 10 Depending on measuring range Pressure sensor is required Limited to atmospheric if internal sample pump Temperatures below 0 °C (-4 °F) with thermostat control only Thermost. controlled sensor: 75 °C (167 °F) 11 12 13 14 Flow variation within ± 0.1 l/min Optional thermostatically controlled box with temperature 60 °C (140 °F), not X2GK Temperature variation: ≤ 10 K per hour Special conditions apply to model X2FD Tab. 3-9: IR, UV, VIS, TCD - Measurement Performance Specifications Important Notes Concerning Measurement Specification Data The specifications given in these tables alScaling or zooming ( page ways apply to the physical measuring ranges, ��������������������������� ) cannot improve analog as listed e.g. in the INFO-RANGES.. menu output specifications to values (parameters „MinRange“ and „MaxRange“). better than specified by the physical measuring ranges All performance data is verified during the manufacturing process for each unit by the following tests: • Linearization and sensitivity test • Long term drift stability test • Climate chamber test • Cross interference test (if applicable) 3-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.5 Measurement Specifications Trace (tO2) ≤1% ≤1% ≤ 1 % per week ≤ 1 % per week ≤1% 20 to 80 s 0.2–1.5 l/min. ≤2% ≤ 1500 hPa abs. (≤ 7 psig) ≤ 0.10 % per hPa ≤ 0.01 % per hPa 5 to +45 °C (41 to 113 °F) ≤ 1 % per 10 K 5 ≤ 1 % per 10 K 5 none 9 Approx. 50 minutes 3 Paramagnetic (pO2) Electrochemical (eO2) Detection limit (4 σ) 1 4 ≤1% ≤1% Linearity 1 4 ≤1% ≤1% Zero-point drift 1 4 ≤ 2 % per week ≤ 2 % per week Span (sensitivity) drift 1 4 ≤ 1 % per week ≤ 1 % per week Repeatability 1 4 ≤1% ≤1% Response time (t90) 3 <5s approx. 12 s Permissible gas flow 0.2–1.5 l/min 0.2–1.5 l/min. Influence of gas flow 1 4 ≤ 2 % 10 ≤2% Maximum gas pressure 7 14 ≤ 1500 hPa abs. (≤ 7 psig) 13 ≤ 1500 hPa abs. (≤ 7 psig) Influence of pressure 2 – At constant temperature ≤ 0.10 % per hPa ≤ 0.10 % per hPa – With pressure compensation 6 ≤ 0.01 % per hPa ≤ 0.01 % per hPa Permissible ambient temperature 8 0(-20) to +50 °C (32 (4) to 122 °F) 5 to +45 °C (41 to 113 °F) Influence of temperature 1 12 (at constant pressure) – On zero point ≤ 1 % per 10 K ≤ 1 % per 10 K – On span (sensitivity) ≤ 1 % per 10 K ≤ 1 % per 10 K Thermostat control 60 °C (140 °F) 11 none Warm-up time Approx. 50 minutes - Note! 1 psi = 68.95 hPa 1 2 3 4 5 Related to full scale Related to measuring value From gas analyzer inlet at gas flow of 1.0 l/min (electronic damping = 0 s) Constant pressure and temperature Range 0–10…200 ppm: ≤ 5 % (5 to 45 °C / 41 to 113 °F) 6 7 8 9 10 Pressure sensor is required Limited to atmospheric if internal sample pump Temperatures below 0 °C (-4 °F) with thermostat control only Thermost. controlled sensor: 35 °C (95 °F) For ranges 0–5…100 % and flow 0.5…1.5 l/min 11 12 13 14 Optional thermostatically controlled sensor with temperature 60 °C (140 °F) Temperature variation: ≤ 10 K per hour No sudden pressure surge allowed Special conditions apply to model X2FD Note! Take care of the tO2 sensor‘s documentation, providing important calibration instructions! Tab. 3-10: Oxygen - Standard Measurement Performance Specifications Note 1! Not all data listed are applicable to all analyzer versions (e.g. 60 °C thermostatically controlled box is not available for electrochemical and trace oxygen nor for 1⁄219 in instruments). Note 2! For NDIR/UV/VIS measurements, take into account that • sample gas may diffuse or be released by leakages into the analyzer enclosure • if existent in the analyzer surroundings, the component to be measured may enter the enclosure. Concentrations then may increase inside the enclosure. High concentrations of the component to be measured inside the enclosure may influence the measurement by unintended absorption, which could cause drift of the measurement. A remedy for this issue is to purge the housing with gas not containing the component of interest. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Measuring Principles Oxygen Sensors 3-21 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 3.5 Measurement Specifications 1 2 Trace Moisture (tH2O) Measurement range -100 to -10 °C dew point (0…100–3000 ppm) Measurement accuracy ±2 °C dew point Repeatability 0.5 °C dew point Response time (t95) 5 min (dry to wet) Operating humidity 0 to 100 % r.h. Sensor operating temperature -40 to +60 °C Temperature coefficient Temperature compensated across operating temperature range Depending on sequential measurement system, see analyzer specification 1 Operating pressure max. 1500 hPa abs / 7 psig 2 Depending on sequential measurement system, see analyzer specification 1 Flow rate 0.2 to 1.5 Nl/min Note! 1 psi = 68.95 hPa If installed in series to another measurement system, e. g. IR channel Special conditions apply to model X2FD Note! Do not calibrate, see special calibration notes in the measurement description! Tab. 3-11: Trace Moisture - Standard Measurement Performance Specifications Special Performance Specifications for Gas Purity Measurements (ULCO & ULCO2) Detection limit (4 σ) 1 2 Linearity 1 2 Zero-point drift 1 2 3 Span (sensitivity) drift 1 2 4 Repeatability 1 2 Response time (t90) 7 Permissible gas flow Influence of gas flow 1 2 Maximum gas pressure 10 11 Influence of pressure 5 – At constant temperature – With pressure compensation 8 Permissible ambient temperature Influence of temperature 6 (at constant pressure) – On zero point – On span (sensitivity) Thermostat control 1 2 3 Related to full scale Constant pressure and temperature Within 24 h; daily zero calibration requested 4 5 6 7 0–10…< 50 ppm CO 0–5…< 50 ppm CO2 <2% <1% < 2 % resp. < 0.2 ppm 9 < 2 % resp. < 0.2 ppm 9 < 2 % resp. < 0.2 ppm 9 < 10 s 0.2–1.5 l/min. < 2% ≤ 1500 hPa abs. (≤ 7 psig) ≤ 0.1 % per hPa ≤ 0.01 % per hPa +15 to +35 °C (59 to 95 °F) +5 to +40 °C (41 to 104 °F) < 2 % per 10 K resp. < 0.2 ppm per 10 K 9 < 2 % per 10 K resp. < 0.2 ppm per 10 K 9 none 60 °C (140 °F) Note! 1 psi = 68.95 hPa Within 24 h; daily span calibration recommended Related to measuring value Temperature variation: ≤ 10 K per hour From gas analyzer inlet at gas flow of 1.0 l/min 8 9 10 11 Barometric pressure sensor is required Whichever value is higher Limited to atmospheric if internal sample pump Special conditions apply to model X2FD Tab. 3-12: Special Performance Specifications for Gas Purity Measurements 3-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Chapter 4 Installation This chapter describes the correct installation procedure for the various X-STREAM analyzer versions. On receipt, check the packaging and its contents thoroughly for damage. Inform the carrier immediately of any damage to packaging or contents. Store the instrument at a dry and clean place, considering the acceptable environmental conditions. We recommend to keep the packaging available for returning the instrument in case of failure, because only the original packaging ensures proper protection during transportation! Compare the contents of your package with the pictures below. Analyzers for hazardous areas need additional parts, described in the accompanying documentation refering to hazardous area installations. Call your local sales office if something is missing, and DO NOT continue to install your analyzer, until all parts are at hand! Analyzer USB stick external power supply unit with DC power cable (X2GK, option) Trace oxygen cell (if applicable) Manuals, some of which either as paper or electronic version on USB stick: • short form manual for general purpose instruments • X-STREAM X2 series manual If applicable to your instrument • special addendum manual for hazardous area installations • infallible containment instruction manual Fig. 4-1: X-STREAM X2 Analyzers - scope of supply Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-1 4 HAZARDS FROM MISSING INFORMATION Installation 4.1 Scope of Supply Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.2 Installation - Introduction 4.2 Introduction ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Before connecting the analyzer to mains power, please read the chapter on safety warnings and the following instructions carefully. The place of installation must be clean, dry and protected against strong vibrations and frost. Please observe the admissable operating temperatures given in the technical data. Units must not be subjected to direct sunlight or sources of heat. For outdoor installation it is recommended to install the unit in a cabinet. It should at least be protected against rainfall. In order to comply with regulations on electromagnetic compatibility, it is recommended to use only shielded cables which can be supplied by Emerson Process Management. The customer must ensure that the shielding is correctly connected to the signal cable plug housing. Submin-d plugs and sockets must be screwed to the analyzer. 4-2 The use of external submin-d to screw-type terminal adapters affects electromagnetic compatibility. In such a case the customer must take appropriate measures to comply with the regulations, and must declare conformity when this is legally required (e.g. European EMC guidelines). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.3 Installation - Gas Conditioning 4.3 Gas Conditioning Hints for selected gases • Calibration gases for CO and NO need to be moistured by supplying them via a cooler. Installation In order to ensure trouble-free operation, special attention must be paid to the preparation of the gases: All gases must be conditioned before supplying to the analyzer, to ensure they are • dry, • free of dust and • free of any aggressive components which may damage the gas lines (e.g. by corrosion or solvents) . Flammable gases must not be supplied without suitable protective measures. 4 Pressure and gas flow must remain within the values given in the „Measurement Specifications“ section within this manual. If moisture cannot be avoided, it is necessary to ensure that the dew point of the gases is at least 10 °C (18 °F) below the ambient temperature to avoid condensate in the gas lines. The X-STREAM field housings can optionally be fitted with heated piping to enable the use of gases with a maximum dew point of 25 °C (77 °F). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.3 Installation - Gas Conditioning Enclosure purge option The purge medium (e.g. to minimize CO2 interference or for enhanced safety while measuring corrosive or poisonous gases) • must be dry, clean and free of corrosives or components containing solvents. • has to be free of components to be measured, to minimize cross interferences. Its temperature must correspond to the ambient temperature of the analyzer, but be at least within the range 20…35 °C (68…95 °F). For information about values for pressure and flow, please contact your nearest EMERSON Process Management sales office. We recomment to always purge the analyzer enclosure, if gases are supplied, which may harm analyzer components, if due to a leak released into the analyzer enclosure! 4-4 Open reference option In some cases, the measuring cell has an open reference side, to be supplied with nitrogen. This nitrogen • at least should be of quality 5.0, which means nitrogen of purity ≥ 99.999 %. If such gas is not available, the substitute • must be dry, clean and free of corrosives or components containing solvents. • has to be free of components to be measured, to minimize cross interferences. In any case, the gas temperature must correspond to the ambient temperature of the analyzer, but at least be within the range 20…35 °C (68…95 °F). Pressure and gas flow must remain within the values given in „Chapter 3 Measuring Principles“ within this manual. Perform a calibration each time the source of this gas (e. g. bottle) has changed! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.4 Installation - Gas Connections 4.4 Gas Connections TOXIC GAS HAZARDS Take care that all external gas pipes are connected in the described way and that they are gastight to avoid leakages! Faulty connected gas pipes lead to explosion hazard or even to mortal danger! Do not confuse gas inlets and outlets. All gases supplied must be prepared beforehand. When supplying aggressive gases, ensure that the gas lines are not damaged. Max. admissable pressure: 150 kPa / 7 psig; atmospheric with internal pump! Exhaust lines must be installed to incline downwards and be unpressurized and protected against frost, and conform to legal requirements. TRACE OXYGEN MEASUREMENTS The sensor for trace oxygen measurements is a consumable. Remaining lifetime counts down when the sensor is in contact with oxygen. For above reasons, the analyzer is shipped with the sensor as extra item in a sealed bag! The sensor must be installed before analyzer startup, according the instructions shipped with the sensor! Do not use plastic tubing for trace oxygen measurements as it can permeate oxygen from the ambient air and cause higher than expected oxygen readings. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-5 4 Installation Don‘t take a breath of the emissions! Emissions may contain hydrocarbons or other toxic components (e.g. carbon monoxide)! Carbon monoxide may cause headache, sickness, unconsciousness and death. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.4 Installation - Gas Connections The number of gas connections and their configuration may vary according to analyzer version and installed options. All gas connectors are labelled and can be found on the Should it be necessary to open the gas lines, the gas connectors should be sealed with PVC caps to prevent pollution by moisture, dust, etc. • analyzer’s rear panel (X-STREAM X2GP, X-STREAM X2GK) • underside of the analyzer (X-STREAM field housings) Fig. 4-2: Labelling of gas connectors (example) The analyzer should be mounted close to the sample gas source to minimize transport time. A sample gas pump can be used to reduce the reaction time; this requires that the analyzer be operated in bypass mode or fitted with a pressure control valve to protect against excessive gas flow and pressure (Fig. 4-3). Exhaust Analyzer Exhaust Pressure control valve Filter Flow sensor Sample gas pump Fig. 4-3: Installation in bypass mode 4-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.5 Installation - Electrical Connections 4.5 Electrical Connections ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Only qualified personnel, observing all applicable technical and legal requirements, may install these devices and connect power and signal cables. Wall-mounted X-STREAM analyzers are not fitted with power switches and are operational as soon as they are connected to a power supply. For these analyzers a switch or circuit breaker (IEC 60947-1/-3) must be installed on the premises. The switch or breaker must be located near the analyzer, easily accessible and labelled as a power supply cut-off for the analyzer. Units with screw-type terminals must be de-energized by unplugging it or operating the separate cut-off switch or circuit breaker when working on the power connections. To avoid the risk of electrocution, all units must be earthed. For this reason, the power cable with a protective earth wire must be used. Any break in the earth wire inside or outside the unit may cause exposure to the risk of electrocution and is therefore prohibited. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-7 4 The devices may only be installed by personnel who are aware of the possible risks. Working on units with screw-type terminals for electrical connections may require exposure to energized components. Installation Failure to comply may render the guarantee void and cause exposure to risk of damage, injury or death. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6 Analyzer Specific Instructions for Installation 4.6 Analyzer Specific Instructions for Installation Important note for X-STREAM X2FD! Due to the special conditions which must be observed when installing units in EX zones, the installation of the flameproof X-STREAM X2FD version is described in a separate instruction manual HASXMDE-IM-EX. Even if you do not install your X-STREAM X2FD in an EX zone, please install the unit according to the instructions in the separate manual. Installation instructions: X-STREAM X2GK page 4-8 X-STREAM X2GP page 4-14 X-STREAM X2XF Field housings page 4-22 Notes for wiring signal inputs and outputs page 4-33 4-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM X2GK 4.6.1 X-STREAM X2GK 4 Installation Plugs and sockets required for the electrical connections are on the rear panel of the unit (Fig. 4-5). X-STREAM X2GK analyzers are powered by an internal wide range power supply for worldwide use, or by an external DC 24  V power supply unit, optionally supplied with the unit. If an external PSU is not included in delivery, another unit can be used instead, provided it conforms to the specifications in section 2.2.1.1 page 2-8. X-STREAM X2GK analyzers should be operated in a horizontal position. Six screws at the front panel enable to install X2GK models into a rack. The external PSU is optionally available for rack mounting, too. Fig. 4-4: X-STREAM X2GK - front panel Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-9 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Gas outlets Gas inlets Digital in- / outputs Analog outputs / relay outputs Service interface 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM X2GK AC Power inlet with fuses RJ45 ethernetinterface (option) Modbus interface (RS 485 / RS 232 / Modbus 485) Alternative DC Power inlet and separate fuse Fig. 4-5: X-STREAM X2GK - rear panel The number and configuration of the gas inlets and outlets vary from model to model and are indicated on the notice on the rear of the instrument. To simplify installation, we recommend labelling the gas lines as in Fig. 4-5 (1, 2, 3, ...). This avoids confusion in case the analyzer ever has to be disconnected. Gas connections: Quantity: of which optional max. 8 1 or 2 as purge gas connections Material: optional PVDF 6/4 mm Stainless steel 6/4 mm or 1⁄4", others on request 4-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM X2GK Signal inputs and outputs The number of signal outputs actually available varies according to the unit’s configuration. Analog signals Relay outputs 4 (0)–20 mA; load: RB ≤ 500 Ω Specification of relay outputs 1-4: Electrical specification: dry relay change-over ontacts, can be used as normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) max. 30 VDC, 1 A, 30 W 4 Specification of analog signal outputs: Installation Analog signals and relay outputs are on a shared 25-pin submin socket (X1; Fig. 4-6). Note! Consider the installation notes in section 4.5. 1 Channel 2, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA 2 Channel 3, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA 3 Channel 4, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA 4 unused 5 unused 6 unused 7 Output1 (Failure) NC 8 Output1 (Failure) NO 9 Output1 (Failure) COM 10 Output3 (Off spec) NC 11 Output3 (Off spec) NO 12 Output3 (Off spec) COM 13 Pin Signal 14 Channel 1, GND 15 Channel 2, GND 16 Channel 3, GND 17 Channel 4, GND 18 unused 19 unused 20 Output2 (Maintenance request) NC 21 Output2 (Maintenance request) NO 22 Output2 (Maintenance request) COM 23 Output4 (Function check) NC 24 Output4 (Function check) NO 25 Output4 (Function check) COM Analog outputs Pin Channel 1, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA Relay contacts (Status signals) Relay contacts (Status signals) Analog outputs Signal Note! Configuration of relay contacts as per standard factory setting (NAMUR status signals) Fig. 4-6: Socket X1 - Pin configuration Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-11 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM X2GK Modbus interface For specifications and notes on control, see chapter 7 Pin 1 Pin 6 7 8 9 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 Pin 8 Pin no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 MOD 485/ MOD 485/ RS 232 2 wire 4 wire Common Common Common not used not used RXD not used not used TXD not used RXD1(+) not used D1(+) TXD1(+) Common not used not used not used not used not used not used not used RXD0(-) TXD0(-) not used D0(-) Pin no. Signal 1 2 3 6 other TX+ TXRX+ RXnot used Ethernet connector not used Fig. 4-7: Plug X2 - Modbus interface Notes! Consider the installation notes in section 4.5. X-STREAM analyzers are classified as DTE (Data Terminal Equipment). 4-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM X2GK Digital inputs Type: 7 inputs Electrical specification: max. 30 V , internally limited to 2.3 mA H signal: min. 4 V; L signal: max. 3 V common ground (GND), electrically isolated from chassis earth connection Type: Electrical specification: 9 outputs, dry relay change-over ontacts, can be used as normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) max. 30 VDC, 1 A, 30 W 3 Input 4 4 GND for all digital inputs 5 unused 6 unused 7 Output 5 NC 8 Output 5 NO 9 Output 5 COM 10 Output 6, NC 11 Output 6, NO 12 Output 6, COM 13 Output 7, NC 14 Output 7, NO 15 Output 7, COM 16 Output 8, NC 17 Output 8, NO 18 Output 8, COM 19 Signal 20 Input 5 21 Input 6 22 Input 7 23 Output 9, NC 24 Output 9, NO 25 Output 9, COM 26 Output 10, NC 27 Output 10, NO 28 Output 10, COM 29 Output 11, NC 30 Output 11, NO 31 Output 11, COM 32 Output 12, NC 33 Output 12, NO 34 Output 12, COM 35 Output 13, NC 36 Output 13, NO 37 Output 13, COM inputs Input 3 Pin Digital 2 Digital 1 Input 2 outputs Pin Input 1 inputs Signal outputs Digital Digital 4 Note! Consider the installation notes in section 4.5. Installation Digital outputs Note! The configuration illustrated here is that of the first socket, labelled X4.1. Inputs 8-14 and outputs 1422, are on the second socket (X4.2), if installed. Fig. 4-8: Socket X4 - Pin configuration Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-13 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM X2GK Power supply 24 VDC is supplied to the unit by means of a three-pin XLR connector on the rear panel of the instrument. Depending on the order, the following is supplied as an accessory: either • an external power supply unit which can be connected directly to the analyzer using the supplied cable or • a connector which can be used with a cable and PSU as specified by the customer. Note the configuration of the pins on the connector ( Fig. 4-9, upper image). Details of any PSUs supplied with the unit are given in section 2.2.1.1, page 2-8ff. 2 1: 2: 3: 3 1 ME + 24 V 0 V (⊥) DC supply AC power is supplied to the unit by means of a three-pin IEC connector on the rear panel of the instrument. AC supply Fig. 4-9: Power In Connectors 4-14 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM X2GP 4.6.2 X-STREAM X2GP This model is fitted with plugs and sockets as standard for electrical connections. They are located at the rear of the instrument (Fig. 4-11). Optionally, adapters are available which can be mounted on the signal connectors to enable signal cables to be connected using screw-type terminals (Fig. 4-12). 4 Installation The brackets either side of the front panel enable the unit to be mounted in a rack; this is accomplished by means of four screws (Fig. 4-10). X-STREAM X2GP analyzers should be operated in a horizontal position. Screw holes for rack mounting (7.5 x 10.5 mm) Fig. 4-10: X-STREAM X2GP - front view Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-15 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Fuses Purge gas inlet (optional) Power switch Mains power in Cover for tO2-Sensor Gas outlets Gas inlets RJ45 Ethernet connection (optional) Digital inputs / outputs Analog outputs / NAMUR status relays Modbus interface (RS 485 / RS 232 / Modbus 485) Services interface 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM X2GP Fig. 4-11: X-STREAM X2GP - Rear panel, model with signal plugs and sockets The number and configuration of the gas inlets and outlets vary from model to model and are indicated on the notice on the rear of the instrument. To simplify installation, we recommend labelling the gas lines as in Fig. 4-11 (1, 2, 3, 4, ...). This avoids confusion in case the analyzer ever has to be disconnected. Gas inlets and outlets Quantity: Specification: 4-16 optional max. 8 (plus. 1 purge gas inlet (optional)) 6/4 mm PVDF 6/4 mm or 1⁄4", stainless steel, others on request Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Sicherungen Netzspannungseingang 4 Installation Purge gas inlet (optional) Cover for eO2-Sensor Gas outlets Gas inlets Digital inputs / outputs Analog outputs / NAMUR status relays Services interface HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Netzschalter Strain relief and shielding contacts for signal cables RJ45 Ethernet connection (optional) Modbus interface (RS 485 / RS 232 / Modbus 485) Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM X2GP Fig. 4-12: X-STREAM X2GP - Rear panel, with terminal adapters and brackets for rack mounting 4-17 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM X2GP Signal inputs and outputs The number of signal outputs actually available varies according to the unit’s configuration. Analog signals Relay outputs Analog signals and relay outputs are on a shared 25-pin submin socket (X1; Fig. 4-13). Specification of analog signal outputs: 4 (0)–20 mA; burden: RB ≤ 500 Ω Specification of relay outputs 1-4: Electrical specification: Dry relay change-over contacts can be used as NO or NC. max. 30 VDC, 1 A, 30 W Note! Consider the installation notes in section 4.5. 1 Channel 2, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA 2 Channel 3, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA 3 Channel 4, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA 4 unused 5 unused 6 unused 7 Output1 (Failure) NC 8 Output1 (Failure) NO 9 Output1 (Failure) COM 10 Output3 (Off spec) NC 11 Output3 (Off spec) NO 12 Output3 (Off spec) COM 13 Pin Signal 14 Channel 1, GND 15 Channel 2, GND 16 Channel 3, GND 17 Channel 4, GND 18 unused 19 unused 20 Output2 (Maintenance request) NC 21 Output2 (Maintenance request) NO 22 Output2 (Maintenance request) COM 23 Output4 (Function check) NC 24 Output4 (Function check) NO 25 Output4 (Function check) COM Analog outputs Pin Channel 1, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA Relay contacts (Status signals) Relay contacts (Status signals) Analog outputs Signal Note! Configuration of relay contacts as per standard factory setting (NAMUR status signals) Fig. 4-13: Socket X1 - Analog & Digital Outputs 1-4 4-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM X2GP Modbus interface For specifications and notes on control, see chapter 7 Pin 1 Pin 6 7 8 9 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 MOD 485/ MOD 485/ RS 232 2 wire 4 wire Common Common Common not used not used RXD not used not used TXD not used RXD1(+) not used D1(+) TXD1(+) Common not used not used not used not used not used not used not used RXD0(-) TXD0(-) not used D0(-) Pin no. Signal 1 2 3 6 other TX+ TXRX+ RXnot used 4 Pin no. Installation Pin 8 Ethernet connector not used Fig. 4-14: Plug X2 - Modbus interface Notes! Consider the installation notes in section 4.5. When terminal adapters are used, the Modbus interface terminals are located on the same adapter as those for the analog signal outputs ( Fig. 4-15, page 4-20). Then a flat flexible cable attached to the terminal adapter is used for connecting to the illustrated 9-pole plug. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG X-STREAM analyzers are classified as DTE (Data Terminal Equipment). 4-19 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM X2GP The XSTA adapter can optionally be used to connect signal cables to screw-type terminals instead of Submin-D plugs and sockets: it is plugged onto the X1 Submin-D connector on the unit. 1 2 Analog Outputs Channel 1, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA Channel 1, GND Channel 2, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA Channel 2, GND Channel 3, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA Channel 3, GND Channel 4, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA Channel 4, GND not used not used not used not used not used not used Output 1 (Failure), NC Output 1 (Failure), NO Output 1 (Failure), COM Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NC Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NO Output 2 (Maintenance Request), COM Output 3 (Out of Spec), NC Output 3 (Out of Spec), NO Output 3 (Out of Spec), COM Output 4 (Function check), NC Output 4 (Function check), NO Output 4 (Function check), COM not used Recommended wire gauge: 0.14…1.5 mm2 (AWG 26…AWG 16), end sleeves not required Skinning length: 5 mm Thread: M2 Relay Outputs**) Signal P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 min. tightening torque: 0.25 Nm *) See table below Configuration of relay output terminals as per standard factory setting (NAMUR status signals) **) Serial Interface*) Pin To connect any serial interface, the adapter is equipped with a flat flexible cable ending in a 9-pin Submin-D plug, which should be plugged onto the unit’s X2 connector. 3 1 Connector for plug X1 (on reverse side) 2 Connection for flat cable to plug X2 (cable not illustrated) 3 Screw-type terminals Assignment of serial interface terminals Terminal P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 SER1 SER2 SER3 SER4 SER5 SER6 7 8 9 MOD 485/ MOD 485/ 2 wire 4 wire Common Common not used not used RS 232 Common RXD TXD not used not used not used D1(+) RXD1(+) TXD1(+) not used not used not used not used not used not used not used RXD0(-) TXD0(-) not used D0(-) not used Common not used Note! Consider the installation notes in section 4.5. Fig. 4-15: Configuration of XSTA terminal adapter 4-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM X2GP Digital inputs Type: 7 inputs Electrical specification: max. 30 V , internally limited to 2.3 mA H Signal: min. 4 V; L Signal: max. 3 V common ground (GND), electrically isolated from chassis earth connection 9 outputs, dry relay change-over ontacts, can be used as normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) max. 30 VDC, 1 A, 30 W 3 Input 4 4 GND for all digital inputs 5 unused 6 unused 7 Output 5 NC 8 Output 5 NO 9 Output 5 COM 10 Output 6, NC 11 Output 6, NO 12 Output 6, COM 13 Output 7, NC 14 Output 7, NO 15 Output 7, COM 16 Output 8, NC 17 Output 8, NO 18 Output 8, COM 19 Input 5 21 Input 6 22 Input 7 23 Output 9, NC 24 Output 9, NO 25 Output 9, COM 26 Output 10, NC 27 Output 10, NO 28 Output 10, COM 29 Output 11, NC 30 Output 11, NO 31 Output 11, COM 32 Output 12, NC 33 Output 12, NO 34 Output 12, COM 35 Output 13, NC 36 Output 13, NO 37 Output 13, COM inputs 2 Input 3 Signal 20 outputs Input 2 Pin Digital 1 identification, the sockets are labelled X4.1 and X4.2. Consider the installation notes in section 4.5. Digital Pin Input 1 inputs Signal outputs Digital Digital Notes! Depending on the configuration, an analyzer may be fitted with up to 2 of these sockets (the unit is thus equipped with 14 digital inputs and 18 digital outputs). To aid Note! The configuration illustrated here is that of the first socket, labelled X4.1. Inputs 8-14 and outputs 1423, are on the second socket (X4.2), if installed. Fig. 4-16: Sockets X4.1 and X4.2 - Pin configuration Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-21 4 Type: Electrical specification: Installation Digital outputs Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM X2GP An XSTD adapter can optionally be used to connect digital I/O cables to screw-type terminals instead of Submin-D plugs and sockets: it is plugged onto the X4.1 and X4.2 (if fitted) Submin-D connectors on the unit. 1 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Input 4 Input 5 Input 6 Input 7 GND for inputs 1-7 unused Output 5, NC Output 5, NO Output 5, COM Output 6, NC Output 6, NO Output 6, COM Output 7, NC Output 7, NO Output 7, COM Output 8, NC Output 8, NO Output 8, COM Output 9, NC Output 9, NO Output 9, COM Output 10, NC Output 10, NO Output 10, COM Output 11, NC Output 11, NO Output 11, COM Output 12, NC Output 12, NO Output 12, COM Output 13, NC Output 13, NO Output 13, COM Digital inputs Signal P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 Skinning length: 5 mm Thread: M2 Min. tightening torque: 0.25 Nm Note! The configuration illustrated here is that of the first adapter (on socket X4.1). Inputs 8-14 and outputs 14-23 are on the second adapter (on socket X4.2), if installed. Digital outputs Pin Recommended wire gauge: 0.14…1.5 mm2, end sleeves not required 2 1 Connector for socket X4.1 / X4.2 (on reverse side) 2 Screw-type terminals Note! Consider the installation notes in section 4.5. Fig. 4-17: Configuration of XSTD terminal adapter 4-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.3 Installation - X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings 4.6.3 X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings (Single XLF; Dual XXF) Fitted with four eyebolts and featuring IP66 / Type 4X protection, the X-STREAM X2XF field housings can be mounted in the open air on a wall or frame with no extra work. Gas fittings Connector for potential equalization Installation Cable glands 4 Note! Take care to reserve space at the right side of the instrument for laying the cables! Dimensions: mm [inch] Fig. 4-18: X-STREAM XLF HEAVY INSTRUMENT X-STREAM X2XF field housing analyzers intended to be wall mounted and/ or outdoor installed, weigh up to 45 kg (99 lbs), depending on the chosen options! Use two persons and/or suitable tools for transportation and lifting these instruments! Take care to use anchors and bolts specified to be used for the weight of the instruments! Assure that the wall/device for installation is sufficiently attached and stable to carry the instrument! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-23 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.3 Installation - X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings Note! Take care to reserve space at the right side of the instrument for laying the cables! Gas fittings Connector for potential equalization Cable glands All dimensions in mm [inches in brackets] Fig. 4-19: X-STREAM XXF 4-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.3 Installation - X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings To simplify installation, we recommend labelling the gas lines in accordance with these markings. This avoids confusion should the analyzer need to be disconnectedfor maintenance. Note on variation XXF! In case of the dual compartment version XXF, the electrical connections are established in the upper compartment, and the gas connections to fittings at the lower compartment. Besides this, the design and layout of terminals and fittings are the same as with the single compartment version XLF. 8 1 2 3 4 1 3 2 Terminals for signal cables Mains filter Power connections with integrated fuses Gland for power cable Damaged gaskets void the ingress protection, possibly causing property damage, personal injury or death. 7 4 5 6 7 8 6 5 Glands for signal cables Gas inlets and outlets Plugs for openings to connect housings Ethernet connector (optional) Fig. 4-20: X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings - Arrangement of Terminals, Cable Glands and Gas Fittings Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-25 4 Consider that enclosure gaskets may be frozen when the instrument is installed outdoors. Carefully open the enclosure at temperatures below -10 °C (14 °F) to not damage the gaskets. Installation GASKETS AT LOW TEMPERATURES Gas inlets Gas outlets Power and signal cables are connected using internal screw-type terminals. This requires opening the unit by releasing the fasteners on the housing. Gas connectors are accessible from the underside of the instrument. The number and configuration of the gas inlets and outlets depends on the analytical application, and is noted on a sticker on the underside of the instrument next to the connectors. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.3 Installation - X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings Gas inlets and outlets Quantity: Specification: max. 8 (+ 1 purge gas inlet (optional)) 6/4 mm PVDF optional 6/4 mm or 1⁄4", stainless steel, others on request Preparation of signal cables All signal cables are connected to screw-type terminals located inside the housing. Access to the internal components is gained by relea- sing the two fasteners at the front door and opening it to the left. Recommended wire gauge: 0.14…1.5 mm2 (AWG 26…AWG 16), end sleeves not required Skinning length: 5 mm (0.2") Thread: M2 Min. tightening torque: All cables must be fed through cable glands and secured with a gland nut. 0.25 Nm (2.21 in.lb) When correctly installed, the glands act as a strain relief and guarantee EMC (electromagnetic compatibility): Installing cable glands with shielded cables 1. Strip the cabel 2. Expose braided shield 6. Push clamping insert into body and tighten dome nut 7. Assemble into housing and you´re done! 3. Feed cable through dome nut and clamping insert 4. Fold braided shield over clamping insert 5. Make sure that braided shield overlaps the O-ring by 3 ⁄ 32 “ (2 mm) 4-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.3 Installation - X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings Signal inputs and outputs The number of actually available signal outputs, and also the number of built-in modules with screw-type terminals, varies according to the configuration of the unit. A maximum of three modules with 36 terminals each can be fitted. The terminals can be accessed by opening the front panel of the instrument. Characteristics of terminals: Recommended wire gauge: 0.14…1.5 mm2 (AWG 26…AWG 16), end sleeves not required Skinning length: 5 mm (0.2") 0.25 Nm (2.21 in.lb) 4 Min. tightening torque: Installation Thread: M2 ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Verify the power supply at installation site meets the specification given on the analyzer´s nameplate label, before installing the instrument! Verify power cables are disconnected and/or instrument is de-energized prior to working at the terminals! Verify the power cord is layed with a distance of at least 1 cm (0.4 in) to any signal cable to ensure proper insulation from signal circuits! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-27 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.3 Installation - X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings Analog signals Relay outputs Terminals for analog signals and relais outputs 1 - 4 are located on the outer left module (terminal block X1; Fig. 4-21). Analog signal output specification: 4 (0)–20 mA; load: RB ≤ 500 Ω Specification of relay outputs 1-4: Electrical specification: dry relay change-over ontacts, can be used as normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) max. 30 VDC, 1 A, 30 W Note! Consider the installation notes in section 4.5 and the notes on installing cable glands on page 4-24. P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 Pin Channel 1, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA Channel 1, GND Channel 2, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA Channel 2, GND Channel 3, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA Channel 3, GND Channel 4, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA Channel 4, GND not used not used not used not used not used not used Output 1 (Failure), NC Output 1 (Failure), NO Output 1 (Failure), COM Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NC Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NO Output 2 (Maintenance Request), COM Output 3 (Out of Spec), NC Output 3 (Out of Spec), NO Output 3 (Out of Spec), COM Output 4 (Function check), NC Output 4 (Function check), NO Output 4 (Function check), COM not used Signal Relay Outputs**) Serial Interface*) Analog Outputs Configuration of relay output terminals as per standard factory setting (NAMUR status signals) **) Fig. 4-21: Terminal block X1 - Analog signals and relay outputs 1-4 4-28 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.3 Installation - X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings Modbus interface The 9 terminals on the left (28 - 36) of the right most strip carry the Modbus interface signals. Specification and interface control: Chapter 9 Pin Channel 1, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 1, GND Channel 2, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 2, GND Channel 3, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 3, GND Channel 4, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 4, GND not used not used not used not used not used not used Output 1 (Failure), NC Output 1 (Failure), NO Output 1 (Failure), COM Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NC Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NO Output 2 (Maintenance Request), COM Output 3 (Function Contro), NC Output 3 (Function Contro), NO Output 3 (Function Contro), COM Output 4 (Out of Spec), NC Output 4 (Out of Spec), NO Output 4 (Out of Spec), COM not used Signal *) Analog Outputs See table below Terminal P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 4 P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 Relay Outputs**) Serial Interface*) Installation X SER1 SER2 SER3 SER4 SER5 SER6 7 8 9 MOD 485/ MOD 485/ RS 232 2 wire 4 wire Common Common Common not used not used RXD not used not used TXD not used RXD1(+) not used D1(+) TXD1(+) Common not used not used not used not used not used not used not used RXD0(-) TXD0(-) not used D0(-) not used Notes! Consider the installation notes in section 4.5 and the notes on installing cable glands on page 4-24. X-STREAM analyzers are classified as DTE (Data Terminal Equipment). The type of serial interface is marked on a label nearby the terminals (see sample above) Fig. 4-22: Terminal block X1 - Modbus interface Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-29 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.3 Installation - X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings Optional Modbus RJ45 connection If fitted, the optional RJ45 connection is located on an electronics board in the card cage section of the unit (Fig. 4-9, pg. 4-23). To install this connection, a cable must be fed through the cable entry without a connector. The connector can be wired on when the free end has been fed into the instrument: We recommend the VARIOSUB RJ45 QUICKON connector (PHOENIX CONTACT), which is supplied with the unit and requires no special tools. Wiring instructions can be found in the separate manual supplied with the connector. Pin 1 Note! Please note that although the Modbus terminals ( previous page) are still installed, they are not connected! Pin 8 Pin no. Signal 1 2 3 6 other TX+ TXRX+ RXnot used Fig. 4-23: X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings - Ethernet connector 4-30 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.3 Installation - X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings Digital inputs Quantity: 7 (1 terminal block) or 14 (2 terminal blocks) 9 (1 terminal block) or 18 (2 terminal blocks), dry relay change-over ontacts, can be used as normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) max. 30 VDC, 1 A, 30 W Consider the installation notes in section 4.5. and the notes on installing cable glands on page 4-24. P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 Pin Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Output 4 Output 5 Output 6 Output 7 GND for inputs 1-7 unused Output 5, NC Output 5, NO Output 5, COM Output 6, NC Output 6, NO Output 6, COM Output 7, NC Output 7, NO Output 7, COM Output 8, NC Output 8, NO Output 8, COM Output 9, NC Output 9, NO Output 9, COM Output 10, NC Output 10, NO Output 10, COM Output 11, NC Output 11, NO Output 11, COM Output 12, NC Output 12, NO Output 12, COM Output 13, NC Output 13, NO Output 13, COM Signal Digital outputs Note! The configuration illustrated here is that of the first adapter. Inputs 8-14 and outputs 14-23, if available, are on the second adapter. Digital inputs Fig. 4-24: Terminal blocks for digital inputs and outputs Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-31 Installation max. 30 V , internally limited to 2.3 mA H Signal: min. 4 V; L Signal: max. 3 V common ground (GND), electrically isolated from chassis earth 4 Electrical specification: Digital outputs Quantity: Electrical specification: Notes! Depending on configuration, an analyzer can be fitted with up to two of these terminal blocks (the unit will then feature 14 digital inputs and 18 digital outputs). To aid identification, the sockets are labelled X4.1 and X4.2 (see sample of label to the right). Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.6.3 Installation - X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings Connecting the power cord The power cord is connected to screw-type terminals located inside the housing. Supported wire cross sections: 0.2…4 mm2 (24…12 AWG), no need to use wire end sleeves Cable skinning length: 8 mm (0.315 inch) Hole diameter: 1.2 mm (0.05 inch) Screw thread: M3 Tightening torque, min: 0.5 Nm (4.4 in.lb) ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Verify the power supply at installation site meets the specification given on the analyzer´s nameplate label, before installing the instrument! Verify power cables are disconnected and/or instrument is de-energized prior to working at the terminals! Verify the power cord is layed with a distance of at least 1 cm (0.5“) to any signal cable to ensure proper insulation from signal circuits! Feed the power cable through the cable gland at the instrument´s right side and strip the outer insulation. Strip the individual wires and connect to the terminals (a label is located next to the terminals on the mains filter housing). Finally, tighten the outer dome nut to secure the power cable. Earth PE Live L Neutral N Power supply cable gland Fig. 4-25: Power supply connections 4-32 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM X2 4.6.3 Installation - X-STREAM X2XF Field Housings ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD BY MISSING EARTHING CONDUCTOR Before completing the electrical connection of the instrument, verify cables are inserted and connected in correct manner! Installation Ensure the earthing conductor (protective earth; PE) is connected! Completing the installation process After all connections are correctly made and checked, 4 • close the front panel and secure with the two fasteners. To achieve best and proper measuring results you must ensure the gas path system does not have leaks. For this reason we recommend to carry out a leak test, as it is described within Chapter 7 "Maintenance and other Procedures". Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-33 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.7 Installation - Notes on Wiring 4.7 Notes On Wiring Signal Inputs and Outputs Emerson Process Managament has made every effort during the development process to ensure that the X-STREAM analyzer series ensures electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) with respect to emission and interference resistance, as confirmed by EMC measurements. 4.7.1 However, EMC is not wholly influenced by the design of the instrument, but to a large degree by the on-site installation process. Please observe the following sections and precautions to guarantee the safe and problem-free operation of this analyzer. Electrical Shielding Of Cables In order to minimise ambient electromagnetic interference, it is necessary to take care making all electrical connections between the analyzer and any other devices: • We recommend using only shielded signal cables. The shielding must be connected at both ends to the housing (Fig. 4-26). Fig. 4-26: Shielded signal cable, shielding connected at both ends. 4-34 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.7 Installation - Notes on Wiring • The shielding is connected only at one end (connecting to the analyzer is recommended): this gives better protection against external interference, and interference currents are prevented because the ground loop is interrupted. 4 Installation On-site conditions often differ from test environments and may require special precautions. Such a case arises when strong electromagnetic fields which could induce an interference current in the shielding. This type of current creates a potential difference between the connected housings. Two possible methods of eliminating this are described here. Fitters familiar with EMC problems must decide which method should be emplyed. Fig. 4-27: Shielded signal cable, shielding connected at one end. • Cables with double shielding are used: in this case, one shielding is connected to the analyzer housing, the other shielding to the external device. This is advantageous when both units are supplied from different grids (e.g. when installed in different buildings). This method is more expensive, but gives the best protection against external interference and against interference currents. Fig. 4-28: Signal cable with double shielding, shieldings connected at alternate ends. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-35 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.7 Installation - Notes on Wiring X-STREAM X2GP with screw-type terminal adapters In order to avoid measured values being influenced by external interference signals when terminal adapters are in use, the signal cable shieldings must be connected to the analyzer housing by means of shield connector terminals: • Strip the signal cable to a length of 20 cm (8"). Take care to not damage the braided shield! • Pull up the contact part of the shield connector terminal, • feed through the cable as illustrated in fig. 4-30, • release the contact part down onto the braided shield. This results in a secure contact with the cable shielding and improves the unit’s interference resistance. The individual wires are then connected as described in section 4.5.2. Fig. 4-29: Shield connector terminal with cable The shield connector must be ordered to fit the cable diameter, and can be retrofitted: Ø 1.5 - 6.5 mm: part # ETC02019 Ø 5 - 11 mm: part # ETC02020 Ø 10 - 17 mm: part # ETC02021 Ø 16 - 24 mm: part # ETC02022 4-36 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 • A silicon diode is connected in parallel to the load’s contacts. The induced impulse is thus short-circuited at its source. The cathode must be connected to the positive end of the coil, the anode to the negative end (Fig. 4-30). 4.7.3 Driving High-current Loads Loads which draw a current in excess of the specifications for X-STREAM series analyzer outputs (>30 mA / >1 A) may not be directly driven from digital or relay outputs. Such loads require external relays serving as de-coupling modules: the X-STREAM output drives the external relay, which in turn drives the load. In order to avoid interference, we recommend supplying the analyzer and the high-current loads from different sources (Fig. 4-31). As previously described, the use of suppressor diodes for inductive loads is highly recommended. 4 4.7.2 Wiring Inductive Loads Switching inductive loads creates electromagnetic interference: When an inductive load (e.g. relay, valve) is switched off, the magnetic field resists the change in current; this induces a high voltage across the coil contacts (several hundred volts). This impulse propogates through the connected cables and can influence any electrical devices nearby or destroy signal inputs and outputs. This can be avoided with a simple precaution: Last Compatible filter components for standard valves are available on request. External relay Analyzer output Fig. 4-31: Driving high-current loads Fig. 4-30: Suppressor diode for inductive loads. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Installation 4.7 Installation - Notes on Wiring 4-37 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 4.7 Installation - Notes on Wiring 4.7.4 Driving Multiple Loads Frequently, several loads in one system are controlled by several analyzer outputs, whereby the power for the loads derives from a common source. Special care is needed when wiring the loads to minimize interference from switching these loads: • avoid connected the loads in series: • It is recommended that the loads be wired in parallel, and each load is separately connected to the power supply. Beginning at the distribution point, both the + and the - wires of each load are laid together to the load (Fig. 4-33). Interference is further reduced if a twisted multi-core cable is used. ib str Di Fig. 4-32: Loads in series n io ut int po Lay cables to the loads together as far as possible (using twisted-pair cables if possible) Fig. 4-33: Loads in parallel 4-38 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Chapter 5 Startup 5.1 Introduction The following pages describe how to navigate through the menus and what is to be observed when configuring the unit. For the first startup after installation, follow the step-by-step instructions for navigating the menus, allowing you to familiarise yourself with the unit and its software, and if necessary adjust the settings to your own requirements. 5 Startup Once the unit has been unpacked and installed, it is recommended to first check the settings and if necessary adjust them to the user’s needs. e.g: • What hardware is installed? • Is the unit configured to your needs (alarms, inputs, outputs, etc.) In order for the information in this chapter to be of any relevence, the unit must have been installed according to the instructions in chapter 4. OPERATION AT LOW TEMPERATURES When operating an instrument at temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F), do NOT apply gas nor operate the internal pump before the warmup time has elapsed! Violation may result in condensation inside the gas paths or damaged pump diaphragm! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.2 Front Panel Elements 5.2 Front Panel Elements All X-STREAM X2 gas analyzers have an alphanumeric display with four lines of 20 characters to display measuring and status information and the easy-to-use menu-based user interface for entering parameters. For ease of understanding, the user can at any time select one of three languages stored in the unit (currently available: English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese and Spanish in various combinations). Fig. 5-1: 5-2 Units are operated using six keys on the front panel. Three LEDs on the front panel enable the operating status to be recognised instantly. X-STREAM Front Panel Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.2 Front Panel Elements 5.2.1 Display The display has 4x20 characters, either liquid crystal or vacuum fluorescent (LCD or VFD). What information is displayed depends on the currently displayed menu. Status LED 5 Three status LED indicate the unit’s status, recognisable from a distance. Status is indicated in accordance with the German NAMUR NE 44 recommendations. Startup 5.2.2 “Failure” is indicated when this red LED is lit. A flashing red LED in the middle indicates “Maintenance request”, “Function check” or “Off-spec operation”. The third, green LED indicates the power supply status: on: power supply OK off: power supply interrupted Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.2 Front Panel Elements 5.2.3 Keys Six keys enable the use of the menu system. Depending on the operational mode (measuring, browsing menus, editing) they have the following functions: ENTER key: Mode Function Leaves the measurement disMeasuring play Accesses submenu (..) or exeBrowsing cutes command (!) Editing Confirms new entry MEASURE key: Mode Function Measuring (no function) Returns to measurement disBrowsing play Editing Cancels entry UP / DOWN keys: Mode Function Leaves the measurement disMeasuring play Selects menu line Goes to previous/next page, Browsing when currently in a line beginning with / Editing Changes current parameter 5-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.2 Front Panel Elements LEFT key: Function Leaves the measurement Measuring display Goes up 1 level or page in Browsing menu system Moves cursor 1 space Leaves channel selection Cancels editing of given paEditing rameter Goes to previous page, when  showing in first line Mode Function Measuring Leaves the measurement display Browsing Accesses submenu (..) Goes to next page, when  showing in fourth line Editing Moves cursor 1 space Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-5 5 RIGHT key: Startup Mode Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.3 Symbols Used 5.3 Symbols Used In the following sections, the symbols and typographical conventions described below are used to describe the software menus and navigation. Symbols used in this section Symbol Description Within Process Descriptions Setup.. Setup.. Analog outputs.. Analog outputs.. Output1 (2...4) Zero calibration.. Span calibration.. Adv. Calibration.. Apply gas.. Menu title Parent (Setup) and current Menu (Analog outputs) As an example, the menu for Output1 is displayed; the menus for outputs 2 to 4 are identical Display Note! Menus or lines on a grey background are optional or context-dependent, and are not always displayed Others Convention Description Within Text (MENU TITLE) 6.2.2, page 6-12 CONTROL.. - ZOOM.. “Valves” Never, 1 min 0 ... 2000 For a detailed description of the Menu, see section 6.2.2 on page 6-12. From within the CONTROL menu select the ZOOM menu. Parameter name Values to be selected Value to be entered Access levels: Access level 1 (user) Access level 2 (expert) Access level 3 (administrator) Access level 4 (service level) 5-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.4 Software 5.4 Software Displaying TEXT Editing VARIABLES Description Simple text (not selectable with cursor) A variable description ends with a colon and the line can be made up of up to 3 elements: 1. description 2. value: number or text 3. unit (optional) Examples: Span gas: 2000 ppm Tol.Check: Off Variables without a colon cannot be edited. 5.4.1 Function Description A command line text ends in a colon; when this line is selecExecuting ted and ENTER pressed, a command is executed, e.g. a COMcalibration procedure. MANDS Example: Start calibration ! A menu line text ends in two dots; when this line is selected Selecting a and ENTER pressed, a submenu is opened. MENU Example: Setup.. Navigating and Editing Selecting a line Lines are selected using the  (UP/DOWN) keys. The cursor is displayed over the first character of the selected line. It is moved down with the DOWN key and up with the UP key. If the cursor is in the first line, pressing the  key will move it to the last line. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG If the cursor is in the last line, pressing the  key will move it to the first line. An action in the selected line is initiated by pressing the 8 key, i.e. opening a new menu, starting a procedure or entering edit mode. If a selected parameter has been changed, the “function check” status is set, with the following consequences: 5-7 Startup Function on the topmost level, while menus and submenus are below ( fig. 6-1, page 6-3). The following methods are used to distinguish between various functions, e.g. executing commands: 5 The analyzer software displays measurement results and status messages, allows parameters to be set and edited and allows maintenance functions (e.g. calibration) to be carried out. To make it possible to perform all these functions on a 4x20 display, the software is organised hierarchically: measurement display is Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.4 Software • the middle LED lights • the NAMUR relay is activated. The status can be reset by acknowledging it in the “Acknowledgements” menu ( 6.2.2.5, page 6-12). Browsing Some menus have more than four entries, and these cannot all be displayed at once. In these menus, an indicator in the last () or first () line indicates the direction the menu continues in. Line 1 Line 2.. Line 3 Line 4 Menu continues downwards.. To show the following page, the cursor is placed in the line with the indicator and the UP or DOWN key pressed. Alternatively, the LEFT or RIGHT key can be used, irrespective of where the cursor is located. Line 1 Line 2.. Line 3 Line 4 Line 1 Line 2.. Line 3 Line 4 Menu continues upwards and downwards.. Editing Editing mode enables the setting of a parameter. It is initiated by pressing the 8 key. The cursor is now placed over the last character of the current value. Pressing the  keys change the selected character; if it is a list of possible values, the entire value is changed. The  and  keys are used to select a specific character for editing. Which characters are available depends on the position of the cursor: • It is not possible to select the minus sign or decimal point as the last character. • It is not possible to select the decimal point in integer values. 5-8 A “function check” message set off by editing a parameter is automatically reset upon returning to the measurement display. Menu continues upwards. • For decimal numbers, the decimal point can be placed anywhere within certain limits. There are two ways to leave editing mode: 8 key: the value is verified (e.g. min/max). If the value is possible, it is saved and the new value displayed; if not, an error message is displayed. key: Cancel: all settings and changes are reset to their former values. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.4 Software Component selection menu A single channel analyzer has only one measurement channel (component): editing any parameter will only effect this one channel. A multi-channel analyzer requires that a channel must be selected before its parameters can be changed. When this selection is necessary, a menu is automatically displayed; Select component Component: Back - CO2.1 Access levels can be used to prevent changes to parameters by unauthorised personnel. The X-STREAM menu system supports four prioritized access levels which can be activated and deactivated separately, and should be supplied with their own access codes. Level four has the highest priority and is used for factory settings — only qualified EMERSON service personnel have access to this level. Level three allows access to system admin parameters, e.g. for data capture and processing systems. Level two covers the expert settings, e.g. basic settings for calibration. Level one is the user level and includes parameters which should be set by trained personnel. Any menus not assigned to one of these levels are not editable or are of minor relevance. In this chapter, the descriptions of the individual menus also indicate which level the menus are in. These assignments cannot be changed. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Access codes for levels 1 to 3 can be defined, activated and deactivated by the client. The analyzer is delivered with the following settings: Level Access code Status 1 00000001 Off 2 00000002 Off 3 00000003 Off It is recommended to set new access codes if they are to be activated ( 6.2.3.1.2, page 6-18). Note! If a lower level is locked (i.e. its code activated), all higher levels will also be locked. If a higher level is unlocked (i.e. its code deactivated), all lower levels will also be automatically unlocked. 5-9 Startup Access Levels 5 5.4.2 it is not displayed on single-channel units. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.4 Software Entering access codes If an access code is required for a menu, the following message is displayed: Access Code 1 • Code 00000001 Back - Press • or • Use: • the UP/DOWN keys to change the currently selected digit, 5.4.3 Special Messages Depending on the last action performed by the user, one of the following messages may be displayed to assist or inform the user (the two confirmation messages are displayed only for a few seconds): Wrong Input Min: 500 Max: 10.000 Press  Information on incorrect entry: The value entered by the user is outside valid limits. The display indicates what limits apply. Pressing  returns the display to the previous screen to allow a valid setting to be entered. 5-10 the LEFT/RIGHT keys to select a different digit, the ENTER key to submit the code the MEASURE key to leave edit mode and return to the previous display. (i) -COMMAND EXECUTEDConfirmation of execution of command: Confirms that a procedure (e.g. calibration) has been started. (i) CANCELLED Confirmation of cancellation: Confirms that a procedure (e.g. calibration) has been aborted. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.5 Powering Up 5.5 Powering Up 5.5.1 Boot Sequence When the unit is powered up, a series of internal tests is automatically performed. During this time the front panel keys are disabled, Measurement Display Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Active messages are stored in an internal buffer. If there is more than one message in the buffer, the display will cycle through them. Each message is not just shown in the display as text, but also indicated by the appropriate LED on the front panel and the activation of the appropriate NAMUR relay (if a relay has been assigned to that NAMUR function; page 6-37). Note! There are also functions, that do activate a relay or LED, but are not shown on the display (e.g. concentration alarms). In such cases, check the status menu for more information. Note! Beginning with software rev. 1.1, X-STREAM X2 supports 2 measurement display pages, to show up to 8 measuring results ( page 6-15 ). Use the LEFT/RIGHT keys to switch between both pages. CO2.1 O2.2 CO.3 H2.4 135.1 201952 58.8 1.5 ppm ppm ppm % MEASUREMENT DISPLAY 5-11 Startup The measurement display is shown • automaticaly on completion of the boot sequence • when the MEASURE key is pressed • automatically after a set period of time of inactivity (i.e. with no keys being pressed). The information displayed in the four lines of the measurement display can be determined by the operator: • Sample gas components, measuring results and measuring units for each channel • additional measurements, e.g. pressure, gas flow, temperature • nothing (empty line) The factory settings are as follows: Line 1: measured value of channel 1 Line 2: measured value of channel 2 Line 3: measured value of channel 3 Line 4: measured value of channel 4 Note! If less than four channels are installed in the unit, only the values of the available channels will be shown. Line 4 is also used to display plain text status information (errors, maintenance requests, function checks or off-spec performance). If such messages are active, line 4 alternates between the messages and the parameter selected for line 4. 5 5.5.2 while the time remaining for the boot sequence counts down in the display. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.6 Selecting the Language 5.6 Selecting the Language If the analyzer is operational and it becomes clear that the incorrect language has been set, which is unintelligible to the operator, the following sequence of keypresses (starting at the measurement display) can be used to set the language. If the system has been set up accordingly, the code for access level 1 must be entered at this point to enable access to the following menu. Note! The factory setting for this unit is “no code required”. For ease of operation, it is recommended to use the factory settings for access codes while setting up the unit for the first time. In the following sections, therefore, no more reference will be made to any need for entering a code. Note! The fourth press of the ENTER key in this sequence access the “Language” parameter line. The DOWN key changes the language. Pressing ENTER will set this language and the display is updated accordingly. If the selected language is not the intended one, the previous three steps can be repeated until the intended language is set. 5-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7 Checking the Settings ) Setup.. Starting with the measurement display ( 5.5.2, page 5-11), pressing any key except the MEASURE key will access the MAIN MENU; from here, the following steps are to be followed: (If the display is showing anything other than the measurement display, pressing the MEASURE key will return to the measurement display). Note! If you are unfamiliar with the language set: page 5-12 shows the sequence to be used to set a different language. Display.. Language.. Language Language: EN Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG If the system has been set up accordingly, the code for access level 1 must be entered at this point to enable access to the following menu. Note! The factory setting for this unit is “no code required”. For ease of operation, it is recommended to use the factory settings for access codes while setting up the unit for the first time. In the following sections, therefore, no more reference will be made to any need for entering a code. Set the preferred language for the software; each analyzer shipped with 3 out of below list of available languages. Currently available (may be extended by future software versions.): EN: English, FR: French, DE: German, IT: Italian, ES: Spanish, PT: Portuguese 5-13 Startup ( user’s needs and functioning correctly. 5 The following sections are structured so that the user can work through them one by one after powering up the unit. After completing these steps, the unit will be configured to the Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.1 Installed Options All X-STREAM gas analyzers can be fitted with a variety of optional components: follow these steps to see which options are installed on your analyzer. Press the LEFT key several times to return to the SETUP menu. InstalledOptions.. Communikation.. Alarms.. Save-Load.. Valves: Internal COM-Interf: Yes Pump: Yes Flow monitor: Yes Page 1 DigitalIO: 1 Pressure: Internal Analog outputs 4 More.. Page 2 5-14 The cursor is now in the “In/Outputs” line over an arrowhead. Press the DOWN key to display the next menu page and open the INSTALLED OPTIONS submenu. This menu is in two columns and indicates which of the possible optional components are installed in the unit. The values displayed on your unit may differ from those illustrated here. Do not edit any entries in these menus without special knowledge. Incorrect entries may result in incorrect results or impair the performance of the unit. This initial access to this menu is intended to gain information on the configuration of the unit. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings Protocol: MODB RTU MODB Mode: 32Bit ID number: 2 Interface: RS485/2w Baud rate: 19200 Parity: No In the two pages of the COMMUNICATION menu, you can verify the parameters of the serial interface, and if necessary select the protocol to be used for data transfer. 5 Startup Pressing the LEFT key twice will return you to the SETUP menu. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-15 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.2 Configuring the Display Press the LEFT key to return to the display setup menu. Check the settings for the measurement display, temperature and pressure units, and for menu access: use the DOWN and ETER keys to access the submenus. Setup.. Display.. If a setting is not in accordance with your requirements, access that menu ad adjust the parameter. Line 1: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Comp-1 Comp-2 Comp-3 Comp-4 Page 2 Select the value to be displayed in each line of the measurement display. The following options are available: Comp-1 ... Comp-4, Temp-1 ... Temp-4, Press-1 ... Press-4, Flow-1 ... Flow-4 Blank (nothing) Note! X-STREAM currently supports only one pressure sensor. Values Press-1 to Press-4 thus refer to the same sensor . Component.. Temperature.. Pressure.. Gasflow.. For example, here are the options for the display of temperature values: Page 3 Temperature Unit: °C DecimalPlaces: 1 Temp-1 63.7 °C 5-16 The measurement units for the displayed values can be changed in the submenus on page 3. Set temperature unit Options available: °C, °F Set number of decimal places for temperature display: 0 to 4 Current temperature; here: sensor 1. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.3 Calibration Setup Calibration.. Calibration gases.. Once the display settings have been checked, press the LEFT key to return to the SETUP menu, then open the CALIBRATION menu where e.g. the calibration gas concentrations can be entered.. Calibration gases ZeroGas: SpanGas: 0.0 ppm 500.0 ppm In the CALIBRATION GASES menu, the values for zero and span gas should be entered: these values should be taken from the gas supplier’s certification. Values must be correctly set for results to be accurate. In multi-channel units, the values for each channel must be entered separately. Press the LEFT key to return to the CALIBRATION menu, and check the entry for “Tol. Check”.The “Tol.Check” (tolerance check) option is set to inactive (Off) by default. When the tolerance check is active (10 %), the analyzer checks during calibration whether the values set for zero and span gas conform to the concentration of the gas currently being supplied. If the concentration varies by more than 10% of the range from the value set, the calibration is aborted. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-17 5 Multi-channel unit: Select the component to be set in the gas component selection menu. Startup Note! For more detailed information about the calibration procedure, see 7.3, page 7-3. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings Calibration gases.. Tol.Check: Off Hold on Cal: Yes Purge time: 12 s Page 1 "Hold on Cal": Specifies behaviour of analog outputs and concentration limits alarms during calibrations (follow measured value or not).. Note! This parameter may also be set in the menu SETUP - IN-/OUTPUTS - ANALOG OUTPUTS. For more information page 5-20. Note! The line “Purge time” and the second menu page are only displayed if the “Valves” parameter in the INSTALLED OPTIONS menu is not set to none. Valve assignment.. Interval time.. Page 2 5-18 This prevents calibration from being performed when the incorrect gas is supplied (e.g. span gas calibration using zero gas), which would result in an incorrectly configured unit. “Purge time”: When gas flow is controlled by internal or external valves, these allow the appropriate calibration gas to flow into the unit as soon as the calibration procedure is started. Due to the limited gas flow and the distance between valves and measuring cell, some time is required before the measuring cell is filled with the calibration gas: this is the purge time, which is to be entered here. If the calibration is started earlier, the gas lines will still contain other components and the calibration will be inaccurate. "Valve assignment": This line is to assign internal and/or external valves the function of either zero or span gas valve. Instruments with internal valves are already factory setup. If any of these parameters need to be changed, section 7.3 at page 7-3 for more information. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings Press the LEFT key to return to the SETUP menu and from there open the MEASUREMENT MENU. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-19 5 Pressure: 1014.0 hPa Damping.. The first line allows the user to enter the current air pressure manually when no pressure sensor is installed, or to read the current pressure when a sensor is installed ( INSTALLED OPTIONS menu). The measurement unit is set in the DISPLAY SETUP menu. If no pressure sensor is installed, enter the current air pressure here and adjust it when significant changes take place: this improves the accuracy of the instrument. Signal damping (set in the DAMPING menu) allows the smoothing of the measuring signal, but also affects the reactio time of outputs and display. The factory setting is 0 seconds. and any value between 0 and 28 seconds can be set. In multi-channel units, the value for each channel must be entered separately. Startup Setup.. Measurement.. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.4 Setting the Analog Outputs Press the LEFT key to return to the SETUP menu, and then open the IN/OUTPUTS menu. and from there the ANALOG OUTPUTS menu. Setup.. In/Outputs.. Analog outputs.. Analog outputs SignalRange: 0-20mA Hold on cal: Yes Page 1 5-20 Page 1 shows settings which are relevant for all available analog outputs: The “SignalRange” parameter sets the signal range for the analog outputs. This entry also allows the analog outputs to be set according to the NAMUR NE43 recommendations: The 0-20 mA operational mode generates a 20 mA signal when the concentration is measured at the upper limit of the signal range. A 0 mA signal is generated when the sample gas concentration is at 0 (dead zero). However, a severed cable would also result in a signal of 0, and so an external data capture system would not be able to recognise such a failure, instead registering a gas concentration of 0. The usual method to detect a severed cable is to use an offset current: when the concentration reaches the lower limit of the range, an analog signal of 4 mA is sent. This allows the detection of a severed cable. This (life zero) mode is activated by setting the “SignalRange” parameter to 4-20 mA. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings sent during normal operation, a data capture system is able to distinguish between the following situations: • valid measured value (signal within range as per Table 5-1) • signal out of range (signal slowly rises or falls towards the limits given in table 5-1, and holds that value until the concentration returns to within the measuring range). • failure (signal out of range as per table 5-1, but not 0) • severed cable (no signal (0 mA)), Startup Table 5-1 shows an overview of all available operational modes. 5 Operational modes conforming to NAMUR 43 recommendations (NE 43) The modes described so far do not generate any signal which would allow the detection of a failure in the measurement system. In such a case, the behaviour of the output signal is undefined: either the last value is held, or a random value is sent. System failures cannot then be detected by an external data capture system. NE43 includes recommendations for such cases, but also for the configuration of analog outputs to detect other measurement states. X-STREAM analyzers incorporate these recommendations as follows: Setting the “SignalRange” parameter to a value other than 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA defines specific analog output signal levels for system failures. Since these values are not Output signal, if "SignalRange“ Operation Mode Failure Signal Level acc. NE 43 Measured value is valid Measured value is below lower range limit Measured value is above upper range limit An internal failure occured Cable is broken 0-20 mA Dead-Zero - 0 ... 20 mA < -19 mA > 21.7 mA undefined 0 mA 4-20 mA Live-Zero - 4 ... 20 mA < -19 mA > 21.7 mA undefined 0 mA 0-20 mAL similar DeadZero below 0 ... 20 mA -0.2 mA* (-1.8 … -0.01 mA)** 20.5 mA* (20.01 ... 21.5 mA)** -2 mA 0 mA 4-20 mAL similar Live-Zero below 4 ... 20 mA 3.8 mA* (2.2 ...3.9 mA)** 20.5 mA* (20.01 ... 21.5 mA)** 2 mA 0 mA 0-20 mAH similar DeadZero above 0 ... 20 mA -0.2 mA* (-1.8 … -0.01 mA)** 20.5 mA* (20.01 ... 21.5 mA)** > 21.7 mA 0 mA 4-20 mAH similar Live-Zero above 4 ... 20 mA 3.8 mA* (2.2 ...3.9 mA)** 20.5 mA* (20.01 ... 21.5 mA)** > 21.7 mA 0 mA Note! The application of values marked * or ** depends on the setting of "SignalRange" ( Analog outputs menu, page 6-31). Tab. 5-1: Analog Output Signals: Settings and Operational Modes Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-21 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings Analog outputs SignalRange: 0-20mA Hold on cal: Yes Page 1 The behaviour of the outputs during calibration can also be set on page 1 of the ANALOG OUTPUTS menu (“Hold on cal” parameter): When the parameter is set to Yes, the following occurs during calibration: • the analog outputs are “frozen”; i.e., the output signals remain constant, irrespective of the actual measured concentrations; • concentration alarms, which may otherwise be set off by the concentrations of the calibration gases, are supressed. When No is set, the analog output signal always corresponds to the actual measured value during calibration; this may mean that alarms are triggered when limits are exceeded. Note! This behaviour may be undesireable if for example the unit is connected to a data capture system. Output1.. Output2.. Output3.. Output4.. Page 2 5-22 The submenus on page 2 allow further analog output parameters to be set. The number of lines displayed will depend on the number of available anaogue outputs. All these submenus are identical: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings Signal: LowScale: HighScale: Zoom.. Comp-1 0 ppm 1000 ppm The “Signal” parameter defines the value to be sent to the selected output. The following options (partly dependent on the number of measuring channels and sensors installed) are available: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-23 5 Description The analog signal is deactivated Either a 0 mA or 4 mA signal is generated, for example to be used to test the processing in a 0/4 mA subsequent system. The actual type of generated signal is setup in the previous menu in the “SignalRange” line ( previous page). A 20 mA signal is generated, with which, for exa20 mA mple, the processing of a signal can be tested. Comp-1, Comp-2, Comp-3, Comp-4 Gas component of channel 1 to 4 Temp-1, Temp-2, Temp-3, Temp-4 Measured value from temperature sensor Press-1, Press-2, Press-3, Press-4 Measured value from pressure sensor Flow-1, Flow-2, Flow-3, Flow-4 Measured value from flow sensor A “zoomed” signal is sent from the selected measuring channel (C1 to C4). If one of these options Zoom-C1, Zoom-C2, Zoom-C3, Zoom-C4 is selected, the “Zoom..” line appears in the menu (see above), which allows a zoom to be set. Startup Value None Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings Comp-1 0 ppm 1000 ppm sc ale d ou tp au def ut utp lt o ut Output signal Signal: LowScale: HighScale: Zoom.. MaxRange HighScale <> MaxRange 0 sc ale d ou ut utp lt o au def tp ut Output signal LowScale =0 The “LowScale” and “HighScale” parameters allow a concentration value to be set to correspond to the lower (0 or 4 mA) or upper signal value (20 mA). The limis for these parameters are given by the "MinRange" and "MaxRange" parameters, specifying the physical measuring ranges of each instrument ( 5.7.4.1, page 5-27). Concentrations outside the range defined by "LowScale" and "HighScale" are not supported by an analog output. Note! Scaling may affect the analog outputs accuracy! Carefully read the information, given in ( 5.7.4.1, page 5-27 before scaling analog outputs! LowScale <> 0 HighScale = MaxRange The last line on this menu allows the zoom function of the analog output to be set when that output has been assigned the Zoom signal. This function allows a part of the signal range, specified by “LowScale” and “HighScale”, to be “magnified” on the analog output. Unlike the scaling function, here the output is switched automatically, the moment the switching point concentration is reached. 5-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings ard Zoom range Highscale Switching point (Parameter "Zoom") Concentration Switching: Zoom: Position: Status: Manual 50 % LowScale Off X-STREAM analyzers support the zooming of analog outputs with the following options: The zoom function can be activated in different ways; this is set in the “Switching” line: • Manual: The operator must activate the zoom function manually, with either • the “Status” parameter in the last line of this menu or • a parameter in the CONTROL - ZOOM.. menu ( 6.2.2.6 page 6-13) • Auto: The analog output is switched depending on the measured concentration. • Inputs: This requires setting a digital input ( page 6-39). If an external signal is present at that input, the analog output is switched. In the second line of the menu the zoomed area can be set to between 1 and 99 % of the range previously set in the “LowScale” and “HighScale” functions. Additionally, the “Position” parameter allows the X-STREAM analyzer to zoom either the Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-25 Startup d me sta 5 LowScale Note! Zooming may affect the analog outputs accuracy! Carefully read the information, given in 5.7.4.1, page 5-27 before scaling analog outputs! nd zo o Output signal This allows to increase the resolution (concentration/mA) for a selected range of the entire measuring range. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings Note! For both figures given below, the "Zoom" parameter is set to the same value (here: about 37 %), but, depending on parameter "Position", is once applied from the LowScale end, and once from the HighScale end! lower or the higher end of the range. Position: LowScale If the parameter is set to LowScale, the zoomed area is at the lower end of the measurement range. When switching is set to automatic, a hysteresis of 10 % of the output signal range is applied to the switch point: ed om zo Output signal "Zoom" parameter value al rm no Zoomed area LowScale HighScale Switch point (“Zoom” parameter applied from LowScale) Concentration Position: HighScale LowScale ed Zoomed area HighScale Switch point (“Zoom” parameter applied from HighScale ) Concentration 5-26 om l ma nor zo Output signal "Zoom" parameter value Output signal range 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA Switch point in mA, measured in zoomed area rising confalling concentration centration 20 mA 18 mA 20 mA 18.4 mA If the parameter is set to HighScale, the zoomed area is at the upper end of the measurement range. When switching is set to automatic, a hysteresis of 10 % of the output signal range is applied to the switch point: Output signal range 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA Switch point in mA, measured in zoomed area rising confalling concentration centration 2 mA 0 mA 5,6 mA 4 mA Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.4.1 References to the Accuracy of the Analog Outputs Example Analyzer data: MinRange: 500 ppm MaxRange: 5000 ppm Scaling settings, where tables are applicable Scaling settings, where tables are NOT applicable Tab. 5-2: Low Scale High Scale 0 500 0 1000 0 2375 0 5000 100 500 375 4000 500 1000 2500 5000 0 300 0 5100 Startup Furthermore the tables apply only to analog output scaling meeting the form „0 ... MinRange“ to „0... MaxRange“ (means always 0 as "LowScale" value)! If "LowScale" is set to a value other than 0, specifications are not longer applicable to analog outputs! The same applies to the zoom parameter "Position" ( previous page), if set to HighScale! Statement 5 Scaling or zooming relates to the analog outputs only and does not affect front panel display nor serial (Modbus) interface output of measuring results! X-STREAM analyzers are shipped with predefined physical measuring ranges, as listed e.g. in the INFO-RANGES.. menu (parameters „MinRange“ and „MaxRange“): All specifications like repeatability, drift, etc. ( tables 3-7 and 3-8, page 3-18) are related to these physical measuring ranges only! Scaling or zooming cannot improve analog output specifications to values better than specified by the physical measuring ranges! Parameter "LowScale" is 0 and "HighScale" within the limits of "MinRange" and "MaxRange" Parameter "LowScale" different 0 Parameter "HighScale" lower than "MinRange" Parameter "HighScale" higher than "MinRange" Analog Outputs - Scaling (examples) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-27 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.5 Setting Concentration Alarms Note! If concentration alarms are not being used,go straight to page 5-34. Press the LEFT key until the SETUP menu is displayed, then select “Alarms” and open the submenu. If you are using a multi-channel analyzer, select the channel to be modified. Level1: Function: Level2: Function: 100 ppm Low 500 ppm High Two concentration limits can be set for each channel. Valid settings for limit levels depend on the measuring range and the value of the “SpanRange” parameter ( next page): An error message is displayed if an invalid setting is input. Should the measured concentration go beyond one of the limits, a message is displayed in the fourth line of the measurement display and the corresponding digital output is activated if programmed to do so. 5-28 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Example 2: Range upper limit: 1000 ppm, SpanRange: 100 %. This means that the span gas range coincides with the measuring range. Limits may not lie outside this range: only limits betweeb 0 ppm and 1000 ppm are admissable. Example 4: Range upper limit: 1000 ppm, SpanRange: 110 %. This means that the span gas range exceeds the upper measuring range limit by 10 %. The lower limit may therefore be 10 % below the lower range limit: limits of between -100 ppm and +1100 ppm are admissable. Example 4: Range upper limit: 1000 ppm, SpanRange: 220 %. This means that the span gas range exceeds the measuring range by 120 % in both directions (220 % - 100 % = 120 %): the limits may be set between -1200 ppm (-120 % of 1000 ppm) and +2200 ppm (+220 % of 1000 ppm). Range: 0 ... 1000 ppm Parameter "Span range" Example 2 (see text) Example 3 (see text) Example 4 (see text) Tab. 5-3: 100 % 110 % 220 % Span range exceeds Permissible measuring range by concentration limits relative absolute lower limit upper limit value value 0% 0 ppm 0 ppm 1000 ppm 10 % 100 ppm -100 ppm 1100 ppm 120 % 1200 ppm -1200 ppm 2200 ppm Influence of “SpanRange” Parameter on Concentration Alarm Limits Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-29 5 The “SpanRange” parameter is displayed in the INFO - RANGE menu ( 6.2.5.1, page 6-62) and is always given as the percentage of the upper range limit of the selected channel. The “SpanRange” parameter is preset and cannot be modified by the operator. It is used for various functions: Firstly, this parameter determines the maximum possible value of the span gas: A SpanRange of e.g. 220 % means that the greatest permitted value of the span gas for the selected channel is 220 % of the maximum measuring range. Example 1: The oxygen measuring range is 10 %. If the SpanRange is set to 220 %, the maximum permissable span gas concentration is 22 %, enabling to use ambient air (21 % O2) as a span gas. Furthermore, the “SpanRange” parameter determines the range for concentration limits. 100 percentage points are subtracted from the value of this parameter: The result determines by how much above or below the measuring range limits may be set. Startup 5.7 Checking the Settings Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings The function of each limit can be set in the “Function” parameter: Low: An alarm is triggered if the measured value drops below the set limit. The alarm relay is activated. High: An alarm is triggered if the measured value exceeds the set limit. The alarm relay is activated. Off: The alarm function is deactivated and the corresponding relay is not activated (remains dead). The “Function” parameter also supports the “Failsafe” operational mode: Failsafe (FS) means that the alarm relay is activated during normal operation. This is the reverse of the usual function in which a relay is activated when an alarm is triggered. In FS mode, if an alarm is triggered, the relay is switched off. In this way, an alarm is also triggered if, for example, the analyzer loses power. Cable breaks can also be detected in this way. Options are: Low FS: An alarm is triggered if the measured value drops below the set limit. The alarm relay is deactivated. High FS: An alarm is triggered if the measured value exceeds the set limit. The alarm relay is deactivated. Off FS: The alarm function is deactivated and the corresponding relay is activated. Various different behaviours can be programmed using combinations of operational modes and limit settings: • Window mode: An alarm is triggered, if the concentration drops below or exceeds the limits of a concentration window, . • High pre-alarm and main alarm: A prealarm and a main alarm are set for rising concentrations. 5-30 • Low pre-alarm and main alarm: A prealarm and a main alarm are set for falling concentraions. For more detailed information on alarm settings, please see the following instructions and illustrations. Note! Off FS is preset by default unless otherwise specified on time of order. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings Only one alarm can be active per channel at any one time. A B C D Concentration • Defining a window If a window between an upper and a lower limit is defined (fig. 5-2), an alarm is issued when the concentration exceeds the upper level (area D) or drops below the lower limit (area B). Upper limit Lower limit Time Concentration level Relay condition Activated Deactivated Activated Deactivated Startup Standard mode: An alarm results in the assigned relay being activated. Settings: • Level 1 > Level 2 • Level 1-Function: High • Level 2-Function: Low Failsafe mode: An alarm results in the assigned relay being deactivated. Settings: • Level 1 > Level 2 • Level 1-Function: High FS • Level 2-Function: Low FS 5 Standard mode Activated Deactivated Activated Deactivated Failsafe mode Status message on front panel On If an alarm is active, a corresponding message is displayed in line 4 of the measurement display. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Off Fig. 5-2: Limits Defining a Window for valid Concentrations 5-31 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings A B C Concentration • Defining high pre-alarm and main alarm If two upper limits are set with one limit higher than the other (fig. 5-3), a pre-alarm is triggered when the measured concentration exceeds the first limit (area B). If no corrrective measures are taken and the concentration exceeds the second limit (area C), a main alarm is triggered. Main alarm limit Pre-alarm limit Time Up to two alarms may be active per channel at any one time. Concentration level Relay condition Activated Standard mode: An alarm results in the assigned relay being activated. Settings: • Level 1 > Level 2 • Level 1-Function: High • Level 2-Function: High Main alarm rising Deactivated Activated Pre-alarm rising Deactivated Standard mode Activated Main alarm rising Deactivated Failsafe mode: An alarm results in the assigned relay being deactivated. Settings: • Level 1 > Level 2 • Level 1-Function: High FS • Level 2-Function: High FS Activated Pre-alarm rising Deactivated Failsafe mode Status message on front panel On If an alarm is active, a corresponding message is displayed in line 4 of the measurement display. 5-32 Off Fig. 5-3: High Pre-Alarm and Main Alarm Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings A B C Concentration • Defining low pre-alarm and main alarm If two lower limits are set with one limit lower than the other (fig. 5-4), a pre-alarm is triggered when the measured concentration falls below the first limit (area B). If no corrective measures are taken and the concentration falls below the second level (area C), a main alarm is triggered. Pre-alarm limit Main alarm limit Zeit Up to two alarms may be active per channel at any one time. Concentration level Relay condition Activated Activated Startup Pre-alarm falling Deactivated Standard mode 5 Standard mode: An alarm results in the assigned relay being activated. Settings: • Level 1 > Level 2 • Level 1-Function: Low • Level 2-Function: Low Main alarm falling Deactivated Activated Main alarm falling Deactivated Failsafe mode: An alarm results in the assigned relay being deactivated. Settings: • Level 1 > Level 2 • Level 1-Function: Low FS • Level 2-Function: Low FS Activated Pre-alarm falling Dectivated Failsafe mode Status message on front panel On If an alarm is active, a corresponding message is displayed in line 4 of the measurement display. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Off Fig. 5-4: Low Pre-Alarm and Main Alarm 5-33 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.6 Backing Up the Settings The most important parameters have now been checked and the unit’s settings adjusted to your needs. A backup copy of these configuration data can now be made and saved. Press the LEFT key until the SETUP menu is displayed, and from there open the SAVELOAD menu. Installed options.. Communication.. Alarms.. Save-Load.. Page 2 Save-Load CfgData > SvcPort! SvcPort > CfgData.. Verify! Page 1 Press the DOWN key to reach page 2.  FactData > CfgData.. CfgData > UserData.. UserData > CfgData.. Now select the “CfgData > UserData” line and press ENTER. Page 2 5-34 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 5.7 Checking the Settings Procedure X:E000 (i) -COMMAND EXECUTED- The unit is now saving a copy of the current configuration data (the so-called CfgData dataset) in a special area of memory labelled UserData. This dataset can be used to reset the unit later if, for example, later incorrect settings render the unit unusable. If, during the analyzer startup up, the CfgData checksum is found to be incorrect, the UserData dataset is loaded, to ensure the instrument remains usable. Further changes to the configuration will only be stored in the CfgData dataset until manually saved to UserData. Upon completion of the saving process a confirmation message will be displayed. Note! For more detailed descriptions of all the operations in this menu: 7.6, page 7-51. You have now completed checking the analyzer setup: Press the MEASURE key to return to the measurement display. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-35 Startup Copying data - PLEASE WAIT - A new window comes up to confirm the action: Select the line Yes! and press the ENTER key: Another windows shows the current status. 5 CfgData>UserData Are you sure? No! Yes! X-STREAM X2 5-36 Instruction Manual HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Chapter 6 User Interface and Software Menus 6 Software Menus This chapter describes the structure and contents of the X-STREAM X2 gas analyzer software menus. While all the software menues are described in this chapter, chapters 5 and 7 explain by use of examples how to navigate through the menus to perform certain basic setup operations or other functions. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.1 Symbols used 6.1 Symbols used In the following sections, the symbols and typographical conventions described below are used to describe the software menus and navigation. Symbols used in this section Symbol Description Within Process Descriptions Setup.. Menu title Setup.. Analog outputs.. Upper level (Setup) and current menu (Analog outputs) Analog outputs.. Output1 (2...4) The menu illustrated here for Output1 is the same as for Output2 through Output4 Zero calibration.. Span calibration.. Adv. calibration.. Apply gas.. Others Convention Description Within Text (MENU TITLE) 6.2.2, page 6-12 CONTROL.. - ZOOM.. “Valves” Never, 1 min 0 ... 2000 For a detailed description of the Menu, see section 6.2.2 on page 6-12. From within the CONTROL menu select the ZOOM menu. Parameter name Values to be selected Value to be entered Display Note! Menus or lines on grey background are optional or dependent on context, and so may not always be displayed. Menu access: Level 1 (User) Level 2 (Expert) Level 3 (Administrator) Level 4 (Service level) 6-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System 6.2 Menu System The analyzer´s menu system has a dynamic behavior in that it does not show entries not supported by the current analyzer configuration. Therefore this overview might show entries hidden in your specific instrument! 6 Software Menus Note! This overview does only show menu branches up to the 3rd menu level, not functions nor parameter lines! E.g. the line "������������� Pump"�������� of CONTROL is not shown. Notes! This figure applies to software revision 1.x and later. Numbers are page numbers of this manual, where the associated menu is explained. Fig. 6-1: X-STREAM Software menu structure Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System 6.2.1 Startup CO2.1 135.1 ppm O2.2 201952 ppm Temp-1 58.8 °C (Messages) Measurement Display Control.. Setup.. Status.. Info.. MAIN Menu 6-4 When the unit is powered up, a self-test (POST) is initiated, after which the unit switches to the MEASUREMENT DISPLAY. Pressing any key (except MEASURE) will switch to the main menu. The following submenus are available from here: Control menu 6.2.2, page 6-5 Setup menu 6.2.3, page 6-14 Status menu 6.2.4, page 6-50 Info menu 6.2.5, page 6-61 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Control menu 6.2.2 Control menu Control.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Zero calibration menu 6.2.2.1, page 6-6 Lock menus! Acknowledgements.. Pump: Off Zoom.. Page 2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Apply gas menu 6.2.2.4, page 6-11 Note! Internal or internal valves must be installed for the last two lines to appear ( 6.2.3.4.4, page 6-39) Pressing the  key in this line will lock all menus for which the code parameter in the menu access settings has been set to On or 1 Min ( 6.2.3.1.2, page 6-18) Acknowledgements submenu 6.2.2.5, page 6-12 Available when internal pump installed: Switch internal pump On or Off. Note! This line does not appear when a digital input is used to control the pump ( 6.2.3.4.4, page 6-39) or when no internal pump is available. Zoom submenu 6.2.2.6, page 6-13 Note! The zoom function for at least 1 analog output must be activated for this line to appear ( 6.2.3.4.1, page 6-31). 6-5 Software Menus Page 1 Advanced calibration menu 6.2.2.3, page 6-10 6 Zero calibration.. Span calibration.. Adv. calibration.. Apply gas.. Span calibration menu 6.2.2.2, page 6-7 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Control menu 6.2.2.1 Zero calibration menu Control.. Zero calibration.. Multi-channel unit: Select the channel to be calibrated in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Pressing the  key in this line will abort the zero calibration and cancel any changes. Cancel calibration! Start calibration! Zero gas 0.0 ppm CO2.1 134.1 ppm Page 1 Pressing the  key in this line will start the zero calibration. Current nominal zero gas concentration (zero gas concentration can be set in the SETUP menu 6.2.3.2.1, page 6-24) Current measured gas concentration. Press the  key in this line to enter a submenu to reset the calibration parameters ( 6.2.2.2.1, page 6-8) RESET.. Status.. CO2.1 134.1 ppm Page 2 Press the  key in this line to view the current calibration status ( 6.2.2.2.2, page 6-9) Current measured gas concentration. Note! For further details on calibration procedures, see chapter 7 Maintenance. 6-6 Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to change the settings for a different channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Control menu 6.2.2.2 Span calibration menu Control.. Span calibration.. Multi-channel unit: Select the channel to be calibrated in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Pressing the  key in this line will abort the span calibration and cancel any changes. Page 1 Pressing the  key in this line will start the span calibration. Current nominal span gas concentration (span gas concentration can be set in the SETUP menu 6.2.3.2.1, page 6-24) 6 Current measured gas concentration. Software Menus Cancel calibration! Start calibration! Span gas 2000.0 ppm CO2.1 134.1 ppm Press the  key in this line to enter a submenu to reset the calibration parameters ( 6.2.2.2.1, page 6-8) RESET.. Status.. CO2.1 134.1 ppm Press the  key in this line to view the current calibration status ( 6.2.2.2.2, page 6-9) Page 2 Current measured gas concentration. Note! For further details on calibration procedures, see chapter 7 Maintenance. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to change the settings for a different channel. 6-7 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Control menu 6.2.2.2.1 RESET Calibration Menu RESET Are you sure? No! Yes! This menu appears if the user selected the menu line "Reset.." in either the ZERO CALIBRATION or SPAN CALIBRATION menu. To reset the current calibration data to the values saved in UserData ( 6.2.3.8 SAVELOAD menu on page 6-48), select "Yes!" and press the  key. "No!" returns to the previous menu without applying changes to the calibration data. Note! Unless altered by the user, UserData settings are the same as the factory settings. Note 2! Once the reset procedure is started, a message is displayed indicating how to abort the procedure. 6-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Control menu 6.2.2.2.2 Calibration Status Menu The calibration status menu is accessible from the ZERO CALIBRATION ( 6.2.2.1, page 6-6) and SPAN CALIBRATION ( 6.2.2.2, page 6-7) menus and is for information purpose only. The first line indicates the currently used gas. This line shows the concentration currently measured. Indicates which procedure is active (None, Purging, Zeroing, Spaning). 6 Time remaining for completion of active procedure. Software Menus Gasflow Spangas CO.1 13.304 ppm Procedure None Time 0 s Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-9 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Advanced Calibration Menu 6.2.2.3 Advanced Calibration Menu Control.. Adv. calibration.. Note! This menu is only available when the “Valves” parameter in the INSTALLED OPTIONS Menu is set to a parameter other than none. Pressing the  key in this line will abort the current calibration procedure and cancel any changes. Cancel calibration! ZeroAll! SpanAll! ZSCalAll! Pressing the  key in this line will start the zero calibration for all channels. Pressing the  key in this line will start the span calibration for all channels. Pressing the  key in this line will start the zero & span calibrations for all channels. Note! This menu is also available in single-channel units. In this case, the 2nd and 3rd lines will start a zero or span calibration, while the 4th line will allow the operator to start a zero and a span calibration with a single keypress. Note! For further details on calibration procedures, see chapter 7 Maintenance. 6-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Apply Gas Menu 6.2.2.4 Apply Gas Menu Control.. Apply gas.. Note! This menu is only available when the “Valves” parameter in the INSTALLED OPTIONS menu is set to a parameter other than none. Apply gas: 134.1 ppm 0 s 6 CO2.1 Time Sample Use the  and  keys to switch between Sample, Zero, Span and None. When the selected value is confirmed with the  key, the corresponding valve will be opened and all others closed (with the exception of None, which closes all valves). Software Menus Multi-channel unit: Select the component to be set in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to change the settings for a different channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-11 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Acknowledgements Menu 6.2.2.5 Acknowledgements Menu Control.. Acknowledgements.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Acknowledgements Status! (i) -COMMAND EXECUTED- 6-12 All status messages are acknowledged and reset here: simlpy press the  key, to acknowledge messages. A short confirmation is displayed after this procedure. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Zoom Menu 6.2.2.6 zoom menu Control.. Zoom.. This menu allows the operator to determine which analog outputs are "zoomed”, if any: Off: Output is not zoomed. On: Output is zoomed. Setting for output 1 Setting for output 2 Software Menus On Off Off Off Setting for output 3 Setting for output 4 Note! These settings merely switch the zoom function for each channel on or off. To edit the zoom function settings (e.g. zoom factor, etc.), use the corresponding menu for analog output settings ( 6.2.3.4.1.2.1, page 6-36). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-13 6 Zoom1: Zoom2: Zoom3: Zoom4: Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Setup menu 6.2.3 Setup menu Setup.. Display setup 6.2.3.1, page 6-15 Display.. Calibration.. Measurement.. In/Outputs.. Page 1 Calibration setup 6.2.3.2, page 6-22 Measurement setup 6.2.3.3, page 6-28 In/Output setup 6.2.3.4, page 6-30 Installed options 6.2.3.5, page 6-43 Installed options. Communication.. Alarms.. Save-Load.. Page 2 6-14 Communication setup 6.2.3.6, page 6-45 Alarms setup 6.2.3.7, Seite 6-46 Save-Load 6.2.3.8, Seite 6-48 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Display setup menu 6.2.3.1 Display setup Setup.. Display.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Page 1 Menu access settings 6.2.3.1.2, page 6-18 If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Line 1: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Comp-1 Comp-2 Comp-3 Comp-4 Page 2 Selection of measurement values to be displayed in each line of the measurement display. Available options: Comp-1 ... Comp-4, Temp-1 ... Temp-4, Press-1 ... Press-4, Flow-1 ... Flow-4 Blank (nothing) Note! X-STREAM currently only supports one pressure sensor. The values Press-1...Press-4 therefore all relate to the same sensor. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-15 Software Menus  Display language options 6.2.3.1.1, page 6-17 6 Auto-Home: Never Language.. Menu access.. This parameter determines how long the software waits without user activity before switching to the measurement display. Available options: Never, 1 min, 10 min Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Display setup menu Component display setup 6.2.3.1.3, Page 6-19 Temperature display setup 6.2.3.1.4, Page 6-20 Component.. Temperature.. Pressure.. Gasflow... Pressure display setup 6.2.3.1.5, Page 6-20 Page 3 Gasflow display setup 6.2.3.1.6, Page 6-21 Beginning with rev. 1.1, X-STREAM X2 supports 2 measurement display pages, to show additional measuring results. To configure this 2nd page, enter menu page 4 of the current menu. Line 5: Line 6: Line 7: Line 8: Page 4 Comp-1 Comp-2 Comp-3 Comp-4 Selection of measurement values to be displayed in each line of the measurement display. Available options: Comp-1 ... Comp-4, Temp-1 ... Temp-4, Press-1 ... Press-4, Flow-1 ... Flow-4 Blank (nothing) Note! X-STREAM currently only supports one pressure sensor. The values Press-1...Press-4 therefore all relate to the same sensor. Note! If a 2nd measurement display page has been configured, use the LEFT/RIGHT keys to switch between both pages. 6-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Display setup menu 6.2.3.1.1 Display language setup Setup.. Display.. Language.. Language: EN Selects the preferred language for the analyzer software. Available options may vary according to the software version. Currently available: EN: English, FR: French DE: German IT: Italian ES: Spanish PT: Portuguese PL: Polish Note! Each analyzer is shipped with 3 out of above listed available languages. This list may be extended by future software versions.: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-17 6 Language Software Menus If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Display setup menu 6.2.3.1.2 Menu access setup Setup.. Display.. Menu access.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Lines 1 to 3 determine whether the corresponding access level is locked: Off: Menu access not locked. On: Access code must be entered to gain access to the corresponding menus (code 3 = level 3, ..). Code 1: Code 2: Code 3: Activate Off Off Off On Page 1  Code 1: Code 2: Code 3: 6-18 If a higher level is unlocked, all lower levels will also be unlocked. Determines how unlocked menus are relocked to restore security settings. Available options: When using access codes, we recommend NOT using the factory-set codes. Page 2 Note! If a lower level is locked, all higher levels will also be locked. 00000001 00000002 00000003 On : all levels with active security code are locked on return to the measurement display 1 min: Levels are locked after 1 minute of inactivity. Never: Menus remain unlocked. Note! Executing the “Lock menus!” function in the CONTROL menu ( 6.2.2, pg. 6-5), sets all active locks. Defines access codes for the corresponding levels. The illustration shows the factory settings. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Display setup menu 6.2.3.1.3 Component menu Setup.. Display.. Component.. Multi-channel unit: Select the component to be set in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Page 1 Set number of places after the decimal point: 0 to 4 6 Current sample gas concentration using settings described above. Display format is refreshed immediately. Software Menus Component Tag: CO2.1 DecimalPlaces: 1 CO2.1 134.1 ppm The tag for the gas component is entered here: each character must be selected and set separately. Note! The “1” in this example indicates that CO2 is the first measurement channel (may be useful for multi-channel units, but not necessary). Unit Text: ppm Factor: 1.0000 Offset: 0.0000  Set text for the measuring unit of the gas component: each character must be selected and set separately. Gas concentrations are internally calculated in ppm. To use other units, the corresponding factor must be entered, e.g. 0.0001 for %. Page 2 If necessary, an offset to be added to the measured value can be set here. Note! Texts for tags and units, and values for factor and offset are not checked for plausibility. Any arbitrary value can be set.. Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to change the settings for a different channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-19 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Display setup menu 6.2.3.1.4 Temperature menu Setup.. Display.. Temperature.. Temperature Unit: °C DecimalPlaces: 1 Temp-1 63.7 °C Set temperature unit Available options: °C, °F Set number of places after decimal point for temperature value: 0 to 4 Current temperature, here: Sensor 1 value 6.2.3.1.5 Pressure menu Setup.. Display.. Pressure.. Pressure Unit: hPa DecimalPlaces: 1 Pressure 998.1 hPa Set pressure value Available options: Pa, hPa, mbar, Bar, psi Set number of places after decimal point for pressure value: 0 to 4 Current presssure value 6-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Display setup menu 6.2.3.1.6 Gasflow menu Setup.. Display.. Gasflow.. Gasflow Unit: l/h DecimalPlaces: 1 Flow-1 63.7 l/h Set gas flow unit Available options: l/h, l/min, mlmin Set number of places after decimal point for gas flow value: 0 to 4 6 Software Menus Current gas flow, here: Sensor 1 value Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-21 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu system - Calibration setup 6.2.3.2 Calibration menu Setup.. Calibration.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Sets calibration gas concentrations 6.2.3.2.1, page 6-24 Calibration gases.. Tol.Check: Aus Hold on Cal: Yes Purge time: 12 s Page 1 This parameter determines whether the tolerance check is active during calibration. Available options: 10%: Tolerance check is active, the limit is set to 10% (not changeable). A system message must be manually acknowledged ( 6.2.2.5, page 6-12) AutoClr: As 10 %, except that a system message is automatically acknowledged after 2 or 3 minutes. Off: Tolerance check is deactivated Specifies analog outputs behaviour during calibrations. Available options: Yes: analog outputs are “frozen” & concentration alarms are surpressed No: the analog outputs follow the concentration. This may cause trouble if connected to a data acquisition system. Note! The following lines are only available when the “Valves” parameter in the INSTALLED OPTIONS”menu is set to a parameter other than none. Note! For further details on calibration procedures, see chapter 7 Maintenance. 6-22 The time required when switching to zero or span gas so that the gas lines are completely filled with the new gas is entered here. Possible values: 0 .. 600 seconds Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu system - Calibration setup Note! This second page is available only if the parameter "valves" in the INSTALLED OPTIONS menu is set to other than none. Valve assignment.. Interval time.. Set interval time for calibration 6.2.3.2.3, page 6-26 6 Software Menus Page 2 Assign valves 6.2.3.2.2, page 6-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-23 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Calibration setup 6.2.3.2.1 Calibration gases menu Setup.. Calibration.. Calibration gases.. Multi-channel unit: Select the component to be set in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Calibration gases ZeroGas: SpanGas: 0.0 ppm 500.0 ppm The concentration of the zero gas used for calibration is entered here. The concentration of the span gas used for calibration is entered here. Note! Units for calibration gas concentrations are take from the corresponding entry in the display setup menu. Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to change the settings for a different channel. 6-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Valve Assignment Menu 6.2.3.2.2 Valve Assignment Menu Setup.. In/Output.. Valve assignment.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Valve assignment V1 V2 Available options: V1 ... V8 6 Zerogas: Spangas: The internal and/or external valves are assigned to zero or span gas in this menu ( "7.3 Calibration Procedures" at page 7-5). Software Menus Multi-channel unit: Select the component to be set in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to change the settings for a different channel. Note for multi-channel units: Valves can be freely assigned to channels. This includes among others the following variations: • identical combinations (of zero and span gas valves) for several channels • Combinations in which one valve has the same function for several channels Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG • Combinations in which one valve has a different function depending on the channel; e.g. a zero gas valve for channel 1 is also the span gas valve for channel 2. Depending on the gases use, the calibration procedure can be optimised for time or efficiency using such combinations. ( "7.3 Calibration Procedures" at page 7-5). 6-25 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu system - Calibration setup 6.2.3.2.3 Interval time menu Setup.. Calibration.. Interval time.. Note! The following lines are only available when the “Valves” parameter in the INSTALLED OPTIONS menu is set to a value other than none. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Interval time ZeroAll: 2 h ZSCalAll: 10 h AutoCal in.. Sets the time between two zero calibrations in autocal mode. Sets the time between two combined zero & span calibrations in autocal mode. Possible values for both parameters: 0 .. 999 h Specify a time interval to elapse from the current time until the first autocal starts 6.2.3.2.3.1, page 6-27 Note! This line appears if at least one interval time has been set. Note! For further details on calibration procedures, see chapter 7 Maintenance. 6-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu system - Calibration setup 6.2.3.2.3.1 AutoCal in menu ZeroAll: ZeroAll: ZSCalAll: ZSCalAll: 1 h 15 min 1 h 15 min Note! This menu appears only, if at least one interval time has been set. The first two lines allow to enter a time to elapse from the current moment, before the next zero calibration for all channels is started. Preset is the remaining time until the next zero calibration starts. Possible values: Any value up to the preset time interval. Lines 3 & 4 allow to enter similar data for a combined zero & span calibration. Possible values: Any value up to the preset time interval. Note! In case there is an interval time specified for one procedure only (ZeroAll or ZSCalAll; 6.2.3.2.3, page 6-26), the related lines for the other procedure will be hidden in this menu!. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-27 Software Menus Setup.. Calibration.. Interval time.. AutoCal in.. 6 6.2.3.2.3.1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu system - Measurement setup 6.2.3.3 Measurement menu Setup.. Measurement.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. If no pressure sensor is installed (INSTALLED OPTIONS - PRESSURE.. set to Manual), the current ambient pressure must be set here. Possible values: 500 .. 2000 hPa Otherwise this line is not editable and shows the currently measured pressure. Note 1 The unit for pressure values is taken from the relevant entry in the display setup. Pressure: 1014.0 hPa Damping.. Note 2 As the pressure value is used for pressure compensation, it should, when set to Manual, be regularly updated to ensure accurate results. Setup signal damping 6.2.3.3.1, page 6-29 6-28 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Measurement setup 6.2.3.3.1 Signal damping settings Setup.. Measurement.. Damping.. 5 s Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to change the settings for a different channel.. Note! The analyzer’s total delay time (t90 time) is the sum of the signal damping time and the physical time lag caused e.g. by the properties of the gas flow and the sensors. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-29 6 Damping: The time for the electronic signal damping is entered here. Lower values give results which are updated more quickly, higher values supress noise from varying gas concentrations. Possible values: 0 .. 28 seconds Software Menus Multi-channel unit: Select the component to be set in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - In/Outputs setup 6.2.3.4 In/Outputs setup Setup.. In/Outputs.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Analog outputs menu 6.2.3.4.1, page 6-31 Analog outputs.. DigitalOutputs.. DigitalInputs.. IntSHS.. Digital outputs menu 6.2.3.4.2, page 6-37 Digital inputs menu 6.2.3.4.3, page 6-39 Note! This menu line appears only when the parameter in the INSTALLED OPTIONS - DIGITAL IO menu is set to 1 or 1+2 ( 6.2.3.5,page 6-43) IntSHS menu 6.2.3.4.4, page 6-39 Note! This menu line appears only if the parameter in the INSTALLED OPTIONS - VALVES menu is set to Internal or Int+Ext ( 6.2.3.5, page 6-43 6-30 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Analog outputs menu 6.2.3.4.1 Analog outputs menu Setup.. In/Outputs.. Analog Outputs.. SignalRange: 0-20mA Hold on cal: No Page 1 This entry determines whether the analog output signal and concentration alarm status are held during calibration. When Yes is set, then during calibration: • analog outputs are “frozen”; i.e., the analog signals remain constant irrespective of the actual measured concentration. • concentration alarms, which would otherwise be triggered by the calibration gas concentrations, are surpressed. When No is set, the analog output signal at any given moment reflects the actual measured value during calibration; this may trigger alarms when set limits are exceeded or underrun. Note! This behaviour may be problematic if, for example, the instrument is connected to a data acquisition system. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-31 6 Analog outputs This line sets the output signal range for all outputs. Available options: 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-20mAL, 4-20mAL, 0-20mAH, 4-20mAH 6.2.3.4.1.1, page 6-33 Software Menus If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Analog outputs menu Available analog outputs (min. 1, max. 4) can be set in greater detail via these submenus. 6.2.3.4.1.2, page 6-34 Output1.. Output2.. Output3.. Output4.. The lines on this page enable to configure the behaviour of the analog outputs in case the measured values are beyond the range limits: Options: Standard: The outputs are set to the values marked * in table 6-1 below Config: The outputs can be adjusted to the values marked ** in table 6-1 below. Page 2  Cut mode: Standard Low cut: 3.80 High cut: 20.50 Page 3 These two lines are editable only, if "Cut mode" is set to Config: Low Cut: Configure the "below lower range limit" output signal High Cut: Configure the "above upper range limit" output signal Accepted values depend on the setting of "SignalRange" and are marked ** in table 6-1. Note! These settings apply to ALL analog outputs! Output signal, if "SignalRange“ Operation Mode Failure Signal Level acc. NE 43 Measured value is valid Measured value is below lower range limit Measured value is above upper range limit An internal failure occured Cable is broken 0-20 mA Dead-Zero - 0 ... 20 mA < -19 mA > 21.7 mA undefined 0 mA 4-20 mA Live-Zero - 4 ... 20 mA < -19 mA > 21.7 mA undefined 0 mA 0-20 mAL similar DeadZero below 0 ... 20 mA -0.2 mA* (-1.8 … -0.01 mA)** 20.5 mA* (20.01 ... 21.5 mA)** -2 mA 0 mA 4-20 mAL similar Live-Zero below 4 ... 20 mA 3.8 mA* (2.2 ...3.9 mA)** 20.5 mA* (20.01 ... 21.5 mA)** 2 mA 0 mA 0-20 mAH similar DeadZero above 0 ... 20 mA -0.2 mA* (-1.8 … -0.01 mA)** 20.5 mA* (20.01 ... 21.5 mA)** > 21.7 mA 0 mA 4-20 mAH similar Live-Zero above 4 ... 20 mA 3.8 mA* (2.2 ...3.9 mA)** 20.5 mA* (20.01 ... 21.5 mA)** > 21.7 mA 0 mA Tab. 6-1: Analog output signals - settings and operational modes 6-32 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Signal Range 6.2.3.4.1.1 Signal range menu tions, and are implemented by X-STREAM analyzers as follows: When set to 0-20 mA, a 20 mA signal is generated when the measured concentration is equal to the upper range value. A 0 mA signal is generated when the sample gas concentration is 0 (dead zero). Setting range parameters to values other than 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA defines specific analog output signals in the case of a failure. Since these values do not occur when there is no error, a data acquisition system is able to distinguish between the following conditions: • severed cable (no signal (0 mA)), • failure (signal outside of valid range as in table 6-1, but not 0) • valid signal (signal within valid range as in table 6-1) • signal out of range (signal rises or falls slowly to the limit given in table 6-1 and holds this value until the concentration returns to a valid level). However, a severed cable also results in a signal value of 0. An external data acquisition system thus cannot detect such an error and simply registers a gas concentration of 0. The usual method of detecting a severed cable is to use an offset: a concentration corresponding to the lower range value is assigned an analog signal of 4 mA, allowing the detection of a severed or disconnected cable. This live zero mode is activated by setting the “SignalRange” parameter to 4-20 mA. Operation modes conforming to NAMUR 43 (NE 43) recommendations The operation modes described above do not generate a signal which would allow detection of a failure in the measurement system. In such cases the behaviour of the output signal is undefined: either the last value is held, or a random value is sent. System failures thus cannot be detected by am external data acquisition system. NE 43 contains recommendations for setting analog outputs in order to avoid these situa- Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-33 6 The signal range for the analog outputs is set via the signal "Range" parameter. Software Menus Setup.. In/Outputs.. Analog outputs.. SignalRange: Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Analog Outputs Menu 6.2.3.4.1.2 Output1 (2 ... 4) Menu Setup.. In/Outputs.. Analog outputs.. Output1(2...4).. Signal: LowScale: HighScale: Zoom.. Page 1 Comp-1 10 ppm 1000 ppm Selects the parameter to be displayed in the corresponding line in the measurement display. Depending on the number of measuring channels and sensors installed in the unit, the following values are available: Gas components: Comp-1 ... Comp-4 Temperature: Temp-1 ... Temp-4, Pressure: Press-1 ... Press-4, Flow: Flow-1 ... Flow-4 Zoom: Zoom-C1 ... Zoom-C4 (nothing): None A constant signal of either 0/4 mA or 20 mA can be generated to check the output settings. The options are labelled accordingly (0/4 mA and 20 mA). This line determines which concentration value corresponds to the lower signal limit (0 or 4 mA). This line determines which concentration value corresponds to the upper signal limit (20 mA). This submenu sets the zoom function for the analog output; 6.2.3.4.1.2.1, page 6-36 Note! The last line only appears when "signal" is set to a zoom value (e.g. Zoom-C1). 6-34 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Analog Outputs Menu Select the analog signal to be trimmed. The analog output will supply this signal. Selectable options: 0/4mA or 20mA 6 Note! Other options are selectable, to e.g. trim a concentration related output signal! Software Menus Enter this second menu page to trim the selected analog output signal: Thus, if the signal differs from the selected value (0/4 or 20 mA) it can be adjusted to compensate the offset. Depending on the selected signal, vary the related parameter to trim the output signal (higher values increase the output signal, and vice versa). Repeat this procedure until the output signal matches. Trim output Signal: 0/4mA 0/4mA: 100 20mA: -50  Page 2 If "signal" was set to 0/4mA select this line to trim (finetune) the analog output to exactly provide 0 or 4 mA. ( 6.2.3.4.1.1, page 6-33 for information about how to select either life-zero or dead zero). Accepted values: -2000 ... +2000 (corresponding to appr. -2 ... +2 mA) If "signal" was set to 20mA select the 4th line to trim (finetune) the analog output to exactly provide 20 mA. Accepted values: -1000 ... +1000 (corresponding to appr. -1 ... +1 mA) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-35 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Analog outputs menu 6.2.3.4.1.2.1 Zoom Output Menu Setup.. In/Outputs.. Analog outputs.. Output1(2...4).. Zoom.. Determines how the zoom function is to be activated. Available options: Manual, Auto, Inputs Switching: Zoom: Position: Status: Manual 50 % LowScale Off Gives the percentage of the whole measuring range to be zoomed. Accepted values: 1 ... 99 (%) Determines which end of the range is to be zoomed. Available options: LowScale, HighScale Current zoom function status. Available options: On, Off Note! Further details on the function and setting up of the zoom function can be found in Chapter 5 Startup. 6-36 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Digital Outputs Menu Digital Outputs Menu Output1: Failure Output2: MaintReq Output3: OffSpec Output4: FctCheck This menu enables the assignment of any digital output available to a function. Note! Every unit has, as standard, 4 digital outputs (relays). Depending on the model, 1 or 2 additional cards can be used to increase this number to 9 or 18. Depending on the number of actually available outputs, this menu consists of 1, 4 or 7 similar pages, of which only the first four are illustrated here. Outputs are assigned functions in these lines. Avalable options: next page. Page 1 Output5: Sample Output6: V1 Output7: V2 Output8: V3 "Outputs 1-4" are available in every unit. Further pages are indicated by a down arrow (   ) only when at least one extension card (outputs 5 - 13) is installed Page 2 Output9: V4 Output10: V5 Output11: Pump Output12: Lim1Cmp1 "Outputs 5 - 13" are present on the first extension card.. Page 3 Output13: Lim2Cmp1  Further pages are indicated by a down arrow (  ) only when a second extension card (outputs 14 - 22) is installed. Page 4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-37 Software Menus Setup.. In/Outputs.. DigitalOutputs.. 6 6.2.3.4.2 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Digital Outputs Menu The following functions can be assigned to each of the digital outputs (max. 22). Label Functions can also be assigned to several outputs simultaneously. Description Off Digital output unused On Digital output constantly on Test Switches the output on and off every second V1 Switches external valve V1 on autocalibration V2 Switches external valve V2 on autocalibration V3 Switches external valve V3 on autocalibration V4 Switches external valve V4 on autocalibration V5 Switches external valve V5 on autocalibration V6 Switches external valve V6 on autocalibration V7 Switches external valve V7 on autocalibration V8 Switches external valve V8 on autocalibration Sample Switches external sample gas valve on autocalibration Pump Switches an external pump Failure NAMUR NE 107 “Failure” signal MaintReq NAMUR NE 107 “Maintenance request” signal OffSpec NAMUR NE 107 “Out of specification” signal FctCheck NAMUR NE 107 “Function check” signal Lim1Cmp1 Concentration alarm 1, component (channel) 1 Lim2Cmp1 Concentration alarm 2, component (channel) 1 Lim1Cmp2 Concentration alarm 1, component (channel) 2 Lim2Cmp2 Concentration alarm 2, component (channel) 2 Lim1Cmp3 Concentration alarm 1, component (channel) 3 Lim2Cmp3 Concentration alarm 2, component (channel) 3 Lim1Cmp4 Concentration alarm 1, component (channel) 4 Lim2Cmp4 Concentration alarm 2, component (channel) 4 Zoom1 Component (channel) 1 analog signal is zoomed Zoom2 Component (channel) 2 analog signal is zoomed Zoom3 Component (channel) 3 analog signal is zoomed Zoom4 Component (channel) 4 analog signal is zoomed FlowAlm Alarm by flow sensor FLimAlm1 Alarm by flow monitor 1 FLimAlm2 Alarm by flow monitor 2 Tab. 6-2: Options for Digital Outputs 6-38 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Digital Inputs Menu 6.2.3.4.3 Digital Inputs Menu Setup.. In/Outputs.. DigitalInputs.. Inputs are assigned to signals in these lines., Available options: next page. Page 1 Input5: V5 Input6: V6 Input7: V7  Inputs 1-7 are available on the first extension card. Further menu pages are indicated by the down arrow (  ) only when a second extension card is installed (inputs 8 - 14). Page 2 Input8: V8 Input9: Sample Input10: Pump Input11: ZeroAll Inputs 8 - 14 are available on the second extension card. Page 3 Input12: SpanAll Input13: Zoom1 Input14: Zoom2 Page 4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-39 Software Menus Input1: V1 Input2: V2 Input3: V3 Input4: V4 This menu enables the assignment of any digital input available to a signal. Note! Different models can be installed with 1 or 2 cards with 7 or 14 digital inputs. This menu has 2 or 4 pages depending on the number of available inputs. 6 Note! This menu line appears only when the parameter "DigitalIO" in the INSTALLED OPTIONS menu is set to 1 or 1+2 ( 6.2.3.5,page 6-43). Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Digital Inputs Menu The following signals can be assigned to any of the 14 available digital inputs. Label None V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8 Sample Pump ZeroAll SpanAll ZSCalAll CalCancl Zoom1 Zoom2 Zoom3 Zoom4 FlowAlm Functions can also be assigned to several inputs simultaneously. Description Digital input not used Activate valve V1 Activate valve V2 Activate valve V3 Activate valve V4 Activate valve V5 Activate valve V6 Activate valve V7 Activate valve V8 Activate sample gas valve Activate pump Initiate zero calibration of all channels Initiate span calibration of all channels Initiate zero and span calibration of all channels Abort all currently running calibrations Activate zoom for component (channel) 1 analog signal Activate zoom for component (channel) 2 analog signal Activate zoom for component (channel) 3 analog signal Activate zoom for component (channel) 4 analog signal Enables connection and use of an external digital gas flow alarm Tab. 6-3: Options for Digital Inputs Chapter 7 includes detailed descriptions of the configuration and execution of calibrations with valves. 6-40 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - IntSHS Menu 6.2.3.4.4 IntSHS Menu Setup.. In/Outputs.. IntSHS.. Note! This menu appears only when the parameter in the “Installed Options - Valves” is set to Internal or IntExt ( 6.2.3.5, page 6-43) Page 1 Gas5: Sample Gas6: V5 Gas7: V6 Gas8: V7 Page 2 Pump1: Pump Pump2: Off Page 3 Each available gas inlet ("Gas 1 ... Gas 8") with a valve connected is assigned a virtual valve label (V1...V8, Sample). (If the compoents were installed in the factory, the basic settings will already have been set). These valves are then assigned a channel and function (zero or span gas) in the VALVE ASSIGNMENT MENU ( 6.2.3.2.2, page 6-26). Note! Depending on the model, 1 or 2 valve blocks with up to 4 or 8 valves can be installed. Additionally, the method used to control any installed pumps can be set. Note Depending on the model, up to 2 pumps may be installed. For an overview of all available options: next page. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-41 6 Gas1: V1 Gas2: V2 Gas3: V3 Gas4: V4 Software Menus This menu configures the optional internal components for routing gas (valves and pumps) to be used in autocalibration procedures. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - IntSHS Menu Label Off On Test V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8 Sample Pump Description Switches the assigned component (valve or pump) off. Switches the assigned component (valve or pump) on. Switches the assigned component (valve or pump) on and off every second. Valve at selected gas inlet is assigned the value “V1” Valve at selected gas inlet is assigned the value “V2” Valve at selected gas inlet is assigned the value “V3” Valve at selected gas inlet is assigned the value “V4” Valve at selected gas inlet is assigned the value “V5” Valve at selected gas inlet is assigned the value “V6” Valve at selected gas inlet is assigned the value “V7” Valve at selected gas inlet is assigned the value “V8” The gas inlet is a sample gas inlet. The valve assigned to it is controlled via the Sample software option. Note! There is only one option Sample .���������������������������������������������� This means that in order to control two sample gas valves during autocalibration, the value Sample must be assigned to two inlets. During calibration, both valves are then controlled synchronously. The pump is controlled by the Pump software option. Note! There is only one option Pump. This means that in order to control two pumps during autocalibration, the lines “Pump1” and “Pump2” must be assigned the value Pump. During calibration, both pumps are then controlled synchronously. Tab. 6-4: Parameter IntSHS options Note! Each virtual valve V1 to V8 is normally only assigned to one gas inlet, “Gas1” to “Gas8”. Double assignments are possible, but only meaningful if the unit is configured accordingly. Chapter 7 includes detailed descriptions of the configuration and execution of calibrations with valves. 6-42 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Installed Options Menu 6.2.3.5 Installed Options Menu Setup.. Installed Options.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Indicates whether valves are installed. Available options: Internal, External, Int(ernal)+Ext(ernal), None. Indicates whether an internal pump is installed (Yes) or not (No). Indicates whether flow switches are installed (Yes) or not (No). Indicates whether digital I/O cards are installed (1, 1+2) or not (None) DigitalIO: 1 Pressure: Internal Analog outputs 4 More.. Page 2 Determines whether a barometric pressure sensor is installed. Available options: Manual: No sensor available. Ambient atmospheric pressure must be entered manually ( 6.2.3.3 page 6-28) Internal: Internal pressure sensor installed. External: Pressure sent via network (e.g. DeltaV) Indicates how many analog outputs are installed. Accepted values: 1 ... 4 More sensors ( 6.2.3.5.1 page 6-44). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-43 Software Menus Page 1 Indicates whether a serial interface is installed (Yes) or not (No) 6 Valves: Internal COM-Interf: Yes Pump: Yes FlowAlm: Yes Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Installed Options Menu 6.2.3.5.1 Installed options, More menu Setup.. Installed Options.. More.. Multi-channel unit: Select the component in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. TempSensor: Temp-1 FlowSensor: Flow-1 Indicates whether and if so, which possibly installed temperature sensor is to be assigned to the selected channel. Available options: None, Temp-1, Temp-2, Temp-3, Temp-4 Indicates whether and if so, which possibly installed flow sensor is to be assigned to the selected channel. Available options: None, Flow-1, Flow-2 Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to select a different channel. 6-44 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Communications settings 6.2.3.6 Communications settings Setup.. Communication.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Note 1 Chapter 9 includes a detailed description of the Modbus parameters. A general description of Modbus is also to be found in the appendix. Note 2 To be able to use the optional Ethernet interface, enable MODB RTU and Ether. Baud rate: 19200 Parity: None MAC: AB234CDE56 Page 2 Enter instrument ID for network. Possible values: 1 .. 254 Selects installed RS interface. Available options: RS232, RS485, Ether(net) Select baud rate of the serial interface. Available options: 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 Sets whether a parity bit is used. Available options: None, Even, Odd Note! To view first 2 lines, set "Interface" to other than Ether MAC ID of the Ethernet port (visible only if "Interface" is set to Ether) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Software Menus Page 1 Sets Modbus mode of operation. Available options: 32Bit (=Daniel mode), 16BitLow (=Modicon mode, LOW word first) 16BitHi(g)h (=Modicon mode, HIGH word first) 6 Protocol: MODB RTU MODB-Mode: 32Bit ID-Number: 2 Interface: RS485 Selects Modbus protocol for the serial interface. Available options: MODB RTU, Sensor Note! The Sensor option is for maintenance purposes only. 6-45 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Alarm Setup Menu 6.2.3.7 Alarm Setup Menu Setup.. Alarms.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Multi-channel unit: Select the component to be set in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Sets first concentration alarm level. Level1: 100 ppm Function: Low Level2: 500 ppm Function: High Selects alarm output mode for level 1. Available options: Off, Low, High, Off FS, Low FS, High FS ( Chapter 5 includes more details about these options are alarm settings) Page 1 Sets second concentration alarm level. Note! The unit for concentration values (here: ppm) is taken from the corresponding line in the DISPLAY SETUP menu ( 6.2.3.1.3, page 6-19). Selects alarm output mode for level 2. Available options: Off, Low, High, Off FS, Low FS, High FS ( Chapter 5 includes more details about these options and alarm settings) 6-46 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Alarm Setup Menu A hysteresis level for the switchpoints can be entered here (as % of upper range value). Permissible values: 0 ... 50 %. FlowLimit: 1 l/min FlowLimAlm: Low FS Note! The unit for flow measurement is taken from the corresponding line in the DISPLAY SETUP menu ( 6.2.3.1.6, page 6-21). Page 2 Enter this line to specify whether an installed flow sensor is used to only measure the flow (Off FS) or to measure the flow and activate alarms (Low FS). Available options: Off FS, Low FS Off FS: Alarm functionality is switched off, an assigned output is set to FailSafe mode (relay is activated). Low FS: Alarm functionality is switched on, output is set to FailSafe mode (alarm deactivates relay). Relay is de-energized if flow is below given limit. Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to change the settings for a different channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-47 Software Menus 5.00 % 6 Hysteresis: If a flow sensor is assigned to the selected channel ( 6.2.3.5.1, page 6-44) enter this line to specify a flow limit, to activate an alarm as a function of flow dropping below this limit (see next menu line). Permissible values: equivalent to 0 ... 2000 ml/min Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Save-Load Menu 6.2.3.8 Save-Load Menu Setup.. Save-Load.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Note 1 Some of the following procedures require the installation of terminal software on external hardware (e.g. a PC connected to the service interface) to store the data. Note 2 During these procedures a message is displayed indicating how to abort the procedure. Save-Load CfgData > SvcPort! SvcPort > CfgData.. Verify! Page 1 This line initiates the procedure for saving configuration data to an external device: the data are sent to the service interface (service port X2). This line initiates the procedure for restoring configuration data: the data are loaded from the service port. CAUTION! This overwrites all configuration data. Any changes made since the last backup will be undone. Note! This procedure requires a further confirmation to start. This line initiates the procedure for an online comparison of the current configuration data with the data stored via the service port. The current configuration is not overwritten. Downloaded data are deleted on completion of this procedure. 6-48 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Save-Load Menu This function replaces the current configuration with factory settings. Page 2 This function replaces the current configuration with the user dataset. CAUTION! All 3 functions overwrite internal data. Any changes made since the last backup will be undone. Note! These procedures require a further confirmation to start. Comments: FactData This represents the factory settings. The data are stored in FRAM memory. The user can copy and change these data in RAM, but these changes cannot be saved as FactData. UserData A user’s own configuration can be saved to FRAM memory and loaded from FRAM. CfgData The configuration used at runtime and stored in RAM. At startup, the checksum of the configuration is calculated. If an error occurs, the user data are loaded into RAM, overwriting the CfgData configuration. This ensures that the instrument is always ready for use. Chapter 7 includes further details of the Save-Load functions. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-49 Software Menus FactData > CfgData.. CfgData > UserData.. UserData > CfgData.. This function stores the current configuration as a user dataset in the FRAM memory. 6  Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Status Menu 6.2.4 Status Menu Status.. Note! All entries in this menu and its submenus are not editable and provide information only. Failure messages 6.2.4.1, page 6-51 1 Failures.. 0 Check requests.. 1 Function checks.. 0 Off-specs.. Page 1 Note! The numbers at the start of each line on page 1 indicate how many messages of the corresponding type are currently active. Maintenance requests 6.2.4.2, page 6-52 Function checks 6.2.4.3, page 6-53 Off-specs 6.2.4.4, page 6-54 Status of optional internal pump: On or Off Pump Off Calibration.. Measurement.. Alarms.. Page 2 Calibration status 6.2.4.5, page 6-55 Measurement status 6.2.4.6, page 6-58 Alarm status 6.2.4.7, page 6-60 Zoom1 Off Zoom2 Off Zoom3 Off Zoom4 Off Indicates whether zoom is active for the analog outputs. ( 6.2.3.4.1.2.1, page 6-36) Page 3 6-50 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Status Menu 6.2.4.1 Failures Status.. 1 Failures.. The number in the “Failures” line in the previous menu indicates how many errors are currently active (here: 1). In the following menus, Yes is displayed in the correspondung number of lines. For more details on troubleshooting, Chapter 8 Troubleshooting. ROMmemory Yes SensTimeout No SensCmdFail No Software Menus Note! If one or more failures are active, the left-hand LED on the front panel flashes red. The corresponding relay is also activated, if configured for NAMUR error messages. (e.g.: a ROM memory error is indicated)  6 Page 1 Multi-channel unit: Select the component in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. ADC-Error No Chopper No Detector No Source No Page 2 Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to select a different channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-51 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Status Menu 6.2.4.2 Maintenance requests Status.. 0 Check requests.. FlowAlm NVRAM fail No No The number in the “Check requests” line in the previous menu indicates how many errors are currently active (here: 0). In the following menus, Yes is displayed in the corresponding number of lines. For more details on checking maintenance requests, Chapter 8 Troubleshooting. Note! If maintenance is requested, the middle LED on the front panel flashes red. The corresponding relay is also activated, if configured for NAMUR error messages.  Page 1 Multi-channel unit: Select the component in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. ZCalTolChk No SCalTolCh No ZCalRefused No SCalRefused No Page 2 FlowMonAlm No Page 3 6-52 Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to select a different channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Status Menu 6.2.4.3 Function checks Status.. 1 Function checks.. The number in the “Function checks” line in the previous menu indicates how many errors are currently active (here: 1). In the following menus, Yes is displayed in the correspondung number of lines. For more details on function checks, Chapter 8 Troubleshooting. Calibration SvcPort > Cf NotSampleGas Warm-up Yes No No No (e.g.: a calibration is currently in progress) 6 Page 1 LocalAccess No Simulation No Page 2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Software Menus Note! If one or more function check messages are active, the middle LED on the front panel flashes red. The corresponding relay is also activated, if configured for NAMUR error messages. 6-53 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Status Menu 6.2.4.4 Off-specs Status.. 0 Off-specs.. The number in the “Off-specs” line in the previous menu indicates how many errors are currently active (here: 1). In the following menus, Yes is displayed in the correspondung number of lines. For more details on troubleshooting, Chapter 8 Troubleshooting. Note! If one or more off-spec messages are active, the middle LED on the front panel flashes red. The corresponding relay is also activated, if configured for NAMUR error messages. Pressure Unlinear No No  Page 1 Note! The “Pressure” line is only displayed when the parameter in the INSTALLED OPTIONS menu is set to a value other than Manual. Multi-channel unit: Select the component in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. TempRange No RangeOverflo No TempSensor No Page 2 6-54 Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to select a different channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Status Menu 6.2.4.5 Calibration status If the unit is currently being calibrated, this menu provides information on the current status. Unlike the CONTROL - ZERO/SPAN CALIBRATION menus, for which a channel must be selected for multi-channel units, the data displayed here are not channel dependent; i.e., the general status is displayed here. Gasflow: Possible values: Sample, V1...V8, None These values represent the internal and/ or external valves used for autocalibration. All valves except the sample valve are user configurable: As each can be assigned either zero or span gas, not the type of gas is listed here but only the valve designator. 6 Gasflow V2 Procedure Purging Time 10 s AutoCal in.. Shows the current calibration status Possible values: None: no calibration in progress Zeroing: zeroing a channel Spanning: spanning a channel Purging: purging gas lines Page 1 The third line indicates the time remaining for the currently active procedure. This submenu displays information about the next autocalibration ( 6.2.4.5.1, page 6-57) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Software Menus Status.. Calibration.. 6-55 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Status Menu Multi-channel unit: Select the component in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Calibration Offset 0.000000 Factory settings Offset 0.000000  Page 2 These two lines show a comparison of the offsets calculated during the latest calibration and during factory startup. The values may be used for diagnostics if e.g. measurement results are not as expected. Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to select a different channel. Note! For more detailed information about calibration status, Chapter 7 Maintenance. 6-56 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Status Menu 6.2.4.5.1 Auto calibration Status.. Calibration.. AutoCal in.. 1 h 15 min 1 h 15 min The first two lines show the remaining time until the next zero calibration for all channels is started, Lines 3 & 4 give the similar information for a combined zero & span calibration. Note! In case there is an interval specified for one procedure only (ZeroAll or ZSCalAll; 6.2.3.2.3, page 6-26), the related lines for the other procedure will be hidden!. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-57 6 ZeroAll ZeroAll ZSCalAll ZSCalAll Software Menus Note! This menu is available only if autocalibration intervals have been specified ( 6.2.3.2.3, page 6-26). Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Status Menu 6.2.4.6 Measurement status Status.. Measurement.. Temp-1 Temp-2 Temp-3 Temp-4 54 44 44 44 °C °C °C °C Page 1 Pressure  Page 2 6-58 1014 hPa The first menu page shows the temperatures measured by the installed sensors. Note! The number of displayed lines varies depending on the number of installed sensors in your specific instrument. In any case this menu page shows the measuring values of ALL installed sensors, including such assigned to channels ( 6.2.3.5.1, page 6-44). If there are channel assigned sensors, they are once more listed on the related channel specific menu page ( next page). Displays the current pressure, either from an internal or external sensor or manually entered. 6.2.3.5, page 6-43 for more information on how pressure is measured. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Status Menu Multi-channel unit: Select the component in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Displays the raw reference value of the detector (for selected measurement principles only). RawRef 2.000000 RawMeas 1.000000 Ref/Meas 2.000000 CO2.1 134.1 ppm Displays the raw measuring value of the detector. This is the signal without linearisation, compensation or conversion. If a temperature sensor is assigned to the selected channel, this line shows the current temperature. TempSensor FlowSensor SrcCurrent 50 °C 1 l/min 1000 mA Page 4 Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to select a different channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG If a flow sensor is assigned to the selected channel, this line shows the current gas flow. If the selected channel is an IR channel, this line shows the IR source current. Note! A value of 0 in one or both of the first two lines of page 4 is not necessarily an error. Depending on the measuring procedure used, a value of 0 may be valid. At maximum 8 secondary values (pressure, temperature, flow, source current) can be shown. Source current values are shown only if this limit is not yet reached. 6-59 6 Current measurement value in the userdefined measurement unit. Software Menus Ratio of RawRef to RawMeas. This value can be used for diagnostic purposes. Page 3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Status Menu 6.2.4.7 Alarm status Status.. Alarms.. Multi-channel unit: Select the component in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Alarms Level1 Level2 Off Off Displays the current status of the concentration alarms for the selected channel. If an alarm is active, the corresponding line displays the value On, otherwise Off. An active concentration alarm also generates a corresponding message in the status line of the measurement display (e.g.. CO.1 Alarm Level1). Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to open the same menu for a different channel. 6-60 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Info menu 6.2.5 Info menu Info.. Analyzer model X-STREAM-2M Revision 1.0 Sensor 1077 XCA05812345678 Page 1 Installed software version Software version of DSP processor (“0” indicates no DSP installed) Analyzer serial number Page 1b (optional) Range.. Installed Options.. Pumpcontrol Menu Factory settings.. Page 2 Software Menus  Note! This page is shown only, if "Interface" is set to Ether, otherwise it is skipped while scrolling. Information on measurement range 6.2.5.1, page 6-62 Installed options 6.2.5.2, page 6-63 6 MAC AB234CDE56 Indicates how the pump (either internal or connected to an digital output) is controlled. Note! This line only appears if a pump is available! Factory settings 6.2.5.3, page 6-64 Europe.. North America.. Latin America.. Asia-Pacific.. Addresses for customer services: select a line to obtain contact information for the region. Page 3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-61 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Info menu 6.2.5.1 Information on measurement range Info.. Range.. Multi-channel unit: Select the component in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. This menu displays information on the range for the selected channel. MinRange MaxRange SpanRange 400 ppm 1000 ppm 110 % These two lines display the measuring ranges to be used for output zooming without operating the unit outside its specifications ( 6.2.3.4.1.2, page 6-34). Displays the maximum permitted span gas factor for the upper range value ( chapter 7, Calibration procedures). Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to select a different channel. 6-62 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Info menu 6.2.5.2 Installed options Info.. Installed Options.. Installed Options Valves Int+Ext COM-Interf Yes Pump Yes Page 1 Pressure More.. No Internal Software Menus DigitalIO These pages display information about the options installed in the unit. To edit the parameters, the entries in the SETUP menus must be used ( 6.2.3.5, page 6-43). 6.2.5.2.1 6 More information 6.2.5.2.1 below Page 2 Installed options, more information Info.. Installed Options.. More.. Multi-channel unit: Select another component in the SELECT COMPONENT menu to see the options for this channel. FlowSensor TempSensor 1+2 Temp-1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-63 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 6.2 Menu System - Info menu 6.2.5.3 Factory settings Info.. Factory settings.. This menu is not for users’ information, but enables basic settings to be edited. Changing any of the parameters in this menu can result in incorrect results being displayed; in the worst case, the unit may cease to function. For this reason, access to this level is protected with a level 4 code and granted only to specially trained personnel. The code for access level 4 must be entered to gain access to this menu. 6-64 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Chapter 7 Maintenance and other Procedures 7.1 Introduction This chapter gives instructions not only for maintenance procedures, but also covers several procedures useful for proper operating the instruments. Maintenance & Procedures Maintenance carried out on a regular basis ensures long-term efficiency of your EMERSON Process Management gas analyzer! For more detailled information about how to: General maintenance information 7.2, page 7-2 Perform a leak test 7.3, page 7-4 Perform a calibration 7.4, page 7-5 Replacing Worn Out sensors 7.5, page 7-43 Clean the instrument´s outside 7.6, page 7-54 Backup / restore configuration data sets Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7.7, page 7-55 7 7-1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.2 General Maintenance Information 7.2 General Maintenance Information Intervals given in the following tables are based on standard operating conditions (ambient temperatures +10 ... +40 °C / +50 ... +104 °F; temperature changes < 10 K /hr). Try cleaning contaminated components. Replace components showing corrosion, or not passing inspections or tests! Maintenance intervals must be shortened for differing operating conditions, and if aggressive gases are supplied. Take care of special maintenance instructions in separate manuals for accessories or safety equipment, e.g. flame arrestors, infallible containments, etc. If applicable, consider the manual addendums for instruments for hazardous areas! Visual Inspections Component Tubing, flexible Tubing, stainless steel (SS) Pressure sensor, pressure switch, Flowmeter Pump Valve block Flame arrestors Field housings (IP 66 / NEMA 4X) Field housings stopping plugs Field housings cable glands 7-2 Interval Leakage, embrittlement, contamination Corrosion, contamination Corrosion, leakage Fixed screws, swing free to move Corrosion, leakage Corrosion, damages, firmly seated Corrosion, damages on enclosure and gaskets Firmly seated Firmly seated Once a year Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.2 General Maintenance Information Tests Capillars Flame arrestors Infallible containments RAW measuring values Leak Test Once a year After 5,000 hrs of operation (=208 days, if continuously operating) Pressure drop Once a year See instructions in separate maPressure drop nual See instructions in separate maSeveral nual Verify counts for zero Monthly, then quarterly Acceptable values: gases (decreasing counts photometer quotient: 1.0 ± 0.1 may indicate conta- NO, N2O quotient: 1.0 ± 0.2 mination of optical pO2, eO2, TC: 0 ± 100,000 counts components) (for zero gas N2) Leak Test Replace Components Regularly Component Interval Depending on output signal (see details later in this secElectrochemical oxygen cell tion) Filter, internal Once a year, at least when contaminated Filter, external Several times a year, depending on process conditions Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-3 Maintenance & Procedures Pump diaphragm Interval 7 Component Tubing, flexible Pressure sensor, pressure switch Valve block Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.3 Performing a Leak Test 7.3 Performing a Leak Test To achieve best and proper measuring results you must ensure the gas path system does not have leaks. The following procedure describes how to perform a leak test with focus on the instrument. The gas path system should be leak tested at least on a bimonthly basis and after maintenance, replacement or repair of gas path parts. Note! It is recommended to include external equipment (e.g. cooler, dust filters, etc.) into a leak test! HAZARD FROM GASES Before opening gas paths they must be purged with ambient air or neutral gas (N2) to avoid hazards caused by toxic, flammable, explosive or harmful to health sample gas components! Analyzer Required tools • U-turn manometer for max. 1.45 psi (100 mbar) • Stop valve Procedure • Connect the water filled u-turn manometer to the analyzer‘s sample gas output (disconnect external gas lines). • Install the stop valve between gas input fitting and a Nitrogen (N2) supply. • Open the stop valve until the internal gas path is under pressure of approx. 0.725 psi/50 mbar (corresponding to 19.7 inch/500 mm water column) • Close the stop valve. After a short time for the water to balance, the water level must not change over a time period of approx. 5 minutes! 7-4 overpressure approx. 0.725 psi / 50 mbar stop valve Water Fig. 7-1: Leak Testing With U-Turn Manometer Max. pressure 7.25 psig (500 mbar)! Multi channel instruments: Analyzers with parallel tubing require separate leak tests for each gas path ! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4 Calibration Procedures 7.4 Calibration Procedures Span calibration Supply span gases with concentrations of 80 % to 110 % of the upper measuring range limit to the gas path. Using lower concentrations may decrease accuracy when measuring above the span gas concentration! If the Oxygen concentration is known, ambient air may be used for an Oxygen channel span calibration. X-STREAM gas analyzers support several calibration procedures: Manual calibration Typically a calibration procedure is carried out manually by supplying the gases sequentially by hand and activating the procedures via front panel keys.The operator has to take care to consider purge times and supply the proper gases in correct order. It is the operators responsibility to not perform a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration! Remote calibration Remote calibrations may be activated by means of digital inputs or Modbus commands. Calibrations activated via digital inputs require either internal or external valves to be installed. Modbus supports both calibrations with or without valves as well as calibration sequences. Unattended automatic calibration Unattended automatic calibrations are activated utilizing the analyzer software time interval setting: After a specified time interval has elapsed, the analyzer automatically carries out valve supported zero or span calibrations. The main advantage is that no user interaction is required to start a calibration or during calibrations: The analyzer automatically supplies the right gas, considers purge times and, that a span calibration has to be preceded by a zero calibration. Advanced calibration Advanced calibration is a more comfortable variation of manual calibration, providing ONE KEY calibrations supported by internal and/ Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Maintenance & Procedures Zero calibration To perform a zero calibration supply either Nitrogen (N2) or another suitable zero gas [conditioned ambient air or industrial air (NOT for Oxygen measurement!)] to the gas path. or external valves. The analyzer automatically supplies the right gas and considers purge times. 7 Note! To achieve best and proper measuring results it is recommended to perform zero and span calibrations on a regular weekly basis. Also a zero calibration must always precede a span calibration! 7-5 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations OPERATION AT LOW TEMPERATURES When operating an instrument at temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F), do NOT apply gas nor operate the internal pump before the warmup time has elapsed! Violation may result in condensation inside the gas paths or damaged pump diaphragm! Do NOT calibrate the TRACE OXYGEN sensor (tO2) without prior reading the instructions! Together with each sensor an installation manual is shipped, also giving comprehensive calibration information. Read these information prior intending to activate calibration procedures! Do NOT calibrate the TRACE MOISTURE sensor! The sensor is completely calibrated with all calibration data stored in its flash memory and does not require recalibration: If the sensor is included into a calibration procedure, it might end up with a wrong calibration and unusable sensor. Therefore the analyzer's trace moisture measurement channel has to be excluded from any autocalibration procedures! You have to care for not calibrating the trace moisture sensor each time a calibration is performed! For proper measurement results we recommend to exchange the sensor regularly after 12 months of operation. For instructions on how to exchange, X-STREAM X2 instruction manual Before performing any actions, make sure the required calibration gas is applied and flowing! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow and pressure as the sample gas (recommended: approx. 1 l/min), and utilizing the correct gas fitting. Ensure the warm-up time after switching on has elapsed! Warm-up time depends on installed measuring system and configuration, measurement specifications in chapter 3! 7-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations Before starting calibrations it is required to tell the instrument the calibration gas concentrations. Setup.. Calibration.. Calibration gases.. Starting from the measurement screen press the DOWN key to open the MAIN MENU, enter the SETUP-CALIBRATION.. menu and directly enter the CALIBRATION GASES.. menu. Enter the concentration value for the zero gas to be used during zero calibration. ZeroGas: SpanGas: Enter the concentration value for the span gas to be used during span calibration. 0.0 ppm 500.0 ppm Note! The units for the calibration gases are taken from the related entry in the display setup menu. Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to change the settings for a different channel. When done, press the  key to return to the CALIBRATION menu. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-7 7 Calibration gases Maintenance & Procedures Multi-channel unit: Select the channel to be calibrated in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations Calibration gases... Tol.Check: Off Hold on cal: On Purge time: 15 s Example: Measuring range: 0 ... 50 % Zero gas: 0 % Span gas: 50 % Situation: Due to a fault zero gas is supplied to carry out a span calibration, instead of span gas. Tolerance check disabled (Off): The analyzer calibrates the span with the wrong gas resulting in an analyzer out of tune. Tolerance check enabled (10%; AutoOff): Starting a span calibration with zero gas connected instead of span gas, the analyzer gives an error message and stops calibrating because the measured (expected span gas) value differs more than 10 % from the upper measuring range limit. Note! Unacknowledged maintenance requests are stored even if the instrument is switched off and on again! In addition: If, for example, a calibration was aborted because of a tolerance check, the maintenance request is active. If the operator 7-8 By default the option "Tol.Check" (tolerance check) is disabled (Off). So tolerance check helps avoiding calibrating with a wrong gas applied (e.g. starting a span calibration while zero gas is flowing) resulting in an instrument out of tune (see example to the left side). With tolerance check enabled (10%) during calibration the analyzer checks that the entered (setpoint) values for zero gas and span gas are reasonable compared to the currently flowing calibration gas. If this gas concentration differs more than 10 % of measuring range from zero gas (during zero calibration) or span gas setup (during span calibration), calibration is aborted and a maintenance request alarm is set (LED and optional relay output). Resetting the alarm requires to perform a valid calibration or to confirm it within the CONTROL - ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS.. screen. The 3rd option (AutoOff) has the same functionality as 10% except that the maintenance request is reset after 2-3 minutes. There are still situations when tolerance check must be disabled, e.g. when calibrating after changing the span gas concentration. In this cases select Off. does not acknowledge the request and performs a new calibration, now with disabled tolerance check, the earlier maintenance request is stored and re-activated again, when the tolerance check is enabled somewhere in the future! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations Calibration gases... Tol.Check: Off Hold on cal: On Purge time: 15 s Note! The last line ("purge time") shows up only if the valve option is other than none (see INSTALLED OPTIONS menu) and is used for advanced, remote and unattended calibrations only ( 7.3.1.1.4, page 7-14). 7 Maintenance & Procedures If you do not intend to carry out valve supported calibrations, continue with 7.3.2, page 7-15. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-9 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations 7.4.1.1 Valve Assignment for Valve Supported Calibrations As described earlier, several calibration procedures require installed internal and/or external valves. In addition this requires all requested calibration gases to be connected to the valves and the valves to be software assigned to the gases. Why is assigning valves required? For such calibrations the analyzer controls the gas flow and therefore needs to "know" about the different valve functions - this is done by valve assignment. In addition variable valve assignment allows to use one valve for different functions. Example: • Dual channel analyzer for measuring CO and CO2. • Spangases are CO and CO2, zero gas for both channels is N2. Without variable assignment one would need to zero span channel 1 separately from channel 2. Taking into account the purge times before a calibration calculation starts, to ensure the measuring cells are filled with calibration gas, the whole procedure would take a quite long time. With variable valve assignment the operator can specify e.g. the valve V1 to be the zero gas valve for channel 1 AND channel 2. Now, when starting a zero calibration, the analyzer calculates the zero values for both channels at a time! purge times Zero spanning with fixed assignment ch1 Zero spanning with variable assignment ch1 & ch2 ch1 ch1 & ch2 calibration ch1 ch2 ch1 & ch2 ch2 ch2 improvement in time timeline Fig. 7-2: 7-10 Calibration Improvement by Variable Valve Assignments Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations Open the SETUP - INSTALLED OPTIONS.. menu and check the first line ("Valves:") Valves: Internal COM-Interf: Yes Pump: Yes Flow monitor: Yes If this menu (as the example to the left) shows there are internal valves installed, open the INTSHS menu ( 7.3.1.1.1, page 7-10) to assign valves. Valves: External COM-Interf: Yes Pump: Yes Flow monitor: Yes If the menu (as the example to the left) shows there are external valves installed, open the DIGITAL OUTPUTS menu ( 7.3.1.1.2 page 7-12) to assign valves. Valves: Int+Ext COM-Interf: Yes Pump: Yes Flow monitor: Yes If the menu (as the example to the left) shows there are internal and external valves installed, valve assignment has to be done utilizing both, the INTSHS ( 7.3.1.1.1 page 7-10) and the DIGITAL OUTPUTS menu ( 7.3.1.1.2 page 7-12). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-11 7 Setup.. Installed Options.. Maintenance & Procedures Before starting to assign valves to gases and channels, you need to check what type of valves is used (external or internal): Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations 7.4.1.1.1 Internal Valve Assignment If your analyzer provides internal valves, at first open the SETUP - IN/OUTPUTS - INTSHS menu to assign the valves to the gas inlets: Setup.. In/Outputs.. IntSHS.. The IntSHS menu allows to configure the optional internal valves for routing gas. Gas1: Sample Gas2: V1 Gas3: V3 Gas4: Off Page 1 Gas5: Off Gas6: V2 Gas7: Off Gas8: Off Page 2 7-12 Each available analyzer gas inlet ("Gas 1 ... Gas 8") with a valve connected is assigned a virtual valve label (V1...V8, Sample). (If the components have been installed in the factory, the configuration is already setup). Notes! Depending on the analyzer model, 1 or 2 valve blocks with up to 4 or 8 valves can be installed. The number of available gas connections depends on the analyzer model and varies from 4 to 8. If already factory setup, changing the configuration could result in inproper operation! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations The exemplary settings on the previous page could relate to the following analyzer configuration: virtual valve label Sample V1 valve block outlet to measuring cell V3 tu bi V2 ng s Fig. 7-3: Internal Valves Assignments The next step is to assign the internal valves to the channels. If there are no external valves to be controlled by your analyzer, continue with 7.3.1.1.3 page 7-13. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-13 7 gas fittings at analyzer rear side Maintenance & Procedures internal valve block Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations 7.4.1.1.2 External Valve to Digital Output Assignment Setup.. In/Outputs.. DigitalOutputs.. Output1: Failure Output2: MaintRequ Output3: OffSpec Output4: FctCheck Page 1 Output5: Sample Output6: V1 Output7: V2 Output8: V3 Page 2 If your analyzer has to control external valves, at first check if all valves required for calibration are connected to digital outputs. Then open the SETUP - IN/OUTPUTS DIGITALOUTPUTS menu to software assign the valves to the outputs: This menu configures the digital outputs: All outputs (default and optional) support the same range of signals/functions. "Outputs 1-4" are available in every unit and by default setup to provide NAMUR signals (see figures to the left). Further pages are indicated by a down arrow (   ) only when at least one extension card (outputs 5 - 13) is installed "Outputs 5 - 13" are present on the first extension card (outputs 9 to 13 on menu pages 3 & 4 not shown in this example). Note! Depending on the analyzer model, 1 or 2 Digital I/O extension cards can be installed. The next step is to assign the valves to the channels: Continue with 7.3.1.1.3 page 7-13. 7-14 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations 7.4.1.1.3 Calibration Valve Assignment For each channel a valve has to be assigned zero gas valve or span gas valve, whereat the valves can be freely assigned to any channel. This includes: • selecting the same combination for all channels To do so, enter the SETUP - CALIBRATION VALVE ASSIGNMENT menu: Multi-channel unit: Select the component to be set in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Configure the valves to be used for the selected channel. Valve assignment Zerogas: Spangas: V1 V2 Note! Entries in this lines are not checked to be proper: The user has to ensure not to configure a valve that has not been installed! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Available options: V1 ... V8 Multi-channel unit: Press the  key to enter the SELECT COMPONENT menu to change the settings for a different channel. 7-15 7 Setup.. Calibration.. Valve assignment.. • selecting combinations where one valve has different functions for several channels, e.g. the channel 1 zero valve is the channel 2 span valve. Depending on the gases used, this may allow higher calibration performance. Maintenance & Procedures • selecting combinations where one valve has the same function for several channels Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations 7.4.1.1.4 Purge Time Setup Setup.. Calibration.. Calibration gases... Tol.Check: Off Hold on cal: On Purge time: 15 s Last but not least valve supported calibration procedures require a purge time to be specified: When gas flow is controlled by internal or external valves, these allow the appropriate calibration gas to flow into the unit as soon as the calibration procedure is started. Due to the limited gas flow and the distance between valves and measuring cell, some time is required before the measuring cell is filled with the calibration gas: this is the purge time, which is to be entered here. If the calibration is started earlier, the gas lines will still contain other components and the calibration will be inaccurate. The operator has to enter this purge time for his specific system into the related line in this menu. Note! Regardless of how many valves are installed, only one single purge time can be specified! Enter the longest time applicable to any of the installed valves! 7-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4 Calibration Procedures From the table below, in the first column select your preferred the calibration procedure, and notice the information in the columns aside. Type of Procedure Manual calibration Menu Page (CONTROL - ) ZERO CALIBRATION... SPAN CALIBRATION... Valves Simultaneously More Information Calibrated Channels optional single channel page 7-18 required all channels page 7-21 ADV.CALIBRATION - ZEROALL! Advanced calibration ADV.CALIBRATION - SPANALL! Remote calibration n.a. (via Modbus or Dig IN) recommended all channels page 7-32 Unattended calibration n.a. (via interval time) required all channels page 7-37 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7 ADV.CALIBRATION - ZSCALALL! Maintenance & Procedures Proper configuration and performing of calibrations is essential to keep the functionality of your analyzer. Therefore, to avoid miscalibrations, several menus can be locked by access codes. Descriptions in subsequent sections do not care about locking of menus. Information about locking menus are provided in chapter 6. 7-17 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.2 Manual Calibration 7.4.2 Manual Calibration Control.. Zero calibration.. Span calibration.. Adv.Calibration.. Apply gas.. Starting from the measurement screen press the DOWN key to open the MAIN MENU and enter the CONTROL.. menu. To start a zero calibration select the first line: 7.4.2.1 Manual Zero Calibration Multi-channel unit: Select the channel to be calibrated in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gas is applied and flowing! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow as the sample gas (recommeded approx. 1 l/ min), pressureless and utilizing the right gas fitting ( 3.4). Ensure the warm-up time after switching on has elapsed! Warm-up time is 15 to 50 minutes depending on installed measuring system and configuration! CANCEL calibration! START calibration! ZeroGas 0.000 ppm CO2.1 0.200 ppm 7-18 The first line gives you the choice to cancel the procedure now. Select the second line to start the calibration. Line 3 shows the calibration gas setup (here: required zero gas concentration is 0.000 ppm), while line 4 shows the currently measured gas concentration. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.2 Manual Calibration 7.4.2.2 Manual Span Calibration CANCEL calibration! START calibration! SpanGas 20.000 ppm CO2.1 16.200 ppm Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG When finished press the LEFT key two times to return to either the SELECT COMPONENT menu (multi channel analyzer only), select another channel to perform the steps described above to zero calibrate this channel, too, or the CONTROL.. menu, which allows you to start a span calibration. The procedure and screens look similiar to those of a zero calibration: Select SPAN CALIBRATION... Multi-channel unit: Select the channel to be calibrated in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gas is applied and flowing! The first line gives you the choice to immediately cancel the procedure. Select the second line to start the calibration. Line 3 shows the calibration gas setup (here: required span gas concentration is 20 ppm), while line 4 shows the currently measured gas concentration. 7-19 Maintenance & Procedures ZeroGas 0.500 ppm Zeroing 10 s 7 Gasflow CO2.1 Procedure Time After having started the calibration, watch the screen for information about the status: The first lines shows the gas (channel) to be calibrated as well as the currently measured concentration (after zero calibration this value should be set to "0"). The line "Procedure" shows what's currently happening (Zeroing = calibration ongoing; Purging = waiting for measuring system to be filled with currently flowing gas; None = calibration finished), while the last line shows the remaining time till end of calibration (countdown starting from 40 seconds). Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.2 Manual Calibration Gasflow SpanGas CO2.1 20.000 ppm Procedure Spanning Time 10 s After having started the calibration watch the screen for status information: The display shows the currently flowing gas, the gas (channel) to be calibrated as well as the currently measured concentration (after span calibration it should be set to the expected value) and a countdown for the current procedure: The line "Procedure" shows what's currently happening (Spanning = calibration ongoing; Purging = waiting for measuring system to be filled with currently flowing gas; None = calibration finished), while the last line shows the remaining time till end of calibration (countdown starting from 40 seconds). When finished, either press the LEFT key two times to return to the SELECT COMPONENT menu (multi channel analyzer only), select another channel and perform the steps described above to zero calibrate this channel, too, or the HOME key to return to the measurement screen to finish with manual calibration procedures. 7-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration Standard manual calibration procedures offer limited funtionality: To zero and span calibrate a multi channel instrument the operator has to manually start 4 procedures in proper sequence. In addition he has to stay at the instrument to see when the one sequence has finished and to start the following. The same is applicable for a single channel instrument, when the operator wants to perform both zero and span calibrations. (Although advanced calibration offers most advantages for multi channel instruments, it may be used for single channel analyzers as well, that is to activate zero and span calibration for the one channel by a single key press.) The only precondition for making use of this new feature is to have internal and/or external valves installed and properly assigned ( 7.3.1.1, page 7.7.. 7 Maintenance & Procedures To improve even manual calibration procedures, X-STREAM analyzers offer a new ADVANCED CALIBRATION menu: It allows single key activation for • zero calibration of all channels of an analyzer • span calibration of all channels of an analyzer • zero and span calibration of all channels of an analyzer For a description of how to perform all channel zero calibrations 7.4.3.1, page 7-22 all channel span calibrations 7.4.3.2, page 7-25 all channel zero & span calibrations Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7.4.3.3, page 7-28 7-21 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration 7.4.3.1 Zero All Calibration Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gas is applied! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow as the sample gas (recommeded approx. 1 l/min), pressureless and utilizing the right gas fitting ( sect. 3.4). Make sure the purge time is set to a value ensuring the measuring cell is filled properly with the related calibration gas after the valve has opened! Ensure the warmup time after switching on has elapsed! Warmup time is 15 to 50 minutes depending on installed measuring system and configuration! Control.. Adv. Calibration.. Cancel calibration! ZeroAll! SpanAll! ZeroSpanAll! 7-22 Starting from the measurement screen press the DOWN key to open the MAIN MENU and enter the CONTROL - ADV.CALIBRATION menu. To start a ZERO calibration for ALL channels select the second line. Note! Single channel analyzers show the same menu, with the restriction, that the term "ALL" relates to the single channel only! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration start zero all procedure select channel 1 Maintenance & Procedures select all channels with the same zero gas valve assigned zero all channels with the current zero gas valve assigned Yes END 7 is current channel the last channel? No increase channel no. by 1 Yes Fig. 7-4: is this channel already zeroed? No Zero All Calibration Procedure Flow Chart Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-23 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration The analyzer immediately begins zero calibration(s). Watch the screen for status information (in the following explained by means of exemplary figures). Gasflow Procedure Time Gasflow V4 Purging 10 s V4 Procedure Time Zeroing 38 s Gasflow CO2.1 Procedure Time Sample 0.000 ppm Purging 10 s The procedure starts showing the screen to the left, indicating that valve V4 is open. Currently the system is purged (prepurge) to ensure it is properly filled with zero gas when zero calculation starts. Here the remaining purge time is 10 seconds (decreasing from the value entered in the calibration setup screen, page 7-14). When the prepurge time has elapsed, the instrument starts to calculate the zero point (indicated by the term Zeroing): Zero gas is still applied, the count down starts at 40 s. Note! Multi channel instruments zeroing more than 1 channel at a time, show "Zeroing" in the procedure line while calibration is ongoing. To see which channels are currently calibrated, see the status line in the measuring screen. After zero calibration has finished, the instrument closes the zero gas valve and opens the sample gas valve. Now a postpurge procedure starts to indicate that proper sample gas measurement values require the system to be filled with the related gas only. Postpurge time is purge time plus 2x damping time as entered in the calibration setup ( page 7-14) and measurement setup ( page 6-29). The zero calibration procedure has finished when the last time interval shows remaining 0 seconds and the gas flow is sample. Now press either the LEFT key to return to the advanced calibration menu to select another calibration procedure or the HOME key to return to the measuring screen. 7-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration Control.. Adv. Calibration.. Cancel calibration! ZeroAll! SpanAll! ZeroSpanAll! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Starting from the measurement screen press the DOWN key to open the MAIN MENU and enter the CONTROL - ADV.CALIBRATION menu. To start a SPAN calibration for ALL channels select the third line. Note! Single channel analyzers show the same menu, with the restriction, that the term "ALL" relates to the single channel only! 7-25 7 Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gas is applied! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow as the sample gas (recommeded approx. 1 l/min), pressureless and utilizing the right gas fitting ( sect. 3.4). Make sure the purge time is set to a value ensuring the measuring cell is filled properly with the related calibration gas after the valve has opened! Ensure the warmup time after switching on has elapsed! Warmup time is 15 to 50 minutes depending on installed measuring system and configuration! Maintenance & Procedures 7.4.3.2 Span All Calibrations Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration start span all procedure select channel 1 select all channels with the same span gas valve assigned span all channels with the current span gas valve assigned is current channel last channel? Yes END No increase channel no. by 1 Yes Fig. 7-5: 7-26 is this channel already spanned? No Span All Calibration Procedure Flow Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration Procedure Time Gasflow V4 Purging 10 s V4 Procedure Time Spanning 38 s Gasflow CO2.1 Procedure Time Sample 0.000 ppm Purging 10 s Now press either the LEFT key to return to the advanced calibration menu to select another calibration procedure or the HOME key to return to the measuring screen. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-27 7 Gasflow The procedure starts showing the screen to the left, indicating that valve V4 is open. Currently the system is purged (prepurge) to ensure it is properly filled with span gas when span calculation starts. Here the remaining purge time is 10 seconds (decreasing from the value entered in the calibration setup screen, page 7-14). When the prepurge time has elapsed, the instrument starts to calculate the span point (indicated by the term Spanning): Span gas is still applied, the count down starts at 40 s. Note! Multi channel instruments spanning more than 1 channel at a time, show Spanning in the "procedure" line while calibration is ongoing. To see which channels are currently calibrated, see the status line in the measuring screen. After span calibration has finished, the instrument closes the span gas valve and opens the sample gas valve. Now a postpurge procedure starts to indicate that proper sample gas measurement values require the system to be filled with the related gas only. Postpurge time is purge time plus 2x damping time as entered in the calibration setup ( page 7-14) and measurement setup ( page 6-29). The span calibration procedure has finished when the last time interval shows remaining 0 seconds and the gas flow is sample. Maintenance & Procedures The analyzer immediately begins span calibration(s). Watch the screen for status information (in the following explained by means of exemplary figures). Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration 7.4.3.3 Zero & Span All Calibration Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gas is applied! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow as the sample gas (recommeded approx. 1 l/min), pressureless and utilizing the right gas fitting (see sect. 3-4). Make sure the calibration purge time is set to a value ensuring the measuring cell is filled properly with the related calibration gas after the valve has opened! Ensure the warmup time after switching on has elapsed! Warmup time is 15 to 50 minutes depending on installed measuring system and configuration! Control.. Adv. Calibration.. Cancel calibration! ZeroAll! SpanAll! ZeroSpanAll! 7-28 Starting from the measurement screen press the DOWN key to open the MAIN MENU and enter the CONTROL - ADV.CALIBRATION menu. To start a ZERO & SPAN calibration for ALL channels select the last line. Note! Single channel analyzers show the same menu, with the restriction, that the term "ALL" relates to the single channel only! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 start span all procedure select channel 1 select channel 1 select all channels with the same zero gas valve assigned select all channels with the same span gas valve assigned zero all channels with the current zero gas valve assigned span all channels with the current span gas valve assigned is current channel the last channel? Yes Fig. 7-6: is current channel last channel? Yes No No increase channel no. by 1 increase channel no. by 1 is this channel already zeroed? No Yes is this channel already spanned? Yes END 7 start zero all procedure Maintenance & Procedures 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration No Zero Span All Calibration Procedure Flow Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-29 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration This procedure is just a combination of the two described before: At the beginning all channels are zeroed and then all channels are spanned: Watch the screen for status information (in the following explained by means of exemplary figures; valve designators for example only). Gasflow Procedure Time Gasflow Procedure Time V4 Purging 10 s V4 Zeroing 29 s The first screen appearing shows that valve V4 is open. Currently the system is purged (prepurge) to ensure it is properly filled with span gas when span calculation is started. Here the remaining purge time is 10 seconds (decreasing from the value entered in the calibration setup screen, page 7-14). When the prepurge time has elapsed, the instrument starts to calculate the zero point (here indicated by the procedure term Zeroing) for all channels with the same zero gas valve assigned: Zero gas is still applied, the time count down starts at 40 s. Note! Multi channel instruments zeroing more than 1 channel at a time, show Zeroing in the procedure line while calibration is ongoing. To see which channels are currently calibrated, see the status line in the measuring screen. Now the instrument is checked for additional channels not yet zero calibrated and if there are any, the procedure begins again with the first step as described at the top of this page, now with another valve (zero gas). Once all channels are zero calibrated, automatically a span calibrate all channels procedure is started: 7-30 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration Gasflow Procedure Time Gasflow CO2.1 Procedure Time Purging 10 s V2 Spanning 38 s Sample 0.000 ppm Purging 10 s When the prepurge time has elapsed, the instrument starts to calculate the span point (indicated by the term Spanning): Span gas is still applied, the count down starts at 40 s. Note! Multi channel instruments spanning more than 1 channel at a time, show Spanning in the procedure line while calibration is ongoing. To see which channels are currently calibrated, see the status line in the measuring screen. After this calibration has finished, the instrument is checked for additional channels not yet span calibrated and if there are any, the procedure starts again with the first step as described at the top of this page, now with another span gas valve. After span calibrations have finished, the instrument closes all span gas valves and opens the sample gas valve. Now a postpurge procedure starts to indicate that proper sample gas measurement values require the system to be filled with the related gas only. Postpurge time is purge time plus 2x damping time as entered in the calibration setup ( page 7-14) and measurement setup ( page 6-29). The span calibration procedure has finished when the last time interval shows remaining 0 seconds and the gas flow is sample. Now press the HOME key to return to the measuring screen. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-31 Maintenance & Procedures Procedure Time V2 7 Gasflow The procedure starts showing the screen to the left, indicating that valve V2 is open. Currently the system is purged (prepurge) to ensure it is properly filled with span gas when span calculation starts. Here the remaining purge time is 10 seconds (decreasing from the value entered in the calibration setup screen, page 7-14). Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.4 Remote Calibrations 7.4.4 Remote Calibration Remote calibrations may be initialized by digital inputs or Modbus commands, whereas both offer different functionalities: Remote calibration via digital inputs (option) is feasible only in combination with internal or external valves and is limited to 3 procedures, to be assigned to any digital input: Zero calibrate all channels (ZeroAll), span calibrate all channels (SpanAll) and zero & span calibrate all channels (ZSCalAll). Note! By activating span calibrations, it is the operators responsibility to not perform a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration! The Modbus interface offers more variability in performing calibrations: • Calibration without valves: The Modbus command initializes the procedure within the analyzer, but the operator has to take care that the gases are supplied in proper order, has to consider purge times as well as the condition to not perform a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration. So, in this configuration Modbus may be used e.g. together with an external sample handling system that controls the gas flow. • Calibration with valves: Installed and assigned valves ( 7.3.1.1, page 7-19) support two different variations of how to perform calibrations: 1. Perform single calibrations The Modbus command initializes single procedures (zero or span calibrations). The analyzers controls gas supply and purge times while it is the operators responsibility to not activate a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration! 2. Special calibration procedures: • Zero calibrate all channels • Span calibrate all channels • Zero & span calibrate all channel. Initialized by the Modbus command the analyzer performs above mentioned procedures and controls gas supply, purge times and (for the last given procedure only) performs a zero calibration for all channels before activating span calibrations. For detailled descriptions on how to perform calibrations initialized via digital inputs 7.4.4.1, page 7-30 calibrations initialized via Modbus, without valves 7.4.4.2, page 7-32 7.4.4.3, page 7-33 7-32 calibrations initialized via Modbus, with valves Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.4 Remote Calibrations 7.4.4.1 Calibrations Initialized Via Digital Inputs As already mentioned, the analyzer must either provide internal valves or external valves ( connected to its digital outputs), to make use of this feature. Chapter 4 for information about electrical data and installation of digital inputs and outputs. Assigned Function Cancel Calibration 1) ZeroAll SpanAll Trigger Mode Priority Class edge triggered I level triggered II level triggered (none) ZSCalAll V1 ... V8, sample 2) Pump 3) Zoom1 ... Zoom4 Priority inside Class "Cancel Calibration" has the highest priority within this class. For the other function applies: Whichever signal is applied first activates the related function "V1" has highest priority, decreasing to "sample" with lowest priority these signals may be applied in parallel to all other signals, including those of other priority classes 1) 2) 3) see paragraphs below Signals of priority class I are of higher priority as the signals of class II: if any valve is activated by a digital input, the moment a calibration is started by another digital input, this input (better: the related procedure) takes control of the valves. Beside this, there are some more conditions to observe (see notes in table 7-3): 1) "Cancel Calibration" has an effect on ongoing calibrations only: Applying a signal without a calibration ongoing does not work as an inhibit signal for future calibration signals. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7 Tab. 7-1: Digital Inputs Priorities Maintenance & Procedures Depending on the assigned function, digital inputs are either edged triggered or level triggered and have different priority classes: 2) The sample valve is activated, if no other valve (V1 ... V8) is activated, AND • the sample valve is NOT assigned a digital input (auto ON) OR • the sample valve is assigned a digital input and this input is activated. 3) If a digital input is assigned to Pump, this pump is controlled by this digital input ONLY, not any longer by the software menu. If ALL valves are closed, the pump is always switched off automatically, regardless of how it is controlled. 7-33 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.4 Remote Calibrations In the following configuration input IN1 starts a ZeroAll calibration, IN2 a SpanAll calibration and IN3 is assigned "Cancel Calibration". The related procedure is initialized by a rising edge, subsequently followed by a signal with a duration of at minimum 2 seconds. for at minimum 1 second, after the ongoing procedure has finished. Multiple triggers applied to several calibration related inputs at the same time are evaluated in relation to their order of application: The first signal applied is the first one evaluated. Additional triggers applied to any inputs during an ongoing calibration are considered only, if the subsequent signal is still applied IN1 Procedure ZeroAll IN2 Procedure SpanAll IN3 Cancel Calibration Example 1: Signal A starts a ZeroAll calibration Signal B is applied during the ongoing ZeroAll calibration. It ends more than 1 sec after the calibration is finished, so the related SpanAll calibration is initialized. Example 2: Signal C initializes a SpanAll calibration. Signal F is applied during the ongoing procedure and cancels it after the minimum 2 seconds duration. Fig. 7-7: 7-34 Digital Inputs - Initializing Calibrations Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.4 Remote Calibrations 7.4.4.2 Modbus Activated Calibrations Without Valves Several Modbus commands allow to start calibrations ( Chapter 9, List of Modbus Commands). If the analyzer does neither provide internal valves nor digital inputs and outputs (for controlling external valves), then the procedure corresponds to the manual calibration, with the Modbus commands replacing the manual front panel button keypresses. Maintenance & Procedures This means, the Modbus command immediately starts the calculation. The operator has to ensure in this moment, the proper gas is applied and the measuring system is filled with calibration gas. If applicable, he also has to take care to not activate a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration. 7 For detailled instructions about manual calibration 7.3.2, page 7-15. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-35 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.4 Remote Calibrations 7.4.4.3 Modbus Activated Calibrations With Valves Several Modbus commands allow to start calibrations ( Chapter 9, List of Modbus Commands). If the analyzer provides either internal valves or digital inputs and outputs (for controlling external valves), then Modbus commands allow to make use of all the options described in section 7.3.3 "Advanced Calibration" (page 7-18), with the Modbus commands replacing the manual front panel button keypresses. This means, Modbus commands can initialize • Zero calibrate all channels • Span calibrate all channels • Zero and span calibrate all channels. The analyzer controls the gas flow, if applicable optimizes the sequence of multiple calibrations and takes care to not activate a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration. 7-36 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.5 Unattended Automatic Calibration Unattended Automatic Calibration The unattended automatic calibration feature allows to program the analyzer to automatically perform valve supported calibration procedures without the need of digital inputs or Modbus interface connections. Compared to the procedures described in the section before (advanced calibration) there are only very limited options, comparable to the manual calibration procedures: The operator has the simple choice of programming zero, or zero and span calibration intervals. The main features compared to single autocalibrations as described in sections 7-22 and 7-25 are: 1) the time, a calibration starts is defined by an interval time, 2) starting and processing calibrations does not need operator interaction    3) for span calibrations the analyzer considers the requirement that always a zero calibration has to be carried out first, Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gases are applied, and valves are assigned properly! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow as the sample gas (recommeded approx. 1 l/min), pressureless and utilizing the right gas fittings ( sect. 3.4). Make sure the calibration purge time is set to a value ensuring the measuring cell is filled properly with the related calibration gas after the valve has opened! Ensure the warm-up time after switching on has elapsed! Warm-up time is 15 to 50 minutes depending on installed measuring system and configuration! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7 4) (multi channel instruments only): Every time an unattended calibration is started, it is carried out for all channels! Maintenance & Procedures 7.4.5 7-37 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.5 Unattended Automatic Calibration Within the SETUP CALIBRATION menu the INTERVAL TIME.. line opens the following screen: Setup.. Calibration.. Interval time.. Interval time ZeroAll: 5 h ZSCalAll: 5 h AutoCal in.. Two time intervals may be entered: ZeroAll: This entry specifies intervals for zero calibrations only! If there is an entry for the ZSCalAll too, the instrument will carry out additional zero calibrations based on the ZSCalAll interval. ZSCalAll: This is the interval to elapse before the analyzer automatically starts a complete calibration procedure consisting of a zero calibration followed by a span calibration. Entering 0 disables the related calibration procedure. Setup the time intervals depending on your applicational needs. By default, the time interval countdown starts when a value is entered. If you want to start the first calibration earlier than the interval specified, enter the menu AUTOCAL IN. Settings Diagram ZeroAll: T1 ZSCalAll: 0 ZeroAll: 0 ZSCalAll: T2 ZeroAll: T1 ZSCalAll: T2 Fig. 7-8: 7-38 Description Zero calibrations only; time interval T1 Span calibrations preceded by zero calibrations; time interval T2 Span calibrations, preceded by zero calibrations (time interval T2), and additional zero calibrations (time interval T1) Graphical Explanation of Interval Time Settings Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.5 Unattended Automatic Calibration At first the AUTOCAL IN.. menu serves as an information menu, showing the remaining time till the next calibration procedures are started. The countdowns start the moment, you enter "interval time" values in the previous menu. The second option, this menu offers, is to overwrite the shown values, to activate first calibrations earlier than specified by the "interval time" parameter. To do so, just select the related line and enter a new value. Accepted values: 0 ... interval time (entered in previous menu) 9:55 a.m. Interval times are setup at this time to have all channels zeroed in a 12 h interval and all channels zeroed & spanned in a 24 h interval: Interval time ZeroAll: 12 h ZSCalAll: 24 h AutoCal in.. This activates ZeroAll calibrations at 9:55 p.m. and 9:55 a.m. every day (first calibration takes place at 9:55 p.m. the same day) and ZSCalAll calibrations at 9:55 a.m. every day (first procedure carried out the next day). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG To have e.g. ZeroAll calibrations take place at 10 a.m. & 10 p.m. and ZSCalAll calibrations in the night at 1:00 a.m., open the AUTOCAL IN.. menu and enter ZeroAll: ZeroAll: ZSCalAll: ZSCalAll: 0 h 5 min 15 h 5 min 7 Example: Current time is: 1 h 15 min 2 h 45 min Maintenance & Procedures ZeroAll: ZeroAll: ZSCalAll: ZSCalAll: So, ZeroAll calibrations are carried out at 10:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m. every day (but the first calibration now takes place at 10 a.m. the same day!) and ZSCalAll calibrations are now activated at 1:00 a.m. every day, with the first procedure to be carried out early the next day. 7-39 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.6 Resetting a Calibration 7.4.6 Resetting a Calibration CANCEL calibration! START calibration! ZeroGas 0.000 ppm CO2.1 0.200 ppm RESET CO2.1 calibration.. 0.200 ppm RESET calibration Are you sure? No! Yes! 7.4.7 In case a wrong configuration was detected after calibration was performed (e.g. wrong gas connected) there is an option to restore the last user saved calibration data: Within the screen where to start the calibration (either for span or zero) open the second page: A new screen appears with the option RESET CALIBRATION.. Pressing the ENTER key in this line results in a prompt for confirmation. Choosing YES! replaces the current calibration data with the last calibration data, restored from UserData; 7.6.2 SAVE-LOAD, page 7-54. Verifying a Calibration For instruments without internal and/or external valves simply apply either span or zero calibration gas to the sample gas inlet. If the calibration still is proper, the reading on the measurement screen should show the related value. For instruments with internal and/or external valves follow the procedure below: Control.. Zero calibration.. Span calibration.. Adv. calibration.. Apply gas.. Starting from the measurement screen press the DOWN key to open the MAIN MENU, enter the CONTROL.. menu. Enter the last line (APPLY GAS..) Multi-channel unit: Select the component to be verified in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. 7-40 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4 Calibration Procedures 7.4.8 4.000 ppm 2s Cancelling an Ongoing Calibration The "Time" line shows the countdown for the pre-purge or post-purge time (when applying sample gas). When set properly and arrived at "0", the measuring cell is filled with the selected gas and the measuring value (here: CO2; first channel) should show the expected concentration. To cancel an ongoing calibration procedure press the LEFT key to bring up the screen where the calibration was started and enter the CANCEL CALIBRATION! line. CANCEL calibration! START calibration! ZeroGas 0.000 ppm CO2.1 0.200 ppm Cancelling an ongoing calibration is feasible at any time with the following consequences: During manual calibration: Because there are no pre- and postpurge times, cancelling is feasible only during the calibration calculation process. Doing so will reset the calibration data to the data valid before the currently cancelled calibration was started. During autocalibration: Cancelling while prepurging or during calibration itself: The status changes showing sample gas to flow and the countdown starts with the postpurge time. Calibration data is reset to the data valid before the currently cancelled calibration was started. Cancelling during postpurge does not influence the procedure because the new data has already been calculated and stored, and the (post-)purge time cannot be shortened (except by changing the related setup menu parameter). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-41 Maintenance & Procedures CO2.1 Time ZeroGas 7 Apply gas: Changing the APPLY GAS parameter opens the related valve. Available options: SpanGas, ZeroGas, Sample, None. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4 Calibration Procedures A confirmation popup appears, replaced by the calibration procedure screen, whose content depends on which calibration was cancelled (manual or auto). CO2.1 Procedure Time 0.000 ppm Zero 1 0 s Gasflow CO2.1 Procedure Time Sample 0.000 ppm Purging 10 s Refer to the figures to the left : The upper screen comes up when a manual calibration was cancelled. The lower screen shows up when a valve supported calibration was cancelled: The moment, the sample valve was opened, a postpurge procedure was started. Press the LEFT key to exit these screens. 7-42 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.5 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.5 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.5.1 Safety Instructions ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Working at opened and powered instruments means working near live parts and is subject to instructed and trained personnel only! Take care to observe all applicable safety instructions! Before opening gas paths they must be purged with ambient air or neutral gas (N2) to avoid hazards caused by toxic, flammable, explosive or harmful to health sample gas components! 7 ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE HAZARD Working at internal components of electronical and electrical instruments may cause electrostatic discharge (ESD), destroying components! Working at open instruments is recommended at special workplaces only! If no such workplace is available, at minimum perform the following procedures to not destroy electronic components: Discharge the electric charge from your body. Do this by touching a device that is grounded electrically (e.g. instruments with earth connectors, heating installations). This should be done periodically when working at open instruments (especially after leaving the service site, because e.g. walking on low conducting floors might cause additional ESD). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Maintenance & Procedures HAZARD FROM EXPLOSIVE, FLAMMABLE AND HARMFUL GASES 7-43 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.5 7.5.2 Replacing Worn Out Sensors Opening X-STREAM Analyzers 7.5.2.1 How to Open X-STREAM X2GP Remove the top cover after loosening the 12 screws. Fig. 7-9: 12 screws on top of the instrument X-STREAM X2GP 7.5.2.2 How to Open X-STREAM X2GK If your instrument is equipped with a handle • loosen the 6 screws at the front panel, • to only get access to the cover screws, push frame and handle about 2 cm / 1" towards the rear. Note! To completely remove frame and handle, you need to disconnect all gas and electrical connections and push frame and handle over the rear panel. • remove the 4 screws for the cover, (2 screws on each side of the instrument  • push the cover towards the rear and remove it.  Fig. 7-10: X-STREAM X2GK 7-44 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.5 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.5.2.3 How to Open X-STREAM Fieldhousings Depending on the individual analyzer configuration, either open the upper or lower front door to the left, utilizing the two sash fasteners. 7.5.2.4 How to Open X-STREAM X2FD To open a X-STREAM X2FD loosen the 20 screws located at the instrument´s flange. Then carefully flip down the front door to not damage the instrument, hinges or equipment installed below the analyzer. Sash fasteners EXPLOSION HAZARD X-STREAM X2FD as well as special variations of X-STREAM X2XF Fieldhousings are intended to be installed in hazardous areas. Maintaining such instruments is permitted only considering special conditions, given in the associated separate manuals. Do not open nor maintain instruments in hazardous areas without having read and understood all related instruction manuals! GASKETS AT LOW TEMPERATURES Consider that enclosure gaskets may be frozen if the instrument is installed outdoors. Carefully open the enclosure at temperatures below -10 °C to not damage the gaskets. Damaged gaskets void the ingress protection, possibly causing property damage, personal injury or death. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-45 7 Fig. 7-11: X-STREAM X2 Field Housings and X2FD - How to Open Maintenance & Procedures Screws at the flange Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.5 Replacing Worn Out Sensors Separate sections describe the replacement of the various sensors: Electrochemical oxygen sensor 7.5.3, page 7-46 Trace oxygen sensor (tO2) 7.5.4, page 7-53 Trace moisture sensor 7.5.4, page 7-54 7-46 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.5 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.5.3 Replacing the Electrochemical Oxygen Sensor HAZARD FROM WEAK ACID AQUEOUS SOLUTION If the electrolyte leaks due to sensor damage, put the sensor in a plastic bag so that the solution will not be smeared on other places and return the sensor to Emerson Process Management or an industrial waste management contractor. • If electrolyte gets into an eye, immediately wash the eye with a large amount of tap water for 15 minutes and consult a doctor promptly. • If electrolytic solution or atomized electrolytic solution is inhaled, immediately wash the nostrils and gargle with tap water and consult a doctor promptly. • If electrolyte is swallowed, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING! Immediately wash the mouth with tap water. Swallow a large amount of tap water. Consult a doctor promptly. Do not disassemble or repair the sensor. Removing a sensor part or remodeling the sensor will damage the sensor or leak the electrolyte, and restoration to the original condition may not be possible. Discarded sensors cause environmental contamination. Return a Worn Out sensor to Emerson Process Management or an industrial waste management contractor when discarding a Worn Out sensor. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-47 7 • If electrolyte is smeared on the skin or clothing, immediately wash the contacted part with soapy water and wash off the solution with a large amount of tap water. Maintenance & Procedures The electrolyte is a weak acid aqueous solution of 5 to 6 in pH with an irritating odor. It will not ignite spontaneously even if it is left. Nevertheless, lead acetate, which is a component of the solution, is harmful to human bodies and should be handled with care as follows: Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.5 Replacing Worn Out Sensors GENERAL HINTS ON HANDLING THE SENSOR Do not expose the sensor to a temperature other than the temperature range of -20 to +60‘C (-4 to +140 F). Exposing to a temperature outside the temperature range may cause abnormal output or leak of the electrolyte due to parts degradation or damage. Make sure to prevent condensation of the oxygen concentration detecting part. If condensed, the output will lower and response speed will slow down, disabling accurate concentration measurement. The sensor characteristics will return to the original characteristics if condensation moisture evaporates after putting the sensor in dry air several hours to several days. Do not drop or apply a violent shock or vibration to the sensor. If shocked or vibrated, the sensor output may temporarily vary or become unstable. The original sensor condition will usually reset by putting the sensor in a stationary condition in the atmosphere at a ordinary temperature several hours to several days. Depending on the degree of a shock or vibration, the internal sensor structure may break and the sensor may not return to original condition. Do not disassemble or repair the sensor. Removing a sensor part or remodeling the sensor will damage the sensor or leak the electrolyte and restoration to the original condition may not be possible. 7-48 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.5 Replacing Worn Out Sensors Consider all applicable safety instructions, especially those at the beginning of this section 7.5 designed life (hours) O2 concentration (%) The sensor‘s designed life under constant conditions of 20 °C is approx. 900,000 hrs. The lifetime at 21 % Oxygen is therefore calcu-lated to approx. 42,857 hrs, corresponding to approx. 5 years. Irrespective of all calculations above: A sensor is worn-out if, connected to ambient air, the output voltage is less than 2.8 V: Replace the sensor! For replacing the electrochemical sensor the following tools are required: • Philips screw drivers # 0 & 2 for tabletop/ rackmount instruments or square key for the field housing's squash fasteners or allen key for the flameproof analyzer to remove/open the cover/front door. • Torx screw driver # 10. • 1 digital volt meter (measuring range 0…2 V dc minimum) with suitable cables and probes. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Note 2! Due to the measuring principle the electrochemical Oxygen cell requires a minimum internal consumption of Oxygen (residual humidity avoids drying up the cell). Supplying cells continuously with dry sample gas of low grade Oxygen concentration or with sample gas free of Oxygen could result in a reversible detuning of O2 sensitivity. The output signal will become unstable, but response time remains constant. For proper measurement results the cell needs to be supplied continuously with concentrations of at least 0.1 Vol.-% O2. We recommend using the cell if need be in alternating mode, means to purge the cell with conditioned ambient air (not dried, but dust removed) when measurement pauses. If it is necessary to interrupt Oxygen supply for several hours or days, the cell has to regenerate (supply cell for about one day with ambient air). Temporary flushing with Nitrogen (N2) for less than 1 h (e.g. for analyzer zeroing purpose) has no influence on measuring characteristics. 7-49 Maintenance & Procedures Lifetime = Note 1! The given lifetime values are for reference only! The expected lifetime is greatly affected by the temperature of the environment in which the sensor is used or stored. Increases or decreases in atmospheric pressure have the same effect as that by increases or decreases in Oxygen concentration. (Operation at 40 °C halves lifetime). 7 In consequence of it‘s design the sensor‘s lifetime is limited and depends on theoretical designed life and Oxygen concentration. The sensor output can be taken as a rough criterion for end of lifetime: The sensor is worn-out when the output in atmosphere is below 70 % of the initial output. The period till then can be calculated by Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.5 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.5.3.1 Locating the Sensor The instruments provide two different variations of internal designs (except 1⁄219“ instruments): • In instruments with internal heated box covering the physical components, electrochemical sensors are installed outside this box. • Instruments without internal thermostatic control have the sensor installed onto the basic mounting plate (see left side of figure 7-12). • X2GP may also have the electrochemical oxygen sensor installed at the rear panel (see right side of figure 7-12). 2 1 1 (shown behind transparently visualized cover) 1 eO2 sensor Unit 2 Cover for rear panel installation Fig. 7-12: Location of the EO2 Sensor Unit If your analyzer features the eO2 sensor at the rear panel, continue with page 7-51. 7-50 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.5 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.5.3.2 Disassembling the Sensor Unit The sensor unit consists of a holder, an electronics board and the sensor itself, all together installed on a base plate (Fig. 7-13). After loosening the nut (5), push the holder (3) with sensor (1) until the nut is above the hole (see details), then lift the holder from the base plate (4). The sensor is still fixed in the holder by means of a clip (8). Now loosen the screws (7), fixing the sensor block (6) to the holder, push the holder downwards until the screws heads slip through the holes.   1 2 3 5 7 4 Sensors  6 7 Pull off the signal connector from the electronics board (2) and take off the sensor. Take a new sensor, remove its plug, insert the sensor into the block and connect the signal connector to P2 on the electronics board (Fig. 7-14).  8 7 Maintenance & Procedures 3   (details rotated 90°) 3 Fig. 7-13: Sensor Unit Design 1 Sensor 2 Electronics Board 3 Holder 4 Base Plate 5 Nuts 6 Sensor block 7 Screws 8 Clip Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG weared new Now re-assemble the sensor unit in reverse order, but do not yet install it into the analyzer as it requires a signal adjustment. 7-51 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.5 Replacing Worn Out Sensors Replacing the sensor if rear panel installed Screw nut Cover Sensor Electronics board 1. Loosen the screw nut at the 2. Open the cover to get accover's upper side. cess to the sensor. 3. Take out the sensor by pulling it upwards. Fig. 7-14: Sensor At Rear Panel 4. Properly insert the new sensor into the block. 7.5.3.3 Adjusting the Output Signal Consider all applicable safety instructions, especially those at the beginning of this section 7.5 Potentiometer R4 Tp 1 Strip P3 for sensor connection Fig. 7-15: OXS Board, Top View 7-52 Tp 2 Having replaced the worn sensor, the board´s output signal requires some adjustment. Procedure: • power on the open instrument. • Supply ambient air (approx. 21 % O2) • Connect a digital voltmeter (DVM) to Tp 1 (signal) and Tp 2 (GND) on the elec tronics board OXS (fig. 7-14). • Adjust the measured signal to 3360 mV DC (± 5 mV) utilizing the potentiometer R4 on OXS board. Note! Once the output signal has been adjusted for a specific sensor, further changing the potentiometer settings will cause incorrect measuring results! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.5 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.5.3.4 Finalizing the Sensor Replacement • Disconnect the analyzer from power • Re-install the sensor unit into the analyzer • Close the housing. Take care to use all screws, especially if the instrument is to be used in hazardous areas! or close the rear panel cover and secure it with the screw nut. Special conditions and instructions for start-up after maintenance apply to instruments to be operated in hazardous areas! Not observing these conditions and instructions may cause explosions! See the associated manuals, provided with instruments for use in hazardous areas, for more information. 7 In a next step for proper measuring results, perform a zero and a span calibration at least for the channel with the replaced sensor. To ensure proper disposal, send back the old sensor to the EMERSON Process Management factory (or to your local sales office) or to an industrial waste management contractor for waste disposal. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Maintenance & Procedures EXPLOSION HAZARD 7-53 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.5 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.5.4 Replacing the Trace Oxygen Sensor Replacing the trace oxygen sensor requires considering special instructions, shipped together with every single sensor. Two versions of this sensor are available, differing in the background gas they can be used for: P/N 42718102: For sample gases containing acid gases, hydrocarbons or hydrogen P/N 42718103: For sample gases without acid gases, hydrocarbons and hydrogen If replacing this sensor is necessary (consumable), contact Emerson for information on how to order a substitute. A new sensor will be provided together with detailled installation and handling instructions. Consider all information given by the replacement instructions to avoid damaging the sensor, and to achieve best possible life time! 7-54 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.5 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.5.5 Replacing the Trace Moisture Sensor • Locate the sensor unit within your analyzer. • Open the fittings, connecting the unit to the piping. • Only loosen the small nuts (do not remove them), fixing the sensor unit to the analyzer plate and carefully take the unit out of the analyzer. • Take off the signal plug at the sensor's end (it is fixed by a screw!). • Place a wrench (size: 27 mm) at the hexagon and screw out the sensor by turning it counterclockwise (ccw). Do not use the cylindric sensor body to losen the sensor! Place a second wrench with size 30 mm from the top to counterhold the block. • Take the new sensor and carefully place the HDPE protected end of the sensor into the sensor block. • Place the one wrench at the hexagon, the other at the block to counterhold and fix the sensor by turning it clockwise (cw). To ensure proper measurements, apply a torque of min. 30.5 Nm (269 in.lb). Do not use the cylindric sensor body to install the sensor! • Install the connector to the sensor and fix it with the screw. • Place the unit into the analyzer and fix it with the small nuts. • Re-install the piping fittings. • Make sure that all the plugs associated with the sensor are properly connected the same way as before. Sensor block 7 3 2 30 mm 1 Connectors: 1 sensor signal plug 2 power to sensor 3 signal to analyzer For details see appendix! Fig. 7-16: Trace Moisture Sensor Assembly Separated Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Maintenance & Procedures Consider all applicable safety instructions, especially those at the beginning of this section 7.5 7-55 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.6 Cleaning the Instrument´s Outside 7.6 Cleaning the Instrument´s Outside Use a liquid general purpose detergent and a lint-free cloth for cleaning the analyzer´s outside. HAZARD FROM UNHEALTHY SUBSTANCES Take care to follow the safety instructions and instructions for use given by the manufacturer of the chosen general purpose detergent! Procedure • Disconnect the instrument from power! • If disconnecting from gas lines is required, take care of the following: EXPLOSIVE, FLAMMABLE AND HARMFUL GASES HAZARD Before opening gas paths they must be purged with ambient air or neutral gas (N2) to avoid hazards caused by toxic, flammable, explosive or harmful to health sample gas components! Seal the open analyzer´s gas fittings utilizing PVC caps to avoid pollution of inner gas path. • Moisten the lint-free cloth with a mixture of 3 parts of water and 1 part of the general purpose detergent. 7-56 Do NOT drench the cloth, just moisten it to prevent liquid entering the housing! • Clean the analyzer housing outside with the moistened cloth. • If need be dry the housing after cleaning. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets CfgData This current analyzer configuration is stored in a separate FRAM section and used during analyzer operation. Each time the instrument is powered, a CfgData checksum is calculated. If it appears to be wrong, the UserData information is restored into RAM, overwriting CfgData. This ensures the instrument remains operable. Note! Please notice that Emerson Process Management does not provide support for any such software! UserData UserData allows the operator to backup and restore his individual analyzer configuration and settings into/from FRAM. Each analyzer is shipped with CfgData configured during factory startup and copied to UserData and FactData. So, as CfgData is overwritten by UserData in case of a checksum failure, it is recommended to store the CfgData once the instrument is setup to the operator‘s needs, to ensure, the analyzer setup is not lost. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Maintenance & Procedures FactData This is the factory analyzer configuration setup, stored in a FRAM section. The user may only restore this write-protected data into RAM, but not save changed parameters as FactData. In addition to backup the CfgData in internal FRAM memory, the SAVE-LOAD menu allows to save/restore such data to/from an external device (e.g. PC), connected to the service interface (SvcPort). Additional software is required to backup/ restore data to/from an external device. If using a PC, an open source terminal software for MS-Windows™, that may be used for this purpose, is e.g. UTF-8 TeraTerm Pro with TTSSH2, downloadable at http://sourceforge.jp/projects/ttssh2/files. 7 After some time of operating the instrument, one can assume all the parameters (calibration gases setup, measuring ranges, inputs and outputs, etc) are setup to meet the application´s and operator´s needs. To save these settings for means of restoring them in case of failures, data loss or even overwriting) use the options of the SAVE-LOAD menus. X-STREAM analyzers support saving analyzer data by providing 3 different sets of data: 7-57 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets SvcPort Backup/Restore to/from external device On user request restore and overwrite current configuration in RAM (SvcPort --> CfgData, 7.6.4.3, page 7-59 ) Backup on user request (CfgData --> SvcPort, 7.6.4.2, page 7-57) CfgData configuration used during operation Overwrites after factory analyzer startup, or on user request (CfgData --> UserData, 7.6.1, page 7-53) Note! Before using the SvcPort read the instructions in 7.6.4.1, page 7-56. Overwrites on user request (FactData --> CfgData, 7.6.3, page 7-55) FactData Factory setup configuration Overwrites after factory analyzer startup Automatically overwrites in case of faulty checksum, or on user request (UserData --> CfgData, 7.6.2, page 7-54) UserData configuration saved to FRAM Fig. 7-17: Relationship of Supported Data Sets and Where to Find Further Information 7-58 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.7.1 Save CfgData to UserData Setup.. Save-Load.. Starting at the measurement screen press the DOWN key to open the MAIN MENU, enter the SETUP and next the SAVE-LOAD.. menu. If system is setup accordingly, access level 3 code must be entered to gain access to this menu. 1st menu page  FactData > CfgData.. CfgData > UserData.. UserData > CfgData.. 2nd menu page CfgData>UserData Are you sure? No! Yes! Copying data - PLEASE WAIT Procedure X:E000 (i) -COMMAND EXECUTED- Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Now select the "CfgData>UserData.." line and press the ENTER key. A screen appears to confirm the operation: Select Yes! and after pressing the ENTER key a new screen comes up showing the current status. The instrument now stores the currently used (and changed by operator) analyzer setup into a special memory area. This data is then called UserData and used for backup only, while the data used for operation still is CfgData. Any further changes affecting the instrument's setup update the CfgData only, as long as not manually saved to the UserData set. When the procedure has finished, the COMMAND EXECUTED screen shows up. 7-59 Maintenance & Procedures Press the DOWN key to open the second menu page. 7 Save-Load CfgData > SvcPort! SvcPort > CfgData.. Verify! Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.7. Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.7.2 Restore UserData to CfgData Setup.. Save-Load.. Starting at the measurement screen press the DOWN key to open the MAIN MENU, enter the SETUP and next the SAVE-LOAD.. menu. If system is setup accordingly, access level 3 code must be entered to gain access to this menu. Save-Load CfgData > SvcPort! SvcPort > CfgData.. Verify! Press the DOWN key to open the second menu page. 1st menu page  FactData > CfgData.. CfgData > UserData.. UserData > CfgData.. Now select the "UserData>CfgData.." line and press the ENTER key. 2nd menu page UserData>CfgData Are you sure? No! Yes! (i) -COMMAND EXECUTED-  FactData > CfgData.. CfgData > UserData.. UserData > CfgData.. 7-60 A screen appears to confirm the operation: Select Yes! and after pressing the ENTER key a new screen comes up showing the current status. The instrument now replaces the currently used (and changed by operator) analyzer setup by the UserData set. All settings changed since the UserData was saved, will be overwritten! When the procedure has finished, the COMMAND EXECUTED screen shows up for 2 seconds, followed by... ... the previous menu page. After a few seconds the analyzer automatically starts to reboot. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.7. Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.7.3 Copy FactData to CfgData Setup.. Save-Load.. Starting at the measurement screen press the DOWN key to open the MAIN MENU, enter the SETUP and next the SAVE-LOAD.. menu. If system is setup accordingly, access level 3 code must be entered to gain access to this menu. 1st menu page  FactData > CfgData.. CfgData > UserData.. UserData > CfgData.. Now select the "FactData>CfgData.." line and press the ENTER key. 2nd menu page FactData>CfgData Are you sure? No! Yes! (i) -COMMAND EXECUTED-  FactData > CfgData.. CfgData > UserData.. UserData > CfgData.. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A screen appears to confirm the operation: Select Yes! and after pressing the ENTER key a new screen comes up showing the current status. The instrument now replaces the currently used (and changed by operator) analyzer setup by the FactData set. All settings changed by the operator will be overwritten and the instrument setup to the factory settings. When the procedure has finished, the COMMAND EXECUTED screen shows up for 2 seconds, followed by... ... the previous menu page. After a few seconds the analyzer automatically starts to reboot. 7-61 Maintenance & Procedures Press the DOWN key to open the second menu page. 7 Save-Load CfgData > SvcPort! SvcPort > CfgData.. Verify! Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.7. Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.7.4 Save / Restore CfgData to External Device 7.7.4.1 Preparation Before starting any of these procedures an external device (e.g. computer) has to be connected to the analyzer via the service interface, which is of type RS232 (Fig. 7-17). This service interface is NOT optically isolated from the analyzer electronics! Take care to not destroy the electronics by electrostatic discharge or high voltages! Make sure both devices (computer and analyzer) provide the same type of interface. If need be, use a converter. Furthermore a terminal software is required to setup a communication. An open source terminal software for MS-Windows™, that may be used for this purpose, is UTF-8 TeraTerm Pro with TTSSH2, downloadable at http://sourceforge.jp/projects/ttssh2/files. Pin 9 8 7 6 Pin no. RS 232 1 not used Pin 2 RXD 5 3 TXD 4 not used 5 Common 6 not used 7 not used 8 not used 9 not used 4 3 2 1 Fig. 7-18: Service Port Connector Serial RS 232 Interface The fixed (not operator editable) settings for the interface are Baudrate 19200 Startbit 1 Parity Even Stopbit 1 1) MODB mode 32 Bit ID number 1 MODB mode may be changed via related Modbus register 1) 7-62 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.7. Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.7.4.2 Save CfgData to SvcPort Open the terminal software on your external device. Setup.. Save-Load.. Starting at the measurement screen press the DOWN key to open the MAIN MENU, enter the SETUP.. and next the SAVE-LOAD.. menu. Copying data - PLEASE WAIT Procedure <--> (i) -COMMAND EXECUTED- Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Now select the "CfgData>SvcPort!" line and press the ENTER key. The instrument now copies the currently used (and possibly changed by operator) analyzer setup on an external device for future use. When the procedure has finished, the COMMAND EXECUTED screen shows up. 7-63 7 Save-Load CfgData > SvcPort! SvcPort > CfgData.. Verify! Maintenance & Procedures If system is setup accordingly, access level 3 code must be entered to gain access to this menu. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.7. Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets The SAVE-LOAD.. menu also offers an option to verify that the saved data on the external device has not been corrupted during transmission: Save-Load CfgData > SvcPort! SvcPort > CfgData.. Verify! 7-64 With the external device still connected select the "Verify!" line and press the ENTER key. The analyzer now loads the data from the external device and compares it to the CfgData. Finally a status screen shows up, followed by a COMMAND EXECUTED screen or an error message, if the data does not match. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 7.7. Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.7.4.3 Restore SvcPort to CfgData Open the terminal software on your external device. Setup.. Save-Load.. Starting at the measurement screen press the DOWN key to open the MAIN MENU, enter the SETUP.. and next the SAVE-LOAD.. menu. Save-Load CfgData > SvcPort! SvcPort > CfgData.. Verify! Now select the "SvcPort > CfgData.." line and press the ENTER key. SvcPort>CfgData Are you sure? No! Yes! A screen appears to confirm the operation: Select Yes! and after pressing the ENTER key a new screen shows up showing the current status. SvcPort > CfgData -PLEASE WAIT<-->  for cancel! Maintenance & Procedures The instrument now copies the data from the external device into the analyzer CfgData. 7 If system is setup accordingly, access level 3 code must be entered to gain access to this menu. (i) -COMMAND EXECUTED- When the procedure has finished, the COMMAND EXECUTED screen shows up for 2 seconds, followed by…. Save-Load CfgData > SvcPort! SvcPort > CfgData.. Verify! … the previous menu page. After a few seconds the analyzer automatically starts to reboot. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-65 X-STREAM X2 7-66 Instruction Manual HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Chapter 8 Troubleshooting 8.1 Abstract This chapter covers troubleshooting the analyzer: Section 8.2 describes messages possibly appearing in the measuring screen‘s status line (4th line), gives hints on the potential causes and on how to solve the problem(s). Two tables differentiate between analyzer related messages and channel related messages. 8.2 Problems Indicated by Status Messages Analyzer Related Messages page 8-3 Channel Related Messages page 8-6 Troubleshooting As the analyzer software is not capable to detect all problems and faults, section 8.3 describes such faults, their consequences, gives hints on potential causes and on how to solve the problem(s). Section 8.4 gives detailled instructions on how to replace or adjust components, addressed to personnel familiar with the aspects of working on such components. 8.3 Problems NOT Indicated by Status Messages page 8-11 8.4 Extended Troubleshooting on Components page 8-17 8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 8.2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Solving Problems Indicated by Status Messages 8.2 Solving Problems Indicated By Status Messages As mentioned status messages are displayed inthe measuring screen‘s 4 th line. Multiple status messages active at a time show up sequentially in the status line. To see all status messages at a glance enter the STATUS menu: Status.. 1 Failures.. 0 Check requests.. 1 Function checks.. 0 Off spec.. The first page shows 4 lines each beginning with a number (indicating how many messages of the related kind are active). Enter a line with a number different than "0" to see the related messages. In the following all possible status messages are listed in an alphabetical order together with hints on the possible causes and tips on how to solve the problems. The list also shows a level indicator: In general one can assign four different levels to causes generating status messages. Depending on the level assigned the instrument activates different relay status signals, according the NAMUR NE 107 specifications. Supported status levels: Failures: Requires immediate actions. The analyzer is not any longer working properly and the output signal is invalid due to malfunction. Off-spec: The analyzer is working outside its specification (e.g. measuring range), or internal diagnoses indicate deviations due to internal problems. To achieve proper outputs, corrective action is required. Check request (or maintenance requests): The instrument is still working properly, within its specifications and the output signal is valid, but maintenance is required in for-seeable future because a function will soon be restricted or a wear reserve is nearly exhausted. Function check: The analyzer is still working properly but currently is in a status where the output signal is temporarily invalid (e.g. frozen) due to the ongoing work on the instrument (e.g. during calibration). If solving a reported problem requires working inside an open instrument, take care of the safety instructions given at the beginning of this manual! 8-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.2.1 Analyzer related messages 8.2.1 Analyzer Related Messages Explanation: The internal flow control detected a flow problem The detected flow is too low or missing due to a leak, not limited to the instrument‘s internal gas path NotSampleGas Function check Explanation: The gas currently flowing is not the expected sample gas Pressure Out of spec Explanation: The internal pressure control detected a pressure problem Check the external and internal gas path for leakage and plugging If applicable check internal pump function Someone has changed a parameter by using the front panel keys Press the HOME key: The status message is reset when returning to the measurement screen Acknowledge the message via menu CONTROL.. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS.. Note! This resets ALL status messages! Other than sample valve is opened within installed valve block Switch on sample valve LocalAccess Function check Explanation: This status message is activated when a parameter is changed using the front panel keys Actions Installed pump is switched off Switch on the pump Instrument is currently in caliWait for calibration to end bration mode After calibration the sample Wait for purge time to elapse. gas valve has opened, but the If appropriate reduce purge post-purge time has not yet time elapsed The detected pressure is too low or missing due to a leak inside or outside the instrument Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Check the external and internal gas path for leakage and plugging If applicable check internal pump function 8-3 Troubleshooting FlowAlm Check request Description 8 Message Status level Explanation Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.2.1 Message Status level Explanation NVRAM fail Check request Explanation: NVRAM test failed ROMmemory Failure Explanation: Wrong code checksum Simulation Function check Explanation: This message does not appear during operation modes! Warm-up Function check Explanation: This message may require temperature monitoring enabled within the service level SensTimeout Failure Explanation: No internal communication to XSP board SensCmdFail Failure Explanation: Sending a command to XSP board failed 8-4 Analyzer related messages Description Actions Installed NVRAM and/or electronics board defective Replace Installed FLASH memory defective Replace board The instrument is set into a debugging mode by service personnel Switch analyzer off and on again to exit the debugging mode Switch off the related simulation parameters (in service level or by Modbus command) The warm-up time has not yet Wait for warm-up time to elapsed after last analyzer elapse restart Temperature of analyzer Wait for instrument to heat up components or physical thermostatted compartment is not check internal heater for prowithin the configured range per function Check internal wiring Check COM parameters via SVC port Bandwidth, currently available Acknowledge the message. If for data exchange with XSP recurring, call for service. board, too small Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.2.1 Message Status level Explanation Calibration Function check Explanation: Calibration active SvcPort > Cf Function check Explanation: SVC port in use Unlinear Off-spec Description Currently a calibration procedure is ongoing Actions Wait for calibration to finish Cancel calibration Instrument is currently configured via service interface Wait for data transfer to finish SVC port is in pass through mode Switch back to normal communication mode Instrument has been set to "unlinear mode" by service personnel (see "simulation") Switch off diagnostic mode (Modbus command) 8 Troubleshooting Explanation: This message does not appear during operation modes! Analyzer related messages Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-5 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.2.2 Channel Related Messages 8.2.2 Channel Related Messages (Preceded By Channel Tag, E.g. CO2.1) Message Status level Explanation ADC-Error Failure Explanation: A/D conversion overflow RangeOverflo Off-spec Explanation: Gas concentration is out of range Simulation Function check Explanation: This message does not appear during operation modes! Temperature Out of spec Explanation: Temperature out of specified range Chopper Failure Explanation: Chopper is not working properly Detector Failure Explanation: Preamp is not working properly 8-6 Description Actions Switch analyzer OFF and ON The A/D converter of the again related channel is not working properly Call for service Gas concentration is out of measurement range and the- Adjust gas concentration to be refore linearization curve does within range not apply The instrument is set into a debugging mode by service personnel Switch analyzer off and on again to exit the debugging mode Switch off the related simulation parameters (in service level menu) Warm-up not yet finished Wait until warm-up has finished (10 - 50 min, depending on system) Temperature controler defective Call service center Either speed control or chopper itself is defective Replace defective component Either output signal too small or distorted, or preamp is defective Check output signal or replace component Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Description Source Failure Explanation: IR found defective SCalTolChk Check request Explanation: Enabled tolerance check detected while spanning (measured value differing more than 10 % from setpoint) ZCalTolChk Check request Explanation: Enabled tolerance check detected while zeroing (measured value differing more than 10 % from setpoint) ZCalRefused Check request Explanation: This message does not appear during normal operation modes! Actions Normally this message is initiated by a missing power supply. CAUTION! Hot components! Check source (cold housing means defective). Replace source Wrong setpoint value Check span gas setpoint Wrong span gas applied Check span gas IR/UV channel: Photometric components polluted Instrument not yet calibrated (first calibration after installation) Check and if need be clean photometric components Disable tolerance check before restarting the calibration Wrong setpoint value Check zero gas setpoint Wrong zero gas applied Check zero gas IR/UV channel: Photometric components polluted Instrument not yet calibrated (first calibration after installation) Troubleshooting Message Status level Explanation Channel Related Messages Check and if need be clean photometric components Disable tolerance check before restarting the calibration Wrong DSP (sensor) configuCall for service ration Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-7 8 8.2.2 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.2.2 Message Status level Explanation Channel Related Messages Description Actions SCalRefused Check request Explanation: This message does not appear during normal operation modes! FlowLimAlm Check request Explanation: Flow too low TempRange Off-spec Explanation: Only at instruments with thermostate control TempSensor Off-spec Explanation: Temperatur sensor defective Alarm Level1 -Explanation: Concentration alarm level 1 is activated (exceeded) Alarm Level2 -Explanation: Concentration alarm level 2 is activated (exceeded) 8-8 Wrong DSP (sensor) configuCall for service ration Flow sensor detected flow to be below set limit Increase flow Set new limit Temperature during operation Check heater elements out of range Instruments µP detected temperature sensor to be defec- Check temperature sensor tive Alarm level 1 was exceeded Adjust the gas concentration to be within the set limits Alarm level 2 was exceeded Adjust the gas concentration to be within the set limits Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.2.2 Message Status level Explanation Channel Related Messages Description Spanning Function check Span calibration ongoing for the channel identified by the tag Cancel calibration Wait until calibration has finished Zero calibration ongoing for the channel identified by the tag Cancel calibration 8 Explanation: Ongoing zero calibration Note! In the status menu this message shows up in the "Calibration" line without channel tag! Wait until calibration has finished Troubleshooting Explanation: Ongoing span calibration Note! In the status menu this message shows up in the "Calibration" line without channel tag! Zeroing Function check Actions Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-9 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.2.2 8-10 Channel Related Messages Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated By Status Messages The following table lists possible faults not detectable by the instrument‘s software, gives hints on the potential causes and tips on how to solve the problems. If solving a problem requires working inside the instrument take care of the safety instructions given at the beginning of this manual! 8 Troubleshooting Note on X-STREAM Fieldhousings! To see the current status even when the front door is open, the front panel may be swivelled to the side (XLF; XXF) or downwards (X2FD). To do so loosen the four nuts fixing the front panel to the door and swivel the front panel using the remaining srews as hinges. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-11 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 8.3 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages Situation Description Actions Check power connection Display dark Power supply missing Front panel connection faulty Instrument does not work nor respond on inputs CPU hang up External failure No analog output signal Internal connection failure Analog outputs 2 - 4 affected External failure Configuration failure Digital outputs not working properly Outputs 1 - 4 affected 8-12 Check power supply Check instrument‘s power fuses Check power supply unit: green LED (OK) Check front panel connections Disconnect power to reset CPU Check external circuitry for failures Check signal connection at P22 of board XPSA XPSA: If red LED "No PWM" glows - check connection to P19 XPSA: LED "No PWM" dark - check power connection to XPSA (2-pole cable br/wht) check installation of module XSIA on XPSA board Check external circuitry for failures Check digital outputs menu settings XPSA: If red LED "TIMEOUT" glows - check connection to P33 XPSA: LED "TIMEOUT" dark - check power connection to XPSA (2-pole cable br/wht) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages Description Actions XDIO: If LED "TIMEOUT" glows - check jumpers on XDIO. XDIO #1: jumper on ADR2 XDIO #2: jumpers on ADR2 & Digital outputs not working Outputs on extension board(s) ADR0 XDIO: If LED "TIMEOUT" glows properly (cont.) (XDIO) affected - check connection to P33 XDIO: If LED "NO SPI" glows - check internal SPI communication cable (10 pole cable) Check external circuitry for External failure failures Check digital inputs menu Configuration failure settings XDIO: If LED "TIMEOUT" glows - check jumpers on XDIO. Digital inputs not working XDIO #1: jumper on ADR2 properly XDIO #2: jumpers on ADR2 & Outputs on extension board(s) ADR0 (XDIO) affected XDIO: If LED "TIMEOUT" glows - check connection to P33 XDIO: If LED "NO SPI" glows - check internal SPI communication cable (10 pole cable) Check electrical connection of valves XPSA: If red LED "TIMEOUT" Internal valves not working glows - check connection to Connection failure properly P33 XPSA: LED "TIMEOUT" dark - check power connection to XPSA (2-pole cable br/wht) Valves connected to digital See "Digital outputs not working properly" External valves not working outputs properly Valves not connected to digital Check external valve controloutputs ler Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-13 Troubleshooting Situation 8 8.3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 8.3 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages Situation Description External failure Serial communication not working properly Connection failure Leak in gas path Ambient air contains high concentration of measured gas component Fluctuating gas pressure Fluctuating or invalid readout 8-14 Actions Check external circuitry for failures XPSA: If red LED "TIMEOUT" glows - check connection to P33 Check installation of interface module (SIF xxx) Perform a leak test Check absorber (at chopper/ measuring cell) and replace if need be. Replace photometer with sealed version (option) Purge instrument with neutral gas Check gas path before and behind cell and sensor Remove restriction behind gas outlet Reduce gas flow or pump rate Sensor or detector not conCheck detectors connections nected Electrochemical Oxygen sen- Check sensor and replace if sor worn-out need be Check connections: X3 (1/2) / source channel 1 X3 (4/5) / source channel 2 IR channel: If source housing is cold: Source not connected or deExchange both source in case fective of dual channel analyzer / replace source if need be (see service manual) Check measuring point Analog preamplifier of affected channel defective ( 8-4-2-1-6, page 8-19) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages Situation Description Actions Check analysis cells and windows for pollution Gas path(s) polluted Clean polluted parts (see service manual) Check gas paths for pollution and clean gas paths if need be Fluctuating or invalid readout (continued) Wrong pressure value used for compensation Set ambient pressure to proper value ( 6.2.3.3, page 6-28) Sensor failure ( status message "PressSensor“, page 8-4) Check temperature of gas path(s) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-15 8 Readout damping time too long Keep all temperatures at least 10 °C above sample gas temperature Check signal damping Wrong signal damping settings ( 6.2.3.3.1, page 6-29) Distance between sampling point and analyzer too long Replace pump by external Pump rate too low model with higher pump rate (operate in bypass mode, fig. 4-2, page 4-4) Check gas path and sample Gas path(s) polluted handling system for pollution Clean gas path Troubleshooting Remove all sources of conCondensation inside gas path densation Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 8.3 Situation No gas flow HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages Description Sample gas pump (option) switched off Membrane of sample gas pump defective Switch on sample gas pump ( 6.2.2, page 6-5) Replace sample pump membrane Sample gas pump defective Replace sample gas pump Solenoid valves (option) not opened / defective Gas path(s) polluted 8-16 Actions External valves: Check connection between valves and digital outputs Check valve seat and replace if need be Replace solenoid valves For valve control via serial interface or digital inputs: Any valve activated? Check gas path and sample handling system for pollution Clean gas path Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4 Troubleshooting On Components This section give information on how to check and replace internal components. Some work described on the next pages need to be carried out by qualified personnel only, and may require special tools, to ensure the instrument or component is not damaged or disadjusted! 8.4.1 8.4.2 8.4.3 Opening X-STREAM Analyzers Measuring Points Sample Pump: Replacement of Diaphragm page 8-19 page 8-21 page 8-22 8.4.4 8.4.5 Paramagnetic Oxygen Cell: Adjustment of Physical Zero Thermal Conductivity Cell: Adjustment of Output Signal page 8-33 page 8-36 Troubleshooting 8 ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Working at opened and powered instruments means working near live parts and is subject to instructed and trained personnel only! Take care to observe all applicable safety instructions! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-17 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components HAZARD FROM EXPLOSIVE, FLAMMABLE AND HARMFUL GASES Before opening gas paths they must be purged with ambient air or neutral gas (N2) to avoid hazards caused by toxic, flammable, explosive or harmful to health sample gas components! HIGH TEMPERATURES While working at internal components hot surfaces may be accessible, even after the instrument has been disconnected from power! ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE HAZARD Working at internal components of electronical and electrical instruments may cause electrostatic discharge (ESD), destroying components! Working at open instruments is recommended at special workplaces only! If no such workplace is available, at minimum perform the following procedures to not destroy electronic components: Discharge the electric charge from your body. Do this by touching a device that is grounded electrically (e.g. instruments with earth connectors, heating installations). This should be done periodically when working at open instruments (especially after leaving the service site, because e.g. walking on low conducting floors might cause additional ESD). 8-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4.1 Opening X-STREAM Analyzers 8.4.1.1 How To Open X-STREAM X2GP Remove the top cover after loosening the 12 screws. Fig. 8-1: 12 screws on top of the instrument X-STREAM X2GP 8.4.1.2 How To Open X-STREAM X2GK Troubleshooting If your instrument is equipped with a handle • loosen the 6 screws at the front panel, • to only get access to the cover screws, push frame and handle about 2 cm / 1" towards the rear. Note! To completely remove frame and handle, you need to disconnect all gas and electrical connections and push frame and handle over the rear panel. Fig. 8-2:  • push the cover towards the rear and remove it. 8 • remove the 4 screws for the cover, (2 screws on each side of the instrument  X-STREAM X2GK Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-19 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4.1.3 How To Open X-STREAM Fieldhousings Depending on the individual analyzer configuration, either open the upper or lower front door to the left, utilizing the two sash fasteners. 8.4.1.4 How To Open X-STREAM X2FD To open a X-STREAM X2FD loosen the 20 screws located at the instrument´s flange. Then carefully flip down the front door to not damage the instrument, hinges or equipment installed below the analyzer. Sash fasteners Screws at the flange Fig. 8-3: X-STREAM X2 Field housings and X2FD - How to Open EXPLOSION HAZARD X-STREAM X2FD as well as special variations of X-STREAM XLF and XXF Fieldhousings are intended to be installed in hazardous areas. Maintaining such instruments is permitted only considering special conditions, givenin the associated separate manuals. Do not open nor maintain instruments in hazardous areas without having read and understood all related instruction manuals! GASKETS AT LOW TEMPERATURES Consider that enclosure gaskets may be frozen if the instrument is installed outdoors. Carefully open the enclosure at temperatures below -10 °C to not damage the gaskets. Damaged gaskets void the ingress protection, possibly causing property damage, personal injury or death. 8-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8 Troubleshooting 8.4.2 Signal Connectors On XSP Board Fig. 8-4: XSP - Allocation of signal connectors Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-21 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4.3 Sample Pump: Replacement Of Diaphragm This instruction explains the procedure to replace the diaphragms of sample gas pumps (PN 42716569) used in the X-STREAM series gas analyzers. To do so you need to dismantle the pump from your analyzer. 8-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Troubleshooting Required parts for the spare parts kit for the pump (PN 0375946). Step 1: S1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8 If applicable: Remove the screws S1 on both sides of the pump. Take off the cover. 8-23 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components S3 S2 Step 2: Remove the screws S2 and screw S3. Step 3: Take out the pump assy. 8-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 4: Troubleshooting Mark the pump assy. before disassembly. 8 Step 5: Remove the white block. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-25 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 6: Remove the teflon gasket. Step 7: Remove the remaining two pump parts. Clean the white plate for the gas in- and outlet. 8-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Clamp S4 Step 8: Troubleshooting Disassemble the lower block and the clamp. Loosen the screw S4 and the nut N1. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8 N1 8-27 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 9: Remove the two washers on the diaphragm. Step 10: Replace the old with the new diaphragm and assemble the washers and the clamp in reverse order (step 9 and 8). 8-28 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 11: 8 Troubleshooting Remove the locking springs on both sides of the white block and take out the old diaphragms on both sides. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-29 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 12: Clean the white block. Afterwards put in the new diaphragms and fix them with the new locking springs. Step 13: 1 Assemble the pump assy. Take care of your marker ( step 4) 1. Put the two upper plates under the clamp ( steps 6 & 7 for reference). 2 8-30 2. Put the white block and the new teflon gasket between the lower block and the in-outlet plate. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 14: Assemble the pump assy in reverse order. Troubleshooting Put it in the pump housing and fix it with the screws S2. Fix the clamp with screw S3 and the black buffer. 8 S3 S2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-31 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 15: S1 If applicable: Install the cover and fix it with screws S1 at both sides. Finally re-install the pump into your analyzer, to complete the replace-ment of pump diaphragm. 8-32 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4.4 Paramagnetic Oxygen Cell: Adjustment Of Physical Zero GND +6 V -6 V Signal connectors Signal pins To adjust the physical zero you need to measure some voltages on the XSP board: Depending on which channel the cell is assigned to, the measuring signal (+) can be measured at pin 3 of the related connector. GND (-) is available at a separate pin (see figure). The measured voltage should be 0 V ± 50 mV. The cell contains strong magnets! Use only non-magnetic tools to adjust the zero point! S1 Note! Depending on your specific instrument alternatively an unheated cell may be installed. In this case skip step 2 and continue with step 3. Step 2: Open the cell cover by loosening the screw S1 at the top. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-33 8 The adjoining figure shows a heated paramagnetic oxygen cell. Troubleshooting Step 1: Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 3: Apply N2 to the analyzer. Step 4: Carefully loosen the screw S2. Now you can adjust the physical zero point with screw S3. Turn the screw carefully. S3 S2 A The cell´s electronic is light sensitive: When exposed to light while adjusting the zero point utilizing screw S3, a zero point shift may arise after the cover is closed. Tip: Shade the cell with a cloth when adjusting screw S3. Step 5: Tighten the screw S2 with care, close the cover and check the zero point again. Note! If the cell itself does not provide a cover, close the instrument while checking the cell! You might have to re-adjust the zero point several times until it remains at the expected value. 8-34 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 6: Fix the closed cell´s cover with screw S1. This completes the zero point adjustment procedure. 8 Troubleshooting S1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-35 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 8.4.5 Troubleshooting on Components Thermal Conductivity Cell: Adjustment Of Output Signal To adjust the zero signal of this measuring cell you need to have access to both sides of the related electronics board WAP 100. 8-36 A digital voltmeter (DVM) is required to measure and adjust several voltages! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 1: LB20 LB10 LB21 Check the solder bridges, located at the solder side of the board, for proper configuration: Troubleshooting LB10 open LB4 2-5 closed LB21 1-4 closed LB20 open LB4 Step 2: 8 Switch on the analyzer. The onboard LED will light up red and green. LED LED When the warmup time has elapsed, the LED flashes green. LED Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-37 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 3: Locate test connector P4 to measure the bridge voltage: R60 P4.16 Bridge voltage (+) P4.15 Bridge voltage (-); GND CAUTION! Do not short-circuit pins! P4.16 + Test connector P4 P4.15 _ Alternatively the GND signal (-) is accessible on the main board BKS, too: Locate X11 ( fig. 8-3, page 8-16) . The bridge voltage depends on range and sample gas and should be between 3V and 5V. Only if the WAP 100 board has been replaced, it is necessary to adjust the voltage with potentiometer R60. 8-38 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 4: P11/ P17 P4 To adjust the physical zero point: Apply zero gas to the analyzer. Connect the DVM to the following pins: P4.5 Raw signal (+) P4.15 Bridge voltage (-); GND CAUTION! Do not short-circuit pins! P4.15 P4.5 Raw 8 Troubleshooting To adjust the physical zero point, it is necessary to install a resistor between P11/ P17 at position 1, 2, 3 or 4 (the following figure shows it at position 4). The position and value depends on the individual cell parameters. Proper configuration is a result of "try and error"! Change resistor and/or position until the voltage is 0 V ± 500 mV. P17 Finally solder in the resistor between P11/ P17. P11 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-39 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 5: LB3 R119 To adjust the physical span: Apply span gas to the analyzer. Do not disconnect the DVM: P4.5 Raw signal (+) P4.15 Bridge voltage (-); GND CAUTION! Do not short-circuit pins! P4 P4.15 P4.5 Raw Adjust the voltage to 10V utilizing R119. If 10V is not within the adjustable range, it is necessary to change the signal amplification with solder bridge LB3: For an amplification close factor of 20 150 300 500 1-5 3-5 4-5 2-3-4-5 Step 6: Now once more check the zero point: Apply zero gas to the analyzer. Do not disconnect the DVM: The voltage should be 0 V ± 500 mV. If it does not, repeat from step 3! 8-40 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 7: LB10 To finetune the physical zero point: Close solder bridge LB10. Apply zero gas to the analyzer. Do not disconnect the DVM: P4.5 Raw signal (+) P4.15 Bridge voltage (-); GND CAUTION! Do not short-circuit pins! Now you can finetune the zero point to a minimum value, using R103. R103 P4.15 Troubleshooting P4.5 Raw P4 8 Check the zero point with zero gas again and perform a zero calibration. Check the full scale signal (10V at P4.5) with span gas and perform a span calibration. This step completes the adjustment of output procedure. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-41 X-STREAM X2 8-42 Instruction Manual HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Chapter 9 Modbus Functions 9.1 Abstract This chapter lists all Modbus functions and registers supported by X-STREAM gas analyzers. Refer to the www.Modbus-IDA.org website for detailled documentation about programming the interface. At date of creation of this instruc-tion manual the following documents were used: • MODBUS Serial Line Implementation Guide: Modbus_over_serial_line_V1.pdf. For a list of supported functions supported parameters and registers, ordered by parameter tag name ordered by register number 9.1.1 Modbus TCP/IP Before using Modbus TCP/IP take care to configure the communication properly: 6.2.3.6, page 6-45. For Modbus TCP/IP the analyzer is factory configured to support DHCP servers: The moment, the powered instrument is connected 9.2, page 9-2 9.3, page 9-2 9.4, page 9-22 to a DHCP server via ethernet, it will receive a valid IP address and become visible in the network. If a DHCP server is not available, special software is downloadable to configure the ethernet port. Download the configuration utility software for the installed XPort AR from: http://www.lantronix.com/support/downloads.html Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-1 Modbus Commands MODBUS Protocol Specification: Modbus_Application_Protocol_V1_1a. pdf 9 • Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.2 Modbus - Supported Functions 9.2 Supported Functions Function Code decimal (hex) Modbus Function ReadCoils ReadDiscreteInputs ReadHoldingRegisters ReadInputRegisters WriteSingleCoil WriteSingleRegister Diagnostic WriteMultipleCoils WriteMultipleRegisters 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 15 16 (0x01) (0x02) (0x03) (0x04) (0x05) (0x06) (0x08) (0x0F) (0x10) EncapsulatedInterfaceTransport 43 (0x28) Note 1) for registers of 2000 for registers of 1000 for registers of 3000, 8000, 9000 for registers of 4000, 8000, 9000 for registers of 2000 for registers of 3000 sub function "00 = Return Query Data" only for registers of 2000 for registers of 3000, 8000, 9000 sub function "0x60" and "0x81" only (to be used for configuration file transfer) Registers ranges 8000 and 9000 are Daniel long word or floating point registers. To calculate the related Modicon registers use the following table: 1) or Daniel 8001 - 8499 9001 - 9999 equals equals Modicon 5001 - 5999 6001 - 7999 Data type long word floating point the following pages for comparisons of all Daniel and Modicon registers. 9.3 List Of Parameters And Registers - Sorted By Tag Name Note! The client access column in the following list provides information about the read only (RO) or read/write (R/W) access of each parameter. All parameters with read/write access and tag names beginning with "Service." require entering the service level access code into the register 3008 for parameter "Service.RemoteSecurity" to enable write access. 9-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Description 2038 2038 Boolean R/W 1=Acknowledge device‘s states, 0=no effect Control.AnalogOut.ZoomState1 3257 3257 Word R/W ZoomStatus AOut1 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) Control.AnalogOut.ZoomState2 3258 3258 Word R/W ZoomStatus AOut2 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) Control.AnalogOut.ZoomState3 3259 3259 Word R/W ZoomStatus AOut3 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) Control.AnalogOut.ZoomState4 3260 3260 Word R/W ZoomStatus AOut4 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) Control.ApplyGas.PumpState 2033 2033 Boolean R/W 0=Off, 1=On Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve 2021 2021 Boolean R/W 0=close all valves, 1=open sample valve Control.ApplyGas.SpanValve1 2029 2029 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span valve comp1 Control.ApplyGas.SpanValve2 2030 2030 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span valve comp2 Control.ApplyGas.SpanValve3 2031 2031 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span valve comp3 Control.ApplyGas.SpanValve4 2032 2032 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span valve comp4 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve1 2025 2025 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp1 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve2 2026 2026 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp2 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve3 2027 2027 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp3 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve4 2028 2028 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp4 Control.Calibration.Calibration_Cancel 2012 2012 Boolean R/W Cancel any calibration (1=cancel) Control.Calibration.Span_1 2006 2006 Boolean R/W Span calibration comp1 (1=start) Control.Calibration.Span_2 2007 2007 Boolean R/W Span calibration comp2 (1=start) Control.Calibration.Span_3 2008 2008 Boolean R/W Span calibration comp3 (1=start) Control.Calibration.Span_4 2009 2009 Boolean R/W Span calibration comp4 (1=start) Control.Calibration.Span_All 2010 2010 Boolean R/W Span calibration all (1=start) Control.Calibration.Zero_1 2001 2001 Boolean R/W Zero calibration comp1 (1=start) Control.Calibration.Zero_2 2002 2002 Boolean R/W Zero calibration comp2 (1=start) Control.Calibration.Zero_3 2003 2003 Boolean R/W Zero calibration comp3 (1=start) Control.Calibration.Zero_4 2004 2004 Boolean R/W Zero calibration comp4 (1=start) Control.Calibration.Zero_All 2005 2005 Boolean R/W Zero calibration all (1=start) Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_All 2011 2011 Boolean R/W Zero + span calibration all (1=start) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9 Modbus Commands Control.AcknowledgeStates 9-3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.3 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Control.RemoteExclusive Control.ResetDevice Address Data Type Client Access Description 2039 Boolean R/W Device access mode (0=Remote&LOI, 1=RemoteOnly) Modicon Daniel 2039 2037 2037 Boolean R/W reset the device: 0=none, 1=reset Info.ChannelId1 3201… 3210 3201… 3210 String RO channel identification text of comp1 Info.ChannelId2 3211… 3220 3211… 3220 String RO channel identification text of comp2 Info.ChannelId3 3221… 3230 3221… 3230 String RO channel identification text of comp3 Info.ChannelId4 3231… 3240 3231… 3240 String RO channel identification text of comp4 Info.EndOfRange1 6069… 6070 9035 Float RO end of range of component1 Info.EndOfRange2 6071… 6072 9036 Float RO end of range of component2 Info.EndOfRange3 6073… 6074 9037 Float RO end of range of component3 Info.EndOfRange4 6075… 6076 9038 Float RO end of range of component4 Info.InstalledOptions.DIO_Installed 3030 3030 Word RO dig. IO installed: 0=None, 1=Card1, 2 = Card1+2 Info.InstalledOptions.FlowAlarmInstalled 3023 3023 Word RO digital flow alarm installed Info.InstalledOptions.FlowSensorAssigned1 3273 3273 Word RO flow sensor assigned to comp1 (0=None, etc.) Info.InstalledOptions.FlowSensorAssigned2 3274 3274 Word RO flow sensor assigned to comp2 (0=None, etc.) Info.InstalledOptions.FlowSensorAssigned3 3275 3275 Word RO flow sensor assigned to comp3 (0=None, etc.) Info.InstalledOptions.FlowSensorAssigned4 3276 3276 Word RO flow sensor assigned to comp4 (0=None, etc.) Info.InstalledOptions.PressureSensorInstalled 3027 3027 Word RO pressure (0=manual,1=intSens,2=cyclR emote,3=comp2) Info.InstalledOptions.PumpInstalled 3043 3043 Word RO pump is installed and controlled by device Info.InstalledOptions.SIntInstalled 3025 3025 Word RO serial interface hardware installed Info.InstalledOptions.TempSensorAssigned1 3277 3277 Word RO temp sensor assigned to comp1 (0=None, etc.) Info.InstalledOptions.TempSensorAssigned2 3278 3278 Word RO temp sensor assigned to comp2 (0=None, etc.) Info.InstalledOptions.TempSensorAssigned3 3279 3279 Word RO temp sensor assigned to comp3 (0=None, etc.) Info.InstalledOptions.TempSensorAssigned4 3280 3280 Word RO temp sensor assigned to comp4 (0=None, etc.) 9-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Tag Name Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Description Info.InstalledOptions.ValvesInstalled 3031 3031 Word RO kind of valve unit installed (0=No,1=int., 2=ext.,3=int.&ext.) Info.InterfaceID 4033 4033 Word RO Interface which is communicated to (1 = Process, 2 = Service) Info.LowestEndRange1 6077… 6078 9039 Float RO min. range of comp1 that keeps specs Info.LowestEndRange2 6079… 6080 9040 Float RO min. range of comp2 that keeps specs Info.LowestEndRange3 6081… 6082 9041 Float RO min. range of comp3 that keeps specs Info.LowestEndRange4 6083… 6084 9042 Float RO min. range of comp4 that keeps specs Info.ManufacturingInfo 3281… 3296 3281… 3296 String RO Infos stored for manufacturing purposes Info.ProgramVersion 3241… 3256 3241… 3256 String RO software release version Info.SensorBuild 4030 4030 Word RO Build number of sensor firmware Info.SensorVersion 4029 4029 Word RO Version number of sensor firmware Info.SerialNumber 3196… 3200 3196… 3200 String RO serial number of the device Info.StartOfRange1 6061… 6062 9031 Float RO start of range of component1 Info.StartOfRange2 6063… 6064 9032 Float RO start of range of component2 Info.StartOfRange3 6065… 6066 9033 Float RO start of range of component3 Info.StartOfRange4 6067… 6068 9034 Float RO start of range of component4 Service.AccessMode 4010 4010 Word RO 0=Normal, 3=Service Service.AnalogOut.AOutAdjustEnd1 3309 3309 Short R/W gain value for fine adjustment of analog output1 Service.AnalogOut.AOutAdjustEnd2 3310 3310 Short R/W gain value for fine adjustment of analog output2 Service.AnalogOut.AOutAdjustEnd3 3311 3311 Short R/W gain value for fine adjustment of analog output3 Service.AnalogOut.AOutAdjustEnd4 3312 3312 Short R/W gain value for fine adjustment of analog output4 Service.AnalogOut.AOutAdjustStart1 3305 3305 Short R/W offset value for fine adjustment of analog output1 Service.AnalogOut.AOutAdjustStart2 3306 3306 Short R/W offset value for fine adjustment of analog output2 Service.AnalogOut.AOutAdjustStart3 3307 3307 Short R/W offset value for fine adjustment of analog output3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-5 Modbus Commands List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name 9 9.3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.3 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Description Service.AnalogOut.AOutAdjustStart4 3308 3308 Short R/W offset value for fine adjustment of analog output4 Service.Communication.SvcModbusFt32 3028 3028 Word R/W Svc: 32bit regs format (0=Daniel, 1=Modicon, 2=Modicon swap) Service.General.ChannelId1 3201… 3210 3201… 3210 String R/W channel identification text of comp1 Service.General.ChannelId2 3211… 3220 3211… 3220 String R/W channel identification text of comp2 Service.General.ChannelId3 3221… 3230 3221… 3230 String R/W channel identification text of comp3 Service.General.ChannelId4 3231… 3240 3231… 3240 String R/W channel identification text of comp4 Service.General.EmersonAccCode 3186… 3189 3186… 3189 String R/W code for getting LOI access to Emerson areas Service.General.EmersonAccMode 3190 3190 Word RO mode for getting LOI access to Emerson areas Service.General.NumberChannels 3001 3001 Word R/W number of built-in component channels Service.General.SerialNumber 3196… 3200 3196… 3200 String R/W serial number of the device Service.General.WarmupTime 3002 3002 Word R/W time in secs that is used for warmup phase Service.InstalledOptions.AOutNumber 3024 3024 Word R/W number of installed analog outputs Service.InstalledOptions.DIO_Installed 3030 3030 Word R/W dig. IO installed: 0=None, 1=Card1, 2=Card1+2 Service.InstalledOptions.FlowAlarmInstalled 3023 3023 Word R/W digital flow alarm installed Service.InstalledOptions.FlowSensorAssigned1 3273 3273 Word R/W flow sensor assigned to comp1 (0=None, etc.) Service.InstalledOptions.FlowSensorAssigned2 3274 3274 Word R/W flow sensor assigned to comp2 (0=None, etc.) Service.InstalledOptions.FlowSensorAssigned3 3275 3275 Word R/W flow sensor assigned to comp3 (0=None, etc.) Service.InstalledOptions.FlowSensorAssigned4 3276 3276 Word R/W flow sensor assigned to comp4 (0=None, etc.) Service.InstalledOptions.PressureSensorInstalled 3027 3027 Word R/W pressure (0=manual,1=intSens,2=cycl Remote) Service.InstalledOptions.PumpInstalled 3043 3043 Word R/W pump is installed and controlled by device Service.InstalledOptions.SIntInstalled 3025 3025 Word R/W serial interface hardware installed Service.InstalledOptions.TempSensorAssigned1 3277 3277 Word R/W temp sensor assigned to comp1 (0=None, etc.) Service.InstalledOptions.TempSensorAssigned2 3278 3278 Word R/W temp sensor assigned to comp2 (0=None, etc.) 9-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Address Data Type Client Access Description Service.InstalledOptions.TempSensorAssigned3 3279 3279 Word R/W temp sensor assigned to comp3 (0=None, etc.) Service.InstalledOptions.TempSensorAssigned4 3280 3280 Word R/W temp sensor assigned to comp4 (0=None, etc.) Service.InstalledOptions.ValvesInstalled 3031 3031 Word R/W kind of valve unit installed (0=No,1=int., 2=ext.,3=int.&ext.) Service.Linearizer.Unlinear 3007 3007 Word R/W activates unlinear concentration measurement (0 = no, 1 = yes) Service.LOI.HideOptionLines 3161 3161 Word R/W hides menu lines if depending on installed options: 0=Off 1=On Service.LOI.KeyDebounceCount 3164 3164 Word R/W number of key scans for validating Service.Measurement.DifferenceMeasurement 3015 3015 Word R/W bitfield to enable difference mode (b0=Ch1, b1=Ch2 etc.) Service.Measurement.DSPresetCount 3301 3301 Word R/W counter of DSP resets Service.Measurement.EndOfRange1 6069… 6070 9035 Float R/W end of range of component1 Service.Measurement.EndOfRange2 6071… 6072 9036 Float R/W end of range of component2 Service.Measurement.EndOfRange3 6073… 6074 9037 Float R/W end of range of component3 Service.Measurement.EndOfRange4 6075… 6076 9038 Float R/W end of range of component4 Service.Measurement.LowestEndRange1 6077… 6078 9039 Float R/W min. range of comp1 that keeps specs Service.Measurement.LowestEndRange2 6079… 6080 9040 Float R/W min. range of comp2 that keeps specs Service.Measurement.LowestEndRange3 6081… 6082 9041 Float R/W min. range of comp3 that keeps specs Service.Measurement.LowestEndRange4 6083… 6084 9042 Float R/W min. range of comp4 that keeps specs Service.Measurement.MaxConcePercent1 3011 3011 Word R/W max. allowed values in % of range for cal gases and conc limits Modbus Commands Modicon Daniel Service.Measurement.MaxConcePercent2 3012 3012 Word R/W max. allowed values in % of range for cal gases and conc limits 9 Tag Name Service.Measurement.MaxConcePercent3 3013 3013 Word R/W max. allowed values in % of range for cal gases and conc limits Service.Measurement.MaxConcePercent4 3014 3014 Word R/W max. allowed values in % of range for cal gases and conc limits Service.Measurement.PV1 6001… 6002 9001 Float R/W Concentration of component1 (in ppm) Service.Measurement.PV2 6003… 6004 9002 Float R/W Concentration of component2 (in ppm) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-7 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.3 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Description Service.Measurement.PV3 6005… 6006 9003 Float R/W Concentration of component3 (in ppm) Service.Measurement.PV4 6007… 6008 9004 Float R/W Concentration of component4 (in ppm) 3191 3191 Word R/W bitfield for enabling simulation of single components Service.Measurement.StartOfRange1 6061… 6062 9031 Float RO start of range of component1 Service.Measurement.StartOfRange2 6063… 6064 9032 Float RO start of range of component2 Service.Measurement.StartOfRange3 6065… 6066 9033 Float RO start of range of component3 Service.Measurement.StartOfRange4 6067… 6068 9034 Float RO start of range of component4 Service.Measurement.StartRawMeas1 3192 3192 Word R/W start raw measurement of component1 Service.Measurement.StartRawMeas2 3193 3193 Word R/W start raw measurement of component2 Service.Measurement.StartRawMeas3 3194 3194 Word R/W start raw measurement of component3 Service.Measurement.StartRawMeas4 3195 3195 Word R/W start raw measurement of component4 Service.RemoteSecurity 3008 3008 Word R/W Input Code to enable service accesss Service.Status.NAMUR.FailureMask 5021… 5022 8011 DWord R/W Bitmask that disables failure sources Service.Status.NAMUR.FctCheckMask 5027… 5028 8014 DWord R/W Bitmask that disables NAMUR FctCheck sources Service.Status.NAMUR.MaintMask 5023… 5024 8012 DWord R/W Bitmask that disables NAMUR maintenance request sources Service.Status.NAMUR.OffSpecMask 5025… 5026 8013 DWord R/W Bitmask that disables NAMUR OffSpec sources Service.TempControl.TempCheckEnable1 3109 3109 Word R/W check of comp1 for correct temperature: 0=Off 1=Temp1 2=Temp2 Service.TempControl.TempCheckEnable2 3110 3110 Word R/W check of comp2 for correct temperature: 0=Off 1=Temp1 2=Temp2 Service.TempControl.TempCheckEnable3 3111 3111 Word R/W check of comp3 for correct temperature: 0=Off 1=Temp1 2=Temp2 Service.TempControl.TempCheckEnable4 3112 3112 Word R/W check of comp4 for correct temperature: 0=Off 1=Temp1 2=Temp2 Service.TempControl.TempHighLimit1 3117 3117 Word R/W high limit in °C for temperature check of comp1 Service.TempControl.TempHighLimit2 3118 3118 Word R/W high limit in °C for temperature check of comp2 Service.TempControl.TempHighLimit3 3119 3119 Word R/W high limit in °C for temperature check of comp3 Service.Measurement.Simulation 9-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Description 3120 3120 Word R/W high limit in °C for temperature check of comp4 Service.TempControl.TempLowLimit1 3113 3113 Word R/W low limit in °C for temperature check of comp1 Service.TempControl.TempLowLimit2 3114 3114 Word R/W low limit in °C for temperature check of comp2 Service.TempControl.TempLowLimit3 3115 3115 Word R/W low limit in °C for temperature check of comp3 Service.TempControl.TempLowLimit4 3116 3116 Word R/W low limit in °C for temperature check of comp4 Setup.Alarms.FlowAlarmTyp1 3297 3297 Word R/W alarm type flow limit comp1: 0=offFS 1=lowFS Setup.Alarms.FlowAlarmTyp2 3298 3298 Word R/W alarm type flow limit comp2: 0=offFS 1=lowFS Setup.Alarms.FlowAlarmTyp3 3299 3299 Word R/W alarm type flow limit comp3: 0=offFS 1=lowFS Setup.Alarms.FlowAlarmTyp4 3300 3300 Word R/W alarm type flow limit comp4: 0=offFS 1=lowFS Setup.Alarms.FlowLimLevel1 6201… 6202 9101 Float R/W flow alarm level (l/min) for comp1 Setup.Alarms.FlowLimLevel2 6203… 6204 9102 Float R/W flow alarm level (l/min) for comp3 Setup.Alarms.FlowLimLevel3 6205… 6206 9103 Float R/W flow alarm level (l/min) for comp3 Setup.Alarms.FlowLimLevel4 6207… 6208 9104 Float R/W flow alarm level (l/min) for comp4 Setup.Alarms.Limit1AlarmTyp1 3101 3101 Word R/W alarm type limit1 comp1: 0=off 1=lo 2=hi 3=offFS 4=loFS 5=hiFS Setup.Alarms.Limit1AlarmTyp2 3102 3102 Word R/W alarm type limit1 comp2: 0=off 1=lo 2=hi 3=offFS 4=loFS 5=hiFS Setup.Alarms.Limit1AlarmTyp3 3103 3103 Word R/W alarm type limit1 comp3: 0=off 1=lo 2=hi 3=offFS 4=loFS 5=hiFS Setup.Alarms.Limit1AlarmTyp4 3104 3104 Word R/W alarm type limit1 comp4: 0=off 1=lo 2=hi 3=offFS 4=loFS 5=hiFS Setup.Alarms.Limit1Level1 6161… 6162 9081 Float R/W comp1 alarm level (ppm) for limit1 Setup.Alarms.Limit1Level2 6163… 6164 9082 Float R/W comp2 alarm level (ppm) for limit1 Setup.Alarms.Limit1Level3 6165… 6166 9083 Float R/W comp3 alarm level (ppm) for limit1 Setup.Alarms.Limit1Level4 6167… 6168 9084 Float R/W comp4 alarm level (ppm) for limit1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9 Modbus Commands Service.TempControl.TempHighLimit4 9-9 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.3 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Description Setup.Alarms.Limit2AlarmTyp1 3105 3105 Word R/W alarm type limit2 comp1: 0=off 1=lo 2=hi 3=offFS 4=loFS 5=hiFS Setup.Alarms.Limit2AlarmTyp2 3106 3106 Word R/W alarm type limit2 comp2: 0=off 1=lo 2=hi 3=offFS 4=loFS 5=hiFS Setup.Alarms.Limit2AlarmTyp3 3107 3107 Word R/W alarm type limit2 comp3: 0=off 1=lo 2=hi 3=offFS 4=loFS 5=hiFS Setup.Alarms.Limit2AlarmTyp4 3108 3108 Word R/W alarm type limit2 comp4: 0=off 1=lo 2=hi 3=offFS 4=loFS 5=hiFS Setup.Alarms.Limit2Level1 6169… 6170 9085 Float R/W comp1 alarm level (ppm) for limit2 Setup.Alarms.Limit2Level2 6171… 6172 9086 Float R/W comp2 alarm level (ppm) for limit2 Setup.Alarms.Limit2Level3 6173… 6174 9087 Float R/W comp3 alarm level (ppm) for limit2 Setup.Alarms.Limit2Level4 6175… 6176 9088 Float R/W comp4 alarm level (ppm) for limit2 Setup.Alarms.LimitHysteresis1 6177… 6178 9089 Float R/W alarm hysteresis for limits of comp1 in percent of range Setup.Alarms.LimitHysteresis2 6179… 6180 9090 Float R/W alarm hysteresis for limits of comp2 in percent of range Setup.Alarms.LimitHysteresis3 6181… 6182 9091 Float R/W alarm hysteresis for limits of comp3 in percent of range Setup.Alarms.LimitHysteresis4 6183… 6184 9092 Float R/W alarm hysteresis for limits of comp4 in percent of range Setup.Calibration.Auto.AutoZeroSpanTimeInterval 3098 3098 Word R/W time interval in hours for automatic zero&span calibrations Setup.Calibration.Auto.AutoZeroStartHours 3096 3096 Word R/W hour part for next start of automatic zero calibration Setup.Calibration.Auto.AutoZeroStartMinutes 3097 3097 Word R/W minute part for next start of automatic zero calibration Setup.Calibration.Auto.AutoZeroTimeInterval 3095 3095 Word R/W time interval in hours for automatic zero calibrations Setup.Calibration.Auto.AutoZSpanStartHours 3099 3099 Word R/W hour part for next start of automatic zero&span calibrations Setup.Calibration.Auto.AutoZSpanStartMinutes 3100 3100 Word R/W minute part for next start of automatic zero&span calibrations Setup.Calibration.FlushingPeriod 3041 3041 Word R/W purge delay time (in secs) for gas supply Setup.Calibration.HoldStatus 3042 3042 Word R/W hold analog outputs and alarms during non sample gas flowing Setup.Calibration.RestoreCalibSpan1 2017 2017 Boolean R/W restore span calibration parameters from user memory for comp1 9-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Description Setup.Calibration.RestoreCalibSpan2 2018 2018 Boolean R/W restore span calibration parameters from user memory for comp2 Setup.Calibration.RestoreCalibSpan3 2019 2019 Boolean R/W restore span calibration parameters from user memory for comp3 Setup.Calibration.RestoreCalibSpan4 2020 2020 Boolean R/W restore span calibration parameters from user memory for comp4 Setup.Calibration.RestoreCalibZero1 2013 2013 Boolean R/W restore zero calibration parameters from user memory for comp1 Setup.Calibration.RestoreCalibZero2 2014 2014 Boolean R/W restore zero calibration parameters from user memory for comp2 Setup.Calibration.RestoreCalibZero3 2015 2015 Boolean R/W restore zero calibration parameters from user memory for comp3 Setup.Calibration.RestoreCalibZero4 2016 2016 Boolean R/W restore zero calibration parameters from user memory for comp4 Setup.Calibration.SpanGasValue1 6121… 6122 9061 Float R/W value for comp1 (in ppm) which a span calibration adjusts to Setup.Calibration.SpanGasValue2 6123… 6124 9062 Float R/W value for comp2 (in ppm) which a span calibration adjusts to Setup.Calibration.SpanGasValue3 6125… 6126 9063 Float R/W value for comp3 (in ppm) which a span calibration adjusts to Setup.Calibration.SpanGasValue4 6127… 6128 9064 Float R/W value for comp4 (in ppm) which a span calibration adjusts to Setup.Calibration.ToleranceCheck 3021 3021 Word R/W check deviation tolerance (0=Off,1=On/ AutoClear,2=On) Setup.Calibration.Valves.SpanValveAssign1 3036 3036 Word R/W assigns span gas of comp1 to valves Setup.Calibration.Valves.SpanValveAssign2 3037 3037 Word R/W assigns span gas of comp2 to valves Setup.Calibration.Valves.SpanValveAssign3 3038 3038 Word R/W assigns span gas of comp3 to valves Setup.Calibration.Valves.SpanValveAssign4 3039 3039 Word R/W assigns span gas of comp4 to valves Setup.Calibration.Valves.ZeroValveAssign1 3032 3032 Word R/W assigns zero gas of comp1 to valves Setup.Calibration.Valves.ZeroValveAssign2 3033 3033 Word R/W assigns zero gas of comp2 to valves Setup.Calibration.Valves.ZeroValveAssign3 3034 3034 Word R/W assigns zero gas of comp3 to valves Setup.Calibration.Valves.ZeroValveAssign4 3035 3035 Word R/W assigns zero gas of comp4 to valves Setup.Calibration.ZeroGasValue1 6101… 6102 9051 Float R/W value for comp1 (in ppm) which a zero calibration adjusts to Setup.Calibration.ZeroGasValue2 6103… 6104 9052 Float R/W value for comp2 (in ppm) which a zero calibration adjusts to Setup.Calibration.ZeroGasValue3 6105… 6106 9053 Float R/W value for comp3 (in ppm) which a zero calibration adjusts to Setup.Calibration.ZeroGasValue4 6107… 6108 9054 Float R/W value for comp4 (in ppm) which a zero calibration adjusts to 3026 3026 Word R/W 32bit regs format (0=Daniel, 1=Modicon, 2=Modicon swap) Setup.Communication.SIntModbusFt32 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-11 Modbus Commands Tag Name 9 9.3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.3 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Description Setup.Display.Component.DecimalPoint1 3128 3128 Word R/W decimal points displayed for component1 Setup.Display.Component.DecimalPoint2 3138 3138 Word R/W decimal points displayed for component2 Setup.Display.Component.DecimalPoint3 3148 3148 Word R/W decimal points displayed for component3 Setup.Display.Component.DecimalPoint4 3158 3158 Word R/W decimal points displayed for component4 Setup.Display.Component.PrimVariableName1 3121… 3124 3121… 3124 String R/W displayed tag for component1 Setup.Display.Component.PrimVariableName2 3131… 3134 3131… 3134 String R/W displayed tag for component2 Setup.Display.Component.PrimVariableName3 3141… 3144 3141… 3144 String R/W displayed tag for component3 Setup.Display.Component.PrimVariableName4 3151… 3154 3151… 3154 String R/W displayed tag for component4 Setup.Display.Component.PrimVariableUnit1 3125… 3127 3125… 3127 String R/W unit displayed for comp1 Setup.Display.Component.PrimVariableUnit2 3135… 3137 3135… 3137 String R/W unit displayed for comp2 Setup.Display.Component.PrimVariableUnit3 3145… 3147 3145… 3147 String R/W unit displayed for comp3 Setup.Display.Component.PrimVariableUnit4 3155… 3157 3155… 3157 String R/W unit displayed for comp4 Setup.Display.Component.PVAunitFactor1 6149… 6150 9075 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed PrimVariableUnit1 Setup.Display.Component.PVAunitFactor2 6151… 6152 9076 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed PrimVariableUnit2 Setup.Display.Component.PVAunitFactor3 6153… 6154 9077 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed PrimVariableUnit3 Setup.Display.Component.PVAunitFactor4 6155… 6156 9078 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed PrimVariableUnit4 Setup.Display.Component.PVAunitOffset1 6141… 6142 9071 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed PrimVariableUnit1 Setup.Display.Component.PVAunitOffset2 6143… 6144 9072 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed PrimVariableUnit2 Setup.Display.Component.PVAunitOffset3 6145… 6146 9073 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed PrimVariableUnit3 Setup.Display.Component.PVAunitOffset4 6147… 6148 9074 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed PrimVariableUnit4 3165 3165 String R/W LOI‘s 3rd language (according ISO 639-1) Setup.Display.Lang3Name 9-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Address Data Type Client Access Description Setup.Display.Language 3162 3162 Word R/W LOI‘s language (0=EN, 1=DE, 2=3rd language) Setup.Display.LOIAutoHome 3163 3163 Word R/W Auto ‚Home‘ for LOI (0=Never, 1=1minute, 2=10minutes) Setup.Display.MeasureLines.MeasLine1 3166 3166 Word R/W signal assigned to line1 of 1st measurement display(0..n) Setup.Display.MeasureLines.MeasLine2 3167 3167 Word R/W signal assigned to line2 of 1st measurement display(0..n) Setup.Display.MeasureLines.MeasLine3 3168 3168 Word R/W signal assigned to line3 of 1st measurement display(0..n) Setup.Display.MeasureLines.MeasLine4 3169 3169 Word R/W signal assigned to line4 of 1st measurement display(0..n) Setup.Display.MeasureLines.MeasLine5 3313 3313 Word R/W signal assigned to line1 of 2nd measurement display(0..n) Setup.Display.MeasureLines.MeasLine6 3314 3314 Word R/W signal assigned to line2 of 2nd measurement display(0..n) Setup.Display.MeasureLines.MeasLine7 3315 3315 Word R/W signal assigned to line3 of 2nd measurement display(0..n) Setup.Display.MeasureLines.MeasLine8 3316 3316 Word R/W signal assigned to line4 of 2nd measurement display(0..n) Setup.Display.MenuAccesss.AutoCodeMode 3170 3170 Word R/W defines how codes autom. locked (0=never,1=home,2=1minute) 3171… 3174 3171… 3174 String R/W user code for getting access to basic areas Setup.Display.MenuAccesss.BasicAccMode 3175 3175 Word R/W mode for access to basic areas (0=allowed,1=code, 2=prohibited) Setup.Display.MenuAccesss.ExpertAccessCode 3176… 3179 3176… 3179 String R/W user code for getting access to expert areas 3180 3180 Word R/W mode for access to expert areas (0=all owed,1=code,2=prohibited) Setup.Display.MenuAccesss.SpecialAccessCode 3181… 3184 3181… 3184 String R/W user code for getting access to special areas Modbus Commands Modicon Daniel Setup.Display.MenuAccesss.SpecialAccMode 3185 3185 Word R/W mode for access special areas (0=allow ed,1=code,2=prohibited) 9 Tag Name Setup.Display.SecVars.FlowDecimalPoint 3150 3150 Word R/W decimal point position for flow displays Setup.Display.SecVars.FlowUnit 3149 3149 Word R/W unit to display flows (0=??, 1=??) Setup.Display.SecVars.PresDecimalPoint 3140 3140 Word R/W decimal point position for pressure displays Setup.Display.SecVars.PressUnit 3139 3139 Word R/W unit to display pressures (0=Pa,1=hPa, 2=mbar,3=Bar,4=psig) Setup.Display.SecVars.TempDecimalPoint 3130 3130 Word R/W decimal point position for temperature displays Setup.Display.MenuAccesss.BasicAccessCode Setup.Display.MenuAccesss.ExpertAccMode Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-13 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.3 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Description 3129 3129 Word R/W unit to display temperatures (0=°C, 1=°F) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutEndRange1 6093… 6094 9047 Float R/W level (ppm) where analoge output scaling ends for comp1 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutEndRange2 6095… 6096 9048 Float R/W level (ppm) where analoge output scaling ends for comp2 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutEndRange3 6097… 6098 9049 Float R/W level (ppm) where analoge output scaling ends for comp3 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutEndRange4 6099… 6100 9050 Float R/W level (ppm) where analoge output scaling ends for comp4 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutSignalAssign1 3017 3017 Word R/W asgn AOut1(0=std,1=AdjStart,2=AdjEn d, 3=Rng-C2) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutSignalAssign2 3018 3018 Word R/W asgn AOut2 (0=std,1=AdjStart,2=AdjEnd, 3=RngC2) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutSignalAssign3 3019 3019 Word R/W asgn AOut3 (0=std,1=AdjStart,2=AdjEnd, 3=RngC2) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutSignalAssign4 3020 3020 Word R/W asgn AOut4 (0=std,1=AdjStart,2=AdjEnd, 3=RngC2) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutStartRange1 6085… 6086 9043 Float R/W level (ppm) where analoge output scaling starts for comp1 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutStartRange2 6087… 6088 9044 Float R/W level (ppm) where analoge output scaling starts for comp2 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutStartRange3 6089… 6090 9045 Float R/W level (ppm) where analoge output scaling starts for comp3 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutStartRange4 6091… 6092 9046 Float R/W level (ppm) where analoge output scaling starts for comp4 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutType 3016 3016 Word R/W AOut behavior (0=0_20,1=4_20,2=0_2 0L,3=4_20L,4=0_20H,5=4_20H) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.Zoom1 3261 3261 Word R/W Zoom AOut1 (in %) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.Zoom2 3262 3262 Word R/W Zoom AOut2 (in %) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.Zoom3 3263 3263 Word R/W Zoom AOut3 (in %) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.Zoom4 3264 3264 Word R/W Zoom AOut4 (in %) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomControl1 3265 3265 Word R/W ZoomControl of AOut1 (0=Manual, 1=DigInput, 2=Auto) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomControl2 3266 3266 Word R/W ZoomControl of AOut2 (0=Manual, 1=DigInput, 2=Auto) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomControl3 3267 3267 Word R/W ZoomControl of AOut3 (0=Manual, 1=DigInput, 2=Auto) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomControl4 3268 3268 Word R/W ZoomControl of AOut4 (0=Manual, 1=DigInput, 2=Auto) Setup.Display.SecVars.TempUnit 9-14 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Description 3269 3269 Word R/W ZoomPosition AOut1 (0=LowScale, 1=HighScale) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomPosit2 3270 3270 Word R/W ZoomPosition AOut2 (0=LowScale, 1=HighScale) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomPosit3 3271 3271 Word R/W ZoomPosition AOut3 (0=LowScale, 1=HighScale) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomPosit4 3272 3272 Word R/W ZoomPosition AOut4 (0=LowScale, 1=HighScale) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomState1 3257 3257 Word R/W ZoomStatus AOut1 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomState2 3258 3258 Word R/W ZoomStatus AOut2 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomState3 3259 3259 Word R/W ZoomStatus AOut3 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomState4 3260 3260 Word R/W ZoomStatus AOut4 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO1In.Input1 3081 3081 Word R/W signal assigned to Input1 of DIOboard#1 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO1In.Input2 3082 3082 Word R/W signal assigned to Input2 of DIOboard#1 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO1In.Input3 3083 3083 Word R/W signal assigned to Input3 of DIOboard#1 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO1In.Input4 3084 3084 Word R/W signal assigned to Input4 of DIOboard#1 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO1In.Input5 3085 3085 Word R/W signal assigned to Input5 of DIOboard#1 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO1In.Input6 3086 3086 Word R/W signal assigned to Input6 of DIOboard#1 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO1In.Input7 3087 3087 Word R/W signal assigned to Input7 of DIOboard#1 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO1Out.Out1 3061 3061 Word R/W signal assigned to Output1 of DIOboard#1 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO1Out.Out2 3062 3062 Word R/W signal assigned to Output2 of DIOboard#1 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO1Out.Out3 3063 3063 Word R/W signal assigned to Output3 of DIOboard#1 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO1Out.Out4 3064 3064 Word R/W signal assigned to Output4 of DIOboard#1 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO1Out.Out5 3065 3065 Word R/W signal assigned to Output5 of DIOboard#1 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO1Out.Out6 3066 3066 Word R/W signal assigned to Output6 of DIOboard#1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9 Modbus Commands Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomPosit1 9-15 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.3 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Description Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO1Out.Out7 3067 3067 Word R/W signal assigned to Output7 of DIOboard#1 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO1Out.Out8 3068 3068 Word R/W signal assigned to Output8 of DIOboard#1 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO1Out.Out9 3069 3069 Word R/W signal assigned to Output9 of DIOboard#1 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO2In.Input1 3088 3088 Word R/W signal assigned to Input1 of DIOboard#2 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO2In.Input2 3089 3089 Word R/W signal assigned to Input2 of DIOboard#2 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO2In.Input3 3090 3090 Word R/W signal assigned to Input3 of DIOboard#2 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO2In.Input4 3091 3091 Word R/W signal assigned to Input4 of DIOboard#2 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO2In.Input5 3092 3092 Word R/W signal assigned to Input5 of DIOboard#2 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO2In.Input6 3093 3093 Word R/W signal assigned to Input6 of DIOboard#2 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO2In.Input7 3094 3094 Word R/W signal assigned to Input7 of DIOboard#2 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO2Out.Out1 3071 3071 Word R/W signal assigned to Output1 of DIOboard#2 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO2Out.Out2 3072 3072 Word R/W signal assigned to Output2 of DIOboard#2 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO2Out.Out3 3073 3073 Word R/W signal assigned to Output3 of DIOboard#2 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO2Out.Out4 3074 3074 Word R/W signal assigned to Output4 of DIOboard#2 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO2Out.Out5 3075 3075 Word R/W signal assigned to Output5 of DIOboard#2 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO2Out.Out6 3076 3076 Word R/W signal assigned to Output6 of DIOboard#2 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO2Out.Out7 3077 3077 Word R/W signal assigned to Output7 of DIOboard#2 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO2Out.Out8 3078 3078 Word R/W signal assigned to Output8 of DIOboard#2 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.DIO2Out.Out9 3079 3079 Word R/W signal assigned to Output9 of DIOboard#2 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.PSAOut. Relais1 3047 3047 Word R/W signal assigned to relais1 of PSA-board Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.PSAOut. Relais2 3048 3048 Word R/W signal assigned to relais2 of PSA-board 9-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Address Data Type Client Access Description Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.PSAOut. Relais3 3049 3049 Word R/W signal assigned to relais3 of PSA-board Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.PSAOut. Relais4 3050 3050 Word R/W signal assigned to relais4 of PSA-board Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.PSASHS. Pump1 3059 3059 Word R/W signal assigned to pump1 of PSAboard Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.PSASHS. Pump2 3060 3060 Word R/W signal assigned to pump2 of PSAboard Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.PSASHS. Valve1 3051 3051 Word R/W signal assigned to valve1 of PSA-board Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.PSASHS. Valve2 3052 3052 Word R/W signal assigned to valve2 of PSA-board Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.PSASHS. Valve3 3053 3053 Word R/W signal assigned to valve3 of PSA-board Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.PSASHS. Valve4 3054 3054 Word R/W signal assigned to valve4 of PSA-board Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.PSASHS. Valve5 3055 3055 Word R/W signal assigned to valve5 of PSA-board Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.PSASHS. Valve6 3056 3056 Word R/W signal assigned to valve6 of PSA-board Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.PSASHS. Valve7 3057 3057 Word R/W signal assigned to valve7 of PSA-board Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut.PSASHS. Valve8 3058 3058 Word R/W signal assigned to valve8 of PSA-board 6017… 6018 9009 Float R/W pressure (in hPa), if no pressure sensor installed then input Setup.Measurement.ResponseTime1 3003 3003 Word R/W signal damping (in secs) for gas change of comp1 Setup.Measurement.ResponseTime2 3004 3004 Word R/W signal damping (in secs) for gas change of comp2 Setup.Measurement.ResponseTime3 3005 3005 Word R/W signal damping (in secs) for gas change of comp3 Modbus Commands Modicon Daniel Setup.Measurement.ResponseTime4 3006 3006 Word R/W signal damping (in secs) for gas change of comp4 9 Tag Name Setup.SaveLoadUpdate.ConfigSaveLoad 3159 3159 Word R/W load/save memory: 0=load user, 1=load factory, 2=save user Status.Calibration.AutoZeroStartHours 3096 3096 Word RO hour part for next start of automatic zero calibration Status.Calibration.AutoZeroStartMinutes 3097 3097 Word RO minute part for next start of automatic zero calibration Status.Calibration.AutoZSpanStartHours 3099 3099 Word RO hour part for next start of automatic zero&span calibrations Setup.Measurement.AirPressure Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-17 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.3 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Description Status.Calibration.AutoZSpanStartMinutes 3100 3100 Word RO minute part for next start of automatic zero&span calibrations Status.Calibration.CalibrationCount 4005 4005 Word RO second decrementer for calibration and/or purging procedures Status.Calibration.CalibrationState 4004 4004 Word RO 0=None 1=valve 2=purge 3=Zstart 4=Sstart 5=Zwait 6=Swait 7=cance Status.Calibration.CalValveState 4003 4003 Word RO current state of the valves: bit0=sample, b1=V4, b2=V1, b3=V2 Status.Calibration.FactZeroOffset1 6129… 6130 9065 Float RO zero correction value comp1 determined in factory Status.Calibration.FactZeroOffset2 6131… 6132 9066 Float RO zero correction value comp2 determined in factory Status.Calibration.FactZeroOffset3 6133… 6134 9067 Float RO zero correction value comp 3 determined in factory Status.Calibration.FactZeroOffset4 6135… 6136 9068 Float RO zero correction value comp2 determined in factory Status.Calibration.PumpControl 3044 3044 Word RO internal pump is controlled by 0=PumpState, 1=dig.input Status.Calibration.PumpState 2033 2033 Boolean RO state of built-in pump Status.Calibration.ZeroOffset1 6109… 6110 9055 Float RO offset for comp1 determined by zero calibration Status.Calibration.ZeroOffset2 6111… 6112 9056 Float RO offset for comp2 determined by zero calibration Status.Calibration.ZeroOffset3 6113… 6114 9057 Float RO offset for comp3 determined by zero calibration Status.Calibration.ZeroOffset4 6115… 6116 9058 Float RO offset for comp4 determined by zero calibration Status.ChannelState.ChannelState1 5011… 5012 8006 DWord RO component1‘s state bitfield (b0:......) Status.ChannelState.ChannelState2 5013… 5014 8007 DWord RO component2‘s state bitfield (b0:......) Status.ChannelState.ChannelState3 5015… 5016 8008 DWord RO component3‘s state bitfield (b0:......) Status.ChannelState.ChannelState4 5017… 5018 8009 DWord RO component4‘s state bitfield (b0:......) Status.DeviceState 5009… 5010 8005 DWord RO device‘s state bit-field Status.DIO.InputState1 4008 4008 Word RO Input state of a Digital Input Card #1 Status.DIO.InputState2 4009 4009 Word RO Input state of a Digital Input Card #2 Status.DIO.OutputState1 4006 4006 Word RO Output state of a XDIO Card #1 Status.DIO.OutputState2 4007 4007 Word RO Output state of a XDIO Card #2 Status.DIO.PSAOutputState 4002 4002 Word RO DOut state of a PSA Card 9-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Status.DIO.PSASHSState Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Description 4031 4031 Word RO state of a PSA Card‘s SHS Status.Flow1 6193… 6194 9097 Float RO flow component1 in l/min Status.Flow2 6195… 6196 9098 Float RO flow component2 in l/min Status.Flow3 6197… 6198 9099 Float RO flow component3 in l/min Status.Flow4 6199… 6200 9100 Float RO flow component4 in l/min Status.Meas.FlowSensor1 6021… 6022 9011 Float RO calculated flow of sensor1 in l/min Status.Meas.FlowSensor2 6023… 6024 9012 Float RO calculated flow of sensor2 in l/min Status.Meas.FlowSensor3 6025… 6026 9013 Float RO calculated flow of sensor3 in l/min Status.Meas.FlowSensor4 6027… 6028 9014 Float RO calculated flow of sensor4 in l/min Status.Meas.RawMeasConcentration1 6009… 6010 9005 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component1 Status.Meas.RawMeasConcentration2 6011… 6012 9006 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component2 Status.Meas.RawMeasConcentration3 6013… 6014 9007 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component3 Status.Meas.RawMeasConcentration4 6015… 6016 9008 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component4 Status.Meas.RawQuotConce1 6053… 6054 9027 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component1 Status.Meas.RawQuotConce2 6055… 6056 9028 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component2 Status.Meas.RawQuotConce3 6057… 6058 9029 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component3 Status.Meas.RawQuotConce4 6059… 6060 9030 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component4 Status.Meas.RawRefConce1 6045… 6046 9023 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component1 Status.Meas.RawRefConce2 6047… 6048 9024 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component2 Status.Meas.RawRefConce3 6049… 6050 9025 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component3 Status.Meas.RawRefConce4 6051… 6052 9026 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component4 Status.Meas.SourceCurrent1 6037… 6038 9019 Float RO source current of component 1 in mA Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-19 Modbus Commands Tag Name 9 9.3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.3 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Description Status.Meas.SourceCurrent2 6039… 6040 9020 Float RO source current of component 2 in mA Status.Meas.SourceCurrent3 6041… 6042 9021 Float RO source current of component 3 in mA Status.Meas.SourceCurrent4 6043… 6044 9022 Float RO source current of component 4 in mA Status.Meas.TempSensor1 6029… 6030 9015 Float RO calculated temperature 1 in °C Status.Meas.TempSensor2 6031… 6032 9016 Float RO calculated temperature 2 in °C Status.Meas.TempSensor3 6033… 6034 9017 Float RO calculated temperature 3 in °C Status.Meas.TempSensor4 6035… 6036 9018 Float RO calculated temperature 4 in °C 4001 4001 Word RO device‘s NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F, b1:M, b2:O, b3:C) Status.NamurStates.NamurFailure 5001… 5002 8001 DWord RO Namur Failure bitfield Status.NamurStates.NamurFctCheck 5007… 5008 8004 DWord RO Namur Function Check bitfield Status.NamurStates.NamurMaint 5003… 5004 8002 DWord RO Namur Maintenance Request bitfield Status.NamurStates.NamurOffSpec 5005… 5006 8003 DWord RO Namur Off Specification bitfield Status.Pressure 6017… 6018 9009 Float RO Air Pressure Status.PV1 6001… 6002 9001 Float RO Concentration of component1 (in ppm) Status.PV1_Dis 6209… 6210 9105 Float RO Concentration of comp1 (in unit of display) Status.PV2 6003… 6004 9002 Float RO Concentration of component2 (in ppm) Status.PV2_Dis 6211… 6212 9106 Float RO Concentration of comp2 (in unit of display) Status.PV3 6005… 6006 9003 Float RO Concentration of component3 (in ppm) Status.PV3_Dis 6213… 6214 9107 Float RO Concentration of comp3 (in unit of display) Status.PV4 6007… 6008 9004 Float RO Concentration of component4 (in ppm) Status.PV4_Dis 6215… 6216 9108 Float RO Concentration of comp4 (in unit of display) Status.NamurState 9-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Description 6185… 6186 9093 Float RO calculated temperature 1 in °C Status.Temperature2 6187… 6188 9094 Float RO calculated temperature 2 in °C Status.Temperature3 6189… 6190 9095 Float RO calculated temperature 3 in °C Status.Temperature4 6191… 6192 9096 Float RO calculated temperature 4 in °C Status.ZoomState1 3257 3257 Word RO ZoomStatus AOut1 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) Status.ZoomState2 3258 3258 Word RO ZoomStatus AOut2 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) Status.ZoomState3 3259 3259 Word RO ZoomStatus AOut3 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) Status.ZoomState4 3260 3260 Word RO ZoomStatus AOut4 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) 9 Modbus Commands Status.Temperature1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-21 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.4 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers 9.4 List Of Parameters And Registers - Sorted By Daniel Registers Address Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel Modicon 2001 2001 Control.Calibration.Zero_1 Boolean R/W Zero calibration comp1 (1=start) 2002 2002 Control.Calibration.Zero_2 Boolean R/W Zero calibration comp2 (1=start) 2003 2003 Control.Calibration.Zero_3 Boolean R/W Zero calibration comp3 (1=start) 2004 2004 Control.Calibration.Zero_4 Boolean R/W Zero calibration comp4 (1=start) 2005 2005 Control.Calibration.Zero_All Boolean R/W Zero calibration all (1=start) 2006 2006 Control.Calibration.Span_1 Boolean R/W Span calibration comp1 (1=start) 2007 2007 Control.Calibration.Span_2 Boolean R/W Span calibration comp2 (1=start) 2008 2008 Control.Calibration.Span_3 Boolean R/W Span calibration comp3 (1=start) 2009 2009 Control.Calibration.Span_4 Boolean R/W Span calibration comp4 (1=start) 2010 2010 Control.Calibration.Span_All Boolean R/W Span calibration all (1=start) 2011 2011 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_All Boolean R/W Zero + span calibration all (1=start) 2012 2012 Control.Calibration.Calibration_ Cancel Boolean R/W Cancel any calibration (1=cancel) 2013 2013 Setup.Calibration.RestoreCalibZeBoolean ro1 R/W restore zero calibration parameters from user memory for comp1 2014 2014 Setup.Calibration.RestoreCalibZeBoolean ro2 R/W restore zero calibration parameters from user memory for comp2 2015 2015 Setup.Calibration.RestoreCalibZeBoolean ro3 R/W restore zero calibration parameters from user memory for comp3 2016 2016 Setup.Calibration.RestoreCalibZeBoolean ro4 R/W restore zero calibration parameters from user memory for comp4 2017 2017 Setup.Calibration.RestoreCalibSpan1 Boolean R/W restore span calibration parameters from user memory for comp1 2018 2018 Setup.Calibration.RestoreCalibSpan2 Boolean R/W restore span calibration parameters from user memory for comp2 2019 2019 Setup.Calibration.RestoreCalibSpan3 Boolean R/W restore span calibration parameters from user memory for comp3 2020 2020 Setup.Calibration.RestoreCalibSpan4 Boolean R/W restore span calibration parameters from user memory for comp4 2021 2021 Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve Boolean R/W 0=close all valves, 1=open sample valve 2025 2025 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve1 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp1 2026 2026 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve2 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp2 2027 2027 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve3 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp3 2028 2028 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve4 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp4 2029 2029 Control.ApplyGas.SpanValve1 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span valve comp1 2030 2030 Control.ApplyGas.SpanValve2 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span valve comp2 2031 2031 Control.ApplyGas.SpanValve3 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span valve comp3 2032 2032 Control.ApplyGas.SpanValve4 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span valve comp4 9-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.4 Address List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Tag Name Data Type Client Access R/W 0=Off, 1=On Description 2033 Control.ApplyGas.PumpState Boolean 2033 2033 Status.Calibration.PumpState Boolean RO state of built-in pump 2037 2037 Control.ResetDevice Boolean R/W reset the device: 0=none, 1=reset 2038 2038 Control.AcknowledgeStates Boolean R/W 1=Acknowledge device‘s states, 0=no effect 2039 2039 Control.RemoteExclusive Boolean R/W Device access mode (0=Remote&LOI, 1=RemoteOnly) 3001 3001 Service.General.NumberChannels Word R/W number of built-in component channels 3002 3002 Service.General.WarmupTime Word R/W time in secs that is used for warmup phase 3003 3003 Setup.Measurement.ResponseTime1 Word R/W signal damping (in secs) for gas change of comp1 3004 3004 Setup.Measurement.ResponseTime2 Word R/W signal damping (in secs) for gas change of comp2 3005 3005 Setup.Measurement.ResponseTime3 Word R/W signal damping (in secs) for gas change of comp3 3006 3006 Setup.Measurement.ResponseTime4 Word R/W signal damping (in secs) for gas change of comp4 3007 3007 Service.Linearizer.Unlinear Word R/W activates unlinear concentration measurement (0 = no, 1 = yes) 3008 3008 Service.RemoteSecurity Word R/W Input Code to enable service accesss 3011 3011 Service.Measurement.MaxConcePercent1 Word R/W max. allowed values in % of range for cal gases and conc limits 3012 3012 Service.Measurement.MaxConcePercent2 Word R/W max. allowed values in % of range for cal gases and conc limits 3013 3013 Service.Measurement.MaxConcePercent3 Word R/W max. allowed values in % of range for cal gases and conc limits 3014 3014 Service.Measurement.MaxConcePercent4 Word R/W max. allowed values in % of range for cal gases and conc limits 3015 3015 Service.Measurement.DifferenceMeasurement Word R/W bitfield to enable difference mode (b0=Ch1, b1=Ch2 etc.) 3016 3016 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut. AOutType Word R/W AOut behavior (0=0_20,1=4_20,2=0_20L,3=4_20 L,4=0_20H,5=4_20H) 3017 3017 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutSignalAssign1 Word R/W asgn AOut1(0=std,1=AdjStart,2=AdjEnd, 3=RngC2) 3018 3018 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutSignalAssign2 Word R/W asgn AOut2 (0=std,1=AdjStart,2=AdjEnd, 3=RngC2) 3019 3019 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutSignalAssign3 Word R/W asgn AOut3 (0=std,1=AdjStart,2=AdjEnd, 3=RngC2) 3020 3020 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOutSignalAssign4 Word R/W asgn AOut4 (0=std,1=AdjStart,2=AdjEnd, 3=RngC2) 3021 3021 Setup.Calibration.ToleranceCheck Word R/W check deviation tolerance (0=Off,1=On/ AutoClear,2=On) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-23 9 2033 Modbus Commands Daniel Modicon Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.4 Address HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel Modicon 3023 3023 Info.InstalledOptions.FlowAlarmInstalled Word RO digital flow alarm installed 3023 3023 Service.InstalledOptions.FlowAlarmInstalled Word R/W digital flow alarm installed 3024 3024 Service.InstalledOptions. AOutNumber Word R/W number of installed analog outputs 3025 3025 Info.InstalledOptions.SIntInstalled Word RO serial interface hardware installed 3025 3025 Service.InstalledOptions.SIntInstalled Word R/W serial interface hardware installed 3026 3026 Setup.Communication.SIntModbusFt32 Word R/W 32bit regs format (0=Daniel, 1=Modicon, 2=Modicon swap) 3027 3027 Info.InstalledOptions.PressureSensorInstalled Word RO pressure (0=manual,1=intSens,2=cyclRemote,3= comp2) 3027 3027 Service.InstalledOptions.PressureSensorInstalled Word R/W pressure (0=manual,1=intSens,2=cyclRemote) 3028 3028 Service.Communication.SvcModbusFt32 Word R/W Svc: 32bit regs format (0=Daniel, 1=Modicon, 2=Modicon swap) 3030 3030 Info.InstalledOptions.DIO_Installed Word RO dig. IO installed: 0=None, 1=Card1, 2=Card1+2 3030 3030 Service.InstalledOptions.DIO_Installed Word R/W dig. IO installed: 0=None, 1=Card1, 2=Card1+2 3031 3031 Info.InstalledOptions.ValvesInstalled Word RO kind of valve unit installed (0=No,1=int.,2=ext.,3= int.&ext.) 3031 3031 Service.InstalledOptions.ValvesInstalled Word R/W kind of valve unit installed (0=No,1=int.,2=ext.,3= int.&ext.) 3032 3032 Setup.Calibration.Valves.ZeroValveAssign1 Word R/W assigns zero gas of comp1 to valves 3033 3033 Setup.Calibration.Valves.ZeroValveAssign2 Word R/W assigns zero gas of comp2 to valves 3034 3034 Setup.Calibration.Valves.ZeroValveAssign3 Word R/W assigns zero gas of comp3 to valves 3035 3035 Setup.Calibration.Valves.ZeroValveAssign4 Word R/W assigns zero gas of comp4 to valves 3036 3036 Setup.Calibration.Valves.SpanValveAssign1 Word R/W assigns span gas of comp1 to valves 3037 3037 Setup.Calibration.Valves.SpanValveAssign2 Word R/W assigns span gas of comp2 to valves 3038 3038 Setup.Calibration.Valves.SpanValveAssign3 Word R/W assigns span gas of comp3 to valves 3039 3039 Setup.Calibration.Valves.SpanValveAssign4 Word R/W assigns span gas of comp4 to valves 3041 3041 Setup.Calibration.FlushingPeriod Word R/W purge delay time (in secs) for gas supply 9-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.4 Address List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel Modicon 3042 Setup.Calibration.HoldStatus Word R/W hold analog outputs and alarms during non sample gas flowing 3043 3043 Info.InstalledOptions.PumpInstalled Word RO pump is installed and controlled by device 3043 3043 Service.InstalledOptions.PumpInstalled Word R/W pump is installed and controlled by device 3044 3044 Status.Calibration.PumpControl Word RO internal pump is controlled by 0=PumpState, 1=dig.input 3047 3047 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. PSAOut.Relais1 Word R/W signal assigned to relais1 of PSA-board 3048 3048 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. PSAOut.Relais2 Word R/W signal assigned to relais2 of PSA-board 3049 3049 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. PSAOut.Relais3 Word R/W signal assigned to relais3 of PSA-board 3050 3050 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. PSAOut.Relais4 Word R/W signal assigned to relais4 of PSA-board 3051 3051 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. PSASHS.Valve1 Word R/W signal assigned to valve1 of PSA-board 3052 3052 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. PSASHS.Valve2 Word R/W signal assigned to valve2 of PSA-board 3053 3053 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. PSASHS.Valve3 Word R/W signal assigned to valve3 of PSA-board 3054 3054 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. PSASHS.Valve4 Word R/W signal assigned to valve4 of PSA-board 3055 3055 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. PSASHS.Valve5 Word R/W signal assigned to valve5 of PSA-board 3056 3056 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. PSASHS.Valve6 Word R/W signal assigned to valve6 of PSA-board 3057 3057 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. PSASHS.Valve7 Word R/W signal assigned to valve7 of PSA-board 3058 3058 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. PSASHS.Valve8 Word R/W signal assigned to valve8 of PSA-board 3059 3059 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. PSASHS.Pump1 Word R/W signal assigned to pump1 of PSA-board 3060 3060 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. PSASHS.Pump2 Word R/W signal assigned to pump2 of PSA-board 3061 3061 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO1Out.Out1 Word R/W signal assigned to Output1 of DIO-board#1 3062 3062 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO1Out.Out2 Word R/W signal assigned to Output2 of DIO-board#1 3063 3063 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO1Out.Out3 Word R/W signal assigned to Output3 of DIO-board#1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9 Modbus Commands 3042 9-25 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.4 Address HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel Modicon 3064 3064 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO1Out.Out4 Word R/W signal assigned to Output4 of DIO-board#1 3065 3065 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO1Out.Out5 Word R/W signal assigned to Output5 of DIO-board#1 3066 3066 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO1Out.Out6 Word R/W signal assigned to Output6 of DIO-board#1 3067 3067 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO1Out.Out7 Word R/W signal assigned to Output7 of DIO-board#1 3068 3068 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO1Out.Out8 Word R/W signal assigned to Output8 of DIO-board#1 3069 3069 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO1Out.Out9 Word R/W signal assigned to Output9 of DIO-board#1 3071 3071 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO2Out.Out1 Word R/W signal assigned to Output1 of DIO-board#2 3072 3072 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO2Out.Out2 Word R/W signal assigned to Output2 of DIO-board#2 3073 3073 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO2Out.Out3 Word R/W signal assigned to Output3 of DIO-board#2 3074 3074 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO2Out.Out4 Word R/W signal assigned to Output4 of DIO-board#2 3075 3075 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO2Out.Out5 Word R/W signal assigned to Output5 of DIO-board#2 3076 3076 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO2Out.Out6 Word R/W signal assigned to Output6 of DIO-board#2 3077 3077 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO2Out.Out7 Word R/W signal assigned to Output7 of DIO-board#2 3078 3078 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO2Out.Out8 Word R/W signal assigned to Output8 of DIO-board#2 3079 3079 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO2Out.Out9 Word R/W signal assigned to Output9 of DIO-board#2 3081 3081 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO1In.Input1 Word R/W signal assigned to Input1 of DIO-board#1 3082 3082 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO1In.Input2 Word R/W signal assigned to Input2 of DIO-board#1 3083 3083 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO1In.Input3 Word R/W signal assigned to Input3 of DIO-board#1 3084 3084 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO1In.Input4 Word R/W signal assigned to Input4 of DIO-board#1 3085 3085 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO1In.Input5 Word R/W signal assigned to Input5 of DIO-board#1 3086 3086 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO1In.Input6 Word R/W signal assigned to Input6 of DIO-board#1 9-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.4 Address List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description 3087 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO1In.Input7 Word R/W signal assigned to Input7 of DIO-board#1 3088 3088 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO2In.Input1 Word R/W signal assigned to Input1 of DIO-board#2 3089 3089 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO2In.Input2 Word R/W signal assigned to Input2 of DIO-board#2 3090 3090 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO2In.Input3 Word R/W signal assigned to Input3 of DIO-board#2 3091 3091 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO2In.Input4 Word R/W signal assigned to Input4 of DIO-board#2 3092 3092 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO2In.Input5 Word R/W signal assigned to Input5 of DIO-board#2 3093 3093 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO2In.Input6 Word R/W signal assigned to Input6 of DIO-board#2 3094 3094 Setup.In/Outputs.DigitalInOut. DIO2In.Input7 Word R/W signal assigned to Input7 of DIO-board#2 3095 3095 Setup.Calibration.Auto.AutoZeroTimeInterval Word R/W time interval in hours for automatic zero calibrations 3096 3096 Setup.Calibration.Auto.AutoZeroStartHours Word R/W hour part for next start of automatic zero calibration 3096 3096 Status.Calibration.AutoZeroStartHours Word RO hour part for next start of automatic zero calibration 3097 3097 Setup.Calibration.Auto.AutoZeroStartMinutes Word R/W minute part for next start of automatic zero calibration 3097 3097 Status.Calibration.AutoZeroStartMinutes Word RO minute part for next start of automatic zero calibration 3098 3098 Setup.Calibration.Auto.AutoZeroSpanTimeInterval Word R/W time interval in hours for automatic zero&span calibrations 3099 3099 Setup.Calibration.Auto.AutoZSpanStartHours Word R/W hour part for next start of automatic zero&span calibrations 3099 3099 Status.Calibration.AutoZSpanStartHours Word RO hour part for next start of automatic zero&span calibrations 3100 3100 Setup.Calibration.Auto.AutoZSpanStartMinutes Word R/W minute part for next start of automatic zero&span calibrations 3100 3100 Status.Calibration.AutoZSpanStartMinutes Word RO minute part for next start of automatic zero&span calibrations 3101 3101 Setup.Alarms.Limit1AlarmTyp1 Word R/W alarm type limit1 comp1: 0=off 1=lo 2=hi 3=offFS 4=loFS 5=hiFS 3102 3102 Setup.Alarms.Limit1AlarmTyp2 Word R/W alarm type limit1 comp2: 0=off 1=lo 2=hi 3=offFS 4=loFS 5=hiFS 3103 3103 Setup.Alarms.Limit1AlarmTyp3 Word R/W alarm type limit1 comp3: 0=off 1=lo 2=hi 3=offFS 4=loFS 5=hiFS Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-27 9 3087 Modbus Commands Daniel Modicon Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.4 Address HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel Modicon 3104 3104 Setup.Alarms.Limit1AlarmTyp4 Word R/W alarm type limit1 comp4: 0=off 1=lo 2=hi 3=offFS 4=loFS 5=hiFS 3105 3105 Setup.Alarms.Limit2AlarmTyp1 Word R/W alarm type limit2 comp1: 0=off 1=lo 2=hi 3=offFS 4=loFS 5=hiFS 3106 3106 Setup.Alarms.Limit2AlarmTyp2 Word R/W alarm type limit2 comp2: 0=off 1=lo 2=hi 3=offFS 4=loFS 5=hiFS 3107 3107 Setup.Alarms.Limit2AlarmTyp3 Word R/W alarm type limit2 comp3: 0=off 1=lo 2=hi 3=offFS 4=loFS 5=hiFS 3108 3108 Setup.Alarms.Limit2AlarmTyp4 Word R/W alarm type limit2 comp4: 0=off 1=lo 2=hi 3=offFS 4=loFS 5=hiFS 3109 3109 Service.TempControl.TempCheckEWord nable1 R/W check of comp1 for correct temperature: 0=Off 1=Temp1 2=Temp2 3110 3110 Service.TempControl.TempCheckEWord nable2 R/W check of comp2 for correct temperature: 0=Off 1=Temp1 2=Temp2 3111 3111 Service.TempControl.TempCheckEWord nable3 R/W check of comp3 for correct temperature: 0=Off 1=Temp1 2=Temp2 3112 3112 Service.TempControl.TempCheckEWord nable4 R/W check of comp4 for correct temperature: 0=Off 1=Temp1 2=Temp2 3113 3113 Service.TempControl.TempLowLimit1 Word R/W low limit in °C for temperature check of comp1 3114 3114 Service.TempControl.TempLowLimit2 Word R/W low limit in °C for temperature check of comp2 3115 3115 Service.TempControl.TempLowLimit3 Word R/W low limit in °C for temperature check of comp3 3116 3116 Service.TempControl.TempLowLimit4 Word R/W low limit in °C for temperature check of comp4 3117 3117 Service.TempControl.TempHighLimit1 Word R/W high limit in °C for temperature check of comp1 3118 3118 Service.TempControl.TempHighLimit2 Word R/W high limit in °C for temperature check of comp2 3119 3119 Service.TempControl.TempHighLimit3 Word R/W high limit in °C for temperature check of comp3 3120 3120 Service.TempControl.TempHighLimit4 Word R/W high limit in °C for temperature check of comp4 3121… 3124 3121… Setup.Display.Component.PrimVa3124 riableName1 String R/W displayed tag for component1 3125… 3127 3125… Setup.Display.Component.PrimVa3127 riableUnit1 String R/W unit displayed for comp1 3128 3128 Setup.Display.Component.DecimalPoint1 Word R/W decimal points displayed for component1 3129 3129 Setup.Display.SecVars.TempUnit Word R/W unit to display temperatures (0=°C, 1=°F) 9-28 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Data Type Client Access Setup.Display.SecVars.TempDecimalPoint Word R/W decimal point position for temperature displays 3131… 3134 3131… Setup.Display.Component.PrimVa3134 riableName2 String R/W displayed tag for component2 3135… 3137 3135… Setup.Display.Component.PrimVa3137 riableUnit2 String R/W unit displayed for comp2 Address Tag Name Description 3130 3130 3138 3138 Setup.Display.Component.DecimalPoint2 Word R/W decimal points displayed for component2 3139 3139 Setup.Display.SecVars.PressUnit Word R/W unit to display pressures (0=Pa,1=hPa,2=mbar,3= Bar,4=psig) 3140 3140 Setup.Display.SecVars.PresDecimalPoint Word R/W decimal point position for pressure displays 3141… 3144 3141… Setup.Display.Component.PrimVa3144 riableName3 String R/W displayed tag for component3 3145… 3147 3145… Setup.Display.Component.PrimVa3147 riableUnit3 String R/W unit displayed for comp3 3148 3148 Setup.Display.Component.DecimalPoint3 Word R/W decimal points displayed for component3 3149 3149 Setup.Display.SecVars.FlowUnit Word R/W unit to display flows (0=??, 1=??) 3150 3150 Setup.Display.SecVars.FlowDecimalPoint Word R/W decimal point position for flow displays 3151… 3154 3151… Setup.Display.Component.PrimVa3154 riableName4 String R/W displayed tag for component4 3155… 3157 3155… Setup.Display.Component.PrimVa3157 riableUnit4 String R/W unit displayed for comp4 3158 Setup.Display.Component.DecimalPoint4 Word R/W decimal points displayed for component4 3159 3159 Setup.SaveLoadUpdate.ConfigSaveLoad Word R/W load/save memory: 0=load user, 1=load factory, 2=save user 3161 3161 Service.LOI.HideOptionLines Word R/W hides menu lines if depending on installed options: 0=Off 1=On 3162 3162 Setup.Display.Language Word R/W LOI‘s language (0=EN, 1=DE, 2=3rd language) 3163 3163 Setup.Display.LOIAutoHome Word R/W Auto ‚Home‘ for LOI (0=Never, 1=1minute, 2=10minutes) 3164 3164 Service.LOI.KeyDebounceCount Word R/W number of key scans for validating 3165 3165 Setup.Display.Lang3Name String R/W LOI‘s 3rd language (according ISO 639-1) 3166 3166 Setup.Display.MeasureLines. MeasLine1 Word R/W signal assigned to line1 of 1st measurement display(0..n) 3167 3167 Setup.Display.MeasureLines. MeasLine2 Word R/W signal assigned to line2 of 1st measurement display(0..n) 3168 3168 Setup.Display.MeasureLines. MeasLine3 Word R/W signal assigned to line3 of 1st measurement display(0..n) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9 3158 Modbus Commands Daniel Modicon 9-29 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.4 Address HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel Modicon 3169 3169 Setup.Display.MeasureLines. MeasLine4 Word R/W signal assigned to line4 of 1st measurement display(0..n) 3170 3170 Setup.Display.MenuAccesss.AutoCodeMode Word R/W defines how codes autom. locked (0=never,1=home,2=1minute) 3171… Setup.Display.MenuAccesss.Basi3174 cAccessCode String R/W user code for getting access to basic areas Setup.Display.MenuAccesss.BasicAccMode Word R/W mode for access to basic areas (0=allowed,1=code, 2=prohibited) 3176… Setup.Display.MenuAccesss.ExperString 3179 tAccessCode R/W user code for getting access to expert areas Setup.Display.MenuAccesss.ExperWord tAccMode R/W mode for access to expert areas (0=allowed,1=co de,2=prohibited) 3171… 3174 3175 3176… 3179 3180 3181… 3184 3185 3186… 3189 3175 3180 3181… Setup.Display.MenuAccesss.Spe3184 cialAccessCode String R/W user code for getting access to special areas Setup.Display.MenuAccesss.SpecialAccMode Word R/W mode for access special areas (0=allowed,1=code ,2=prohibited) String R/W code for getting LOI access to Emerson areas 3185 3186… Service.General.EmersonAccCode 3189 3190 3190 Service.General.EmersonAccMode Word RO mode for getting LOI access to Emerson areas 3191 3191 Service.Measurement.Simulation Word R/W bitfield for enabling simulation of single components 3192 3192 Service.Measurement.StartRawMeas1 Word R/W start raw measurement of component1 3193 3193 Service.Measurement.StartRawMeas2 Word R/W start raw measurement of component2 3194 3194 Service.Measurement.StartRawMeas3 Word R/W start raw measurement of component3 3195 3195 Service.Measurement.StartRawMeas4 Word R/W start raw measurement of component4 3196… 3200 3196… Info.SerialNumber 3200 String RO serial number of the device 3196… 3200 3196… Service.General.SerialNumber 3200 String R/W serial number of the device 3201… 3210 3201… Info.ChannelId1 3210 String RO channel identification text of comp1 3201… 3210 3201… Service.General.ChannelId1 3210 String R/W channel identification text of comp1 3211… 3220 3211… Info.ChannelId2 3220 String RO channel identification text of comp2 3211… 3220 3211… Service.General.ChannelId2 3220 String R/W channel identification text of comp2 9-30 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.4 Address List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description String RO channel identification text of comp3 3221… 3230 3221… Service.General.ChannelId3 3230 String R/W channel identification text of comp3 3231… 3240 3231… Info.ChannelId4 3240 String RO channel identification text of comp4 3231… 3240 3231… Service.General.ChannelId4 3240 String R/W channel identification text of comp4 3241… 3256 3241… Info.ProgramVersion 3256 String RO software release version 3257 3257 Control.AnalogOut.ZoomState1 Word R/W ZoomStatus AOut1 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) 3257 3257 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomState1 Word R/W ZoomStatus AOut1 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) 3257 3257 Status.ZoomState1 Word RO ZoomStatus AOut1 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) 3258 3258 Control.AnalogOut.ZoomState2 Word R/W ZoomStatus AOut2 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) 3258 3258 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomState2 Word R/W ZoomStatus AOut2 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) 3258 3258 Status.ZoomState2 Word RO ZoomStatus AOut2 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) 3259 3259 Control.AnalogOut.ZoomState3 Word R/W ZoomStatus AOut3 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) 3259 3259 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomState3 Word R/W ZoomStatus AOut3 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) 3259 3259 Status.ZoomState3 Word RO ZoomStatus AOut3 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) 3260 3260 Control.AnalogOut.ZoomState4 Word R/W ZoomStatus AOut4 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) 3260 3260 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomState4 Word R/W ZoomStatus AOut4 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) 3260 3260 Status.ZoomState4 Word RO ZoomStatus AOut4 (0=Normal, 1=Zoomed) 3261 3261 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut. Zoom1 Word R/W Zoom AOut1 (in %) 3262 3262 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut. Zoom2 Word R/W Zoom AOut2 (in %) 3263 3263 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut. Zoom3 Word R/W Zoom AOut3 (in %) 3264 3264 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut. Zoom4 Word R/W Zoom AOut4 (in %) 3265 3265 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomControl1 Word R/W ZoomControl of AOut1 (0=Manual, 1=DigInput, 2=Auto) 3266 3266 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomControl2 Word R/W ZoomControl of AOut2 (0=Manual, 1=DigInput, 2=Auto) 3267 3267 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomControl3 Word R/W ZoomControl of AOut3 (0=Manual, 1=DigInput, 2=Auto) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9 3221… Info.ChannelId3 3230 Modbus Commands Daniel Modicon 3221… 3230 9-31 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.4 Address HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel Modicon 3268 3268 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomControl4 Word R/W ZoomControl of AOut4 (0=Manual, 1=DigInput, 2=Auto) 3269 3269 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomPosit1 Word R/W ZoomPosition AOut1 (0=LowScale, 1=HighScale) 3270 3270 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomPosit2 Word R/W ZoomPosition AOut2 (0=LowScale, 1=HighScale) 3271 3271 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomPosit3 Word R/W ZoomPosition AOut3 (0=LowScale, 1=HighScale) 3272 3272 Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.ZoomPosit4 Word R/W ZoomPosition AOut4 (0=LowScale, 1=HighScale) 3273 3273 Info.InstalledOptions.FlowSensorAssigned1 Word RO flow sensor assigned to comp1 (0=None, etc.) 3273 3273 Service.InstalledOptions.FlowSensorAssigned1 Word R/W flow sensor assigned to comp1 (0=None, etc.) 3274 3274 Info.InstalledOptions.FlowSensorAssigned2 Word RO flow sensor assigned to comp2 (0=None, etc.) 3274 3274 Service.InstalledOptions.FlowSensorAssigned2 Word R/W flow sensor assigned to comp2 (0=None, etc.) 3275 3275 Info.InstalledOptions.FlowSensorAssigned3 Word RO flow sensor assigned to comp3 (0=None, etc.) 3275 3275 Service.InstalledOptions.FlowSensorAssigned3 Word R/W flow sensor assigned to comp3 (0=None, etc.) 3276 3276 Info.InstalledOptions.FlowSensorAssigned4 Word RO flow sensor assigned to comp4 (0=None, etc.) 3276 3276 Service.InstalledOptions.FlowSensorAssigned4 Word R/W flow sensor assigned to comp4 (0=None, etc.) 3277 3277 Info.InstalledOptions.TempSensorAssigned1 Word RO temp sensor assigned to comp1 (0=None, etc.) 3277 3277 Service.InstalledOptions.TempSensorAssigned1 Word R/W temp sensor assigned to comp1 (0=None, etc.) 3278 3278 Info.InstalledOptions.TempSensorAssigned2 Word RO temp sensor assigned to comp2 (0=None, etc.) 3278 3278 Service.InstalledOptions.TempSensorAssigned2 Word R/W temp sensor assigned to comp2 (0=None, etc.) 3279 3279 Info.InstalledOptions.TempSensorAssigned3 Word RO temp sensor assigned to comp3 (0=None, etc.) 3279 3279 Service.InstalledOptions.TempSensorAssigned3 Word R/W temp sensor assigned to comp3 (0=None, etc.) 3280 3280 Info.InstalledOptions.TempSensorAssigned4 Word RO temp sensor assigned to comp4 (0=None, etc.) 3280 3280 Service.InstalledOptions.TempSensorAssigned4 Word R/W temp sensor assigned to comp4 (0=None, etc.) 9-32 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.4 Address List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Tag Name Data Type Client Access String RO Infos stored for manufacturing purposes Description 3297 3297 Setup.Alarms.FlowAlarmTyp1 Word R/W alarm type flow limit comp1: 0=offFS 1=lowFS 3298 3298 Setup.Alarms.FlowAlarmTyp2 Word R/W alarm type flow limit comp2: 0=offFS 1=lowFS 3299 3299 Setup.Alarms.FlowAlarmTyp3 Word R/W alarm type flow limit comp3: 0=offFS 1=lowFS 3300 3300 Setup.Alarms.FlowAlarmTyp4 Word R/W alarm type flow limit comp4: 0=offFS 1=lowFS 3301 3301 Service.Measurement.DSPresetCount Word R/W counter of DSP resets 3305 3305 Service.AnalogOut.AOutAdjustStart1 Short R/W offset value for fine adjustment of analog output1 3306 3306 Service.AnalogOut.AOutAdjustStart2 Short R/W offset value for fine adjustment of analog output2 3307 3307 Service.AnalogOut.AOutAdjustStart3 Short R/W offset value for fine adjustment of analog output3 3308 3308 Service.AnalogOut.AOutAdjustStart4 Short R/W offset value for fine adjustment of analog output4 3309 3309 Service.AnalogOut.AOutAdjustEnd1 Short R/W gain value for fine adjustment of analog output1 3310 3310 Service.AnalogOut.AOutAdjustEnd2 Short R/W gain value for fine adjustment of analog output2 3311 3311 Service.AnalogOut.AOutAdjustEnd3 Short R/W gain value for fine adjustment of analog output3 3312 3312 Service.AnalogOut.AOutAdjustEnd4 Short R/W gain value for fine adjustment of analog output4 3313 3313 Setup.Display.MeasureLines. MeasLine5 Word R/W signal assigned to line1 of 2nd measurement display(0..n) 3314 3314 Setup.Display.MeasureLines. MeasLine6 Word R/W signal assigned to line2 of 2nd measurement display(0..n) 3315 3315 Setup.Display.MeasureLines. MeasLine7 Word R/W signal assigned to line3 of 2nd measurement display(0..n) 3316 3316 Setup.Display.MeasureLines. MeasLine8 Word R/W signal assigned to line4 of 2nd measurement display(0..n) 4001 4001 Status.NamurState Word RO device‘s NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F, b1:M, b2:O, b3:C) 4002 4002 Status.DIO.PSAOutputState Word RO DOut state of a PSA Card 4003 4003 Status.Calibration.CalValveState Word RO current state of the valves: bit0=sample, b1=V4, b2=V1, b3=V2 4004 4004 Status.Calibration.CalibrationState Word RO 0=None 1=valve 2=purge 3=Zstart 4=Sstart 5=Zwait 6=Swait 7=cance 4005 4005 Status.Calibration.CalibrationCount Word RO second decrementer for calibration and/or purging procedures Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-33 9 3281… Info.ManufacturingInfo 3296 Modbus Commands Daniel Modicon 3281… 3296 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.4 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Address Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel Modicon 4006 4006 Status.DIO.OutputState1 Word RO Output state of a XDIO Card #1 4007 4007 Status.DIO.OutputState2 Word RO Output state of a XDIO Card #2 4008 4008 Status.DIO.InputState1 Word RO Input state of a Digital Input Card #1 4009 4009 Status.DIO.InputState2 Word RO Input state of a Digital Input Card #2 4010 4010 Service.AccessMode Word RO 0=Normal, 3=Service 4029 4029 Info.SensorVersion Word RO Version number of sensor firmware 4030 4030 Info.SensorBuild Word RO Build number of sensor firmware 4031 4031 Status.DIO.PSASHSState Word RO state of a PSA Card‘s SHS 4033 4033 Info.InterfaceID Word RO Interface which is communicated to (1 = Process, 2 = Service) 8001 5001… Status.NamurStates.NamurFailure 5002 DWord RO Namur Failure bitfield 8002 5003… Status.NamurStates.NamurMaint 5004 DWord RO Namur Maintenance Request bitfield 8003 5005… Status.NamurStates.NamurOffSpec DWord 5006 RO Namur Off Specification bitfield 8004 5007… Status.NamurStates.NamurFct5008 Check DWord RO Namur Function Check bitfield 8005 5009… Status.DeviceState 5010 DWord RO device‘s state bit-field 8006 5011… Status.ChannelState.Channel5012 State1 DWord RO component1‘s state bitfield (b0:......) 8007 5013… Status.ChannelState.Channel5014 State2 DWord RO component2‘s state bitfield (b0:......) 8008 5015… Status.ChannelState.Channel5016 State3 DWord RO component3‘s state bitfield (b0:......) 8009 5017… Status.ChannelState.Channel5018 State4 DWord RO component4‘s state bitfield (b0:......) 8011 5021… Service.Status.NAMUR.Failure5022 Mask DWord R/W Bitmask that disables failure sources 8012 5023… Service.Status.NAMUR.MaintMask DWord 5024 R/W Bitmask that disables NAMUR maintenance request sources 8013 5025… Service.Status.NAMUR.OffSpec5026 Mask DWord R/W Bitmask that disables NAMUR OffSpec sources 8014 5027… Service.Status.NAMUR.FctCheck5028 Mask DWord R/W Bitmask that disables NAMUR FctCheck sources 9001 6001… Service.Measurement.PV1 6002 Float R/W Concentration of component1 (in ppm) 9001 6001… Status.PV1 6002 Float RO Concentration of component1 (in ppm) 9-34 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Address Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel Modicon 6003… Service.Measurement.PV2 6004 Float R/W Concentration of component2 (in ppm) 9002 6003… Status.PV2 6004 Float RO Concentration of component2 (in ppm) 9003 6005… Service.Measurement.PV3 6006 Float R/W Concentration of component3 (in ppm) 9003 6005… Status.PV3 6006 Float RO Concentration of component3 (in ppm) 9004 6007… Service.Measurement.PV4 6008 Float R/W Concentration of component4 (in ppm) 9004 6007… Status.PV4 6008 Float RO Concentration of component4 (in ppm) 9005 6009… Status.Meas.RawMeasConcentra6010 tion1 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component1 9006 6011… Status.Meas.RawMeasConcentra6012 tion2 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component2 9007 6013… Status.Meas.RawMeasConcentra6014 tion3 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component3 9008 6015… Status.Meas.RawMeasConcentra6016 tion4 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component4 9009 6017… Setup.Measurement.AirPressure 6018 Float R/W pressure (in hPa), if no pressure sensor installed then input 9009 6017… Status.Pressure 6018 Float RO Air Pressure 9011 6021… Status.Meas.FlowSensor1 6022 Float RO calculated flow of sensor1 in l/min 9012 6023… Status.Meas.FlowSensor2 6024 Float RO calculated flow of sensor2 in l/min 9013 6025… Status.Meas.FlowSensor3 6026 Float RO calculated flow of sensor3 in l/min 9014 6027… Status.Meas.FlowSensor4 6028 Float RO calculated flow of sensor4 in l/min 9015 6029… Status.Meas.TempSensor1 6030 Float RO calculated temperature 1 in °C 9016 6031… Status.Meas.TempSensor2 6032 Float RO calculated temperature 2 in °C 9017 6033… Status.Meas.TempSensor3 6034 Float RO calculated temperature 3 in °C 9018 6035… Status.Meas.TempSensor4 6036 Float RO calculated temperature 4 in °C 9019 6037… Status.Meas.SourceCurrent1 6038 Float RO source current of component 1 in mA Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9 Modbus Commands 9002 9-35 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.4 Address HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel Modicon 9020 6039… Status.Meas.SourceCurrent2 6040 Float RO source current of component 2 in mA 9021 6041… Status.Meas.SourceCurrent3 6042 Float RO source current of component 3 in mA 9022 6043… Status.Meas.SourceCurrent4 6044 Float RO source current of component 4 in mA 9023 6045… Status.Meas.RawRefConce1 6046 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component1 9024 6047… Status.Meas.RawRefConce2 6048 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component2 9025 6049… Status.Meas.RawRefConce3 6050 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component3 9026 6051… Status.Meas.RawRefConce4 6052 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component4 9027 6053… Status.Meas.RawQuotConce1 6054 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component1 9028 6055… Status.Meas.RawQuotConce2 6056 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component2 9029 6057… Status.Meas.RawQuotConce3 6058 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component3 9030 6059… Status.Meas.RawQuotConce4 6060 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component4 9031 6061… Info.StartOfRange1 6062 Float RO start of range of component1 9031 6061… Service.Measurement.StartO6062 fRange1 Float RO start of range of component1 9032 6063… Info.StartOfRange2 6064 Float RO start of range of component2 9032 6063… Service.Measurement.StartO6064 fRange2 Float RO start of range of component2 9033 6065… Info.StartOfRange3 6066 Float RO start of range of component3 9033 6065… Service.Measurement.StartO6066 fRange3 Float RO start of range of component3 9034 6067… Info.StartOfRange4 6068 Float RO start of range of component4 9034 6067… Service.Measurement.StartO6068 fRange4 Float RO start of range of component4 9035 6069… Info.EndOfRange1 6070 Float RO end of range of component1 9035 6069… Service.Measurement.En6070 dOfRange1 Float R/W end of range of component1 9-36 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.4 Address List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description 6071… Info.EndOfRange2 6072 Float RO end of range of component2 9036 6071… Service.Measurement.En6072 dOfRange2 Float R/W end of range of component2 9037 6073… Info.EndOfRange3 6074 Float RO end of range of component3 9037 6073… Service.Measurement.En6074 dOfRange3 Float R/W end of range of component3 9038 6075… Info.EndOfRange4 6076 Float RO end of range of component4 9038 6075… Service.Measurement.En6076 dOfRange4 Float R/W end of range of component4 9039 6077… Info.LowestEndRange1 6078 Float RO min. range of comp1 that keeps specs 9039 6077… Service.Measurement.LowestEn6078 dRange1 Float R/W min. range of comp1 that keeps specs 9040 6079… Info.LowestEndRange2 6080 Float RO min. range of comp2 that keeps specs 9040 6079… Service.Measurement.LowestEn6080 dRange2 Float R/W min. range of comp2 that keeps specs 9041 6081… Info.LowestEndRange3 6082 Float RO min. range of comp3 that keeps specs 9041 6081… Service.Measurement.LowestEn6082 dRange3 Float R/W min. range of comp3 that keeps specs 9042 6083… Info.LowestEndRange4 6084 Float RO min. range of comp4 that keeps specs 9042 6083… Service.Measurement.LowestEn6084 dRange4 Float R/W min. range of comp4 that keeps specs 9043 6085… Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOut6086 StartRange1 Float R/W level (ppm) where analoge output scaling starts for comp1 9044 6087… Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOut6088 StartRange2 Float R/W level (ppm) where analoge output scaling starts for comp2 9045 6089… Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOut6090 StartRange3 Float R/W level (ppm) where analoge output scaling starts for comp3 9046 6091… Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOut6092 StartRange4 Float R/W level (ppm) where analoge output scaling starts for comp4 9047 6093… Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOu6094 tEndRange1 Float R/W level (ppm) where analoge output scaling ends for comp1 9048 6095… Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOu6096 tEndRange2 Float R/W level (ppm) where analoge output scaling ends for comp2 9049 6097… Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOu6098 tEndRange3 Float R/W level (ppm) where analoge output scaling ends for comp3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-37 9 9036 Modbus Commands Daniel Modicon Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.4 Address HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel Modicon 9050 6099… Setup.In/Outputs.AnalogOut.AOu6100 tEndRange4 Float R/W level (ppm) where analoge output scaling ends for comp4 9051 6101… Setup.Calibration.ZeroGasValue1 6102 Float R/W value for comp1 (in ppm) which a zero calibration adjusts to 9052 6103… Setup.Calibration.ZeroGasValue2 6104 Float R/W value for comp2 (in ppm) which a zero calibration adjusts to 9053 6105… Setup.Calibration.ZeroGasValue3 6106 Float R/W value for comp3 (in ppm) which a zero calibration adjusts to 9054 6107… Setup.Calibration.ZeroGasValue4 6108 Float R/W value for comp4 (in ppm) which a zero calibration adjusts to 9055 6109… Status.Calibration.ZeroOffset1 6110 Float RO offset for comp1 determined by zero calibration 9056 6111… Status.Calibration.ZeroOffset2 6112 Float RO offset for comp2 determined by zero calibration 9057 6113… Status.Calibration.ZeroOffset3 6114 Float RO offset for comp3 determined by zero calibration 9058 6115… Status.Calibration.ZeroOffset4 6116 Float RO offset for comp4 determined by zero calibration 9061 6121… Setup.Calibration.SpanGasValue1 6122 Float R/W value for comp1 (in ppm) which a span calibration adjusts to 9062 6123… Setup.Calibration.SpanGasValue2 6124 Float R/W value for comp2 (in ppm) which a span calibration adjusts to 9063 6125… Setup.Calibration.SpanGasValue3 6126 Float R/W value for comp3 (in ppm) which a span calibration adjusts to 9064 6127… Setup.Calibration.SpanGasValue4 6128 Float R/W value for comp4 (in ppm) which a span calibration adjusts to 9065 6129… Status.Calibration.FactZeroOffset1 6130 Float RO zero correction value comp1 determined in factory 9066 6131… Status.Calibration.FactZeroOffset2 6132 Float RO zero correction value comp2 determined in factory 9067 6133… Status.Calibration.FactZeroOffset3 6134 Float RO zero correction value comp 3 determined in factory 9068 6135… Status.Calibration.FactZeroOffset4 6136 Float RO zero correction value comp2 determined in factory 9071 6141… Setup.Display.Component.PVAuni6142 tOffset1 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed PrimVariableUnit1 9072 6143… Setup.Display.Component.PVAuni6144 tOffset2 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed PrimVariableUnit2 9073 6145… Setup.Display.Component.PVAuni6146 tOffset3 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed PrimVariableUnit3 9074 6147… Setup.Display.Component.PVAuni6148 tOffset4 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed PrimVariableUnit4 9-38 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 9.4 Address List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description 6149… Setup.Display.Component.PVAu6150 nitFactor1 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed PrimVariableUnit1 9076 6151… Setup.Display.Component.PVAu6152 nitFactor2 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed PrimVariableUnit2 9077 6153… Setup.Display.Component.PVAu6154 nitFactor3 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed PrimVariableUnit3 9078 6155… Setup.Display.Component.PVAu6156 nitFactor4 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed PrimVariableUnit4 9081 6161… Setup.Alarms.Limit1Level1 6162 Float R/W comp1 alarm level (ppm) for limit1 9082 6163… Setup.Alarms.Limit1Level2 6164 Float R/W comp2 alarm level (ppm) for limit1 9083 6165… Setup.Alarms.Limit1Level3 6166 Float R/W comp3 alarm level (ppm) for limit1 9084 6167… Setup.Alarms.Limit1Level4 6168 Float R/W comp4 alarm level (ppm) for limit1 9085 6169… Setup.Alarms.Limit2Level1 6170 Float R/W comp1 alarm level (ppm) for limit2 9086 6171… Setup.Alarms.Limit2Level2 6172 Float R/W comp2 alarm level (ppm) for limit2 9087 6173… Setup.Alarms.Limit2Level3 6174 Float R/W comp3 alarm level (ppm) for limit2 9088 6175… Setup.Alarms.Limit2Level4 6176 Float R/W comp4 alarm level (ppm) for limit2 9089 6177… Setup.Alarms.LimitHysteresis1 6178 Float R/W alarm hysteresis for limits of comp1 in percent of range 9090 6179… Setup.Alarms.LimitHysteresis2 6180 Float R/W alarm hysteresis for limits of comp2 in percent of range 9091 6181… Setup.Alarms.LimitHysteresis3 6182 Float R/W alarm hysteresis for limits of comp3 in percent of range 9092 6183… Setup.Alarms.LimitHysteresis4 6184 Float R/W alarm hysteresis for limits of comp4 in percent of range 9093 6185… Status.Temperature1 6186 Float RO calculated temperature 1 in °C 9094 6187… Status.Temperature2 6188 Float RO calculated temperature 2 in °C 9095 6189… Status.Temperature3 6190 Float RO calculated temperature 3 in °C 9096 6191… Status.Temperature4 6192 Float RO calculated temperature 4 in °C 9097 6193… Status.Flow1 6194 Float RO flow component1 in l/min Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9 9075 Modbus Commands Daniel Modicon 9-39 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 9.4 Address HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Registers Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel Modicon 9098 6195… Status.Flow2 6196 Float RO flow component2 in l/min 9099 6197… Status.Flow3 6198 Float RO flow component3 in l/min 9100 6199… Status.Flow4 6200 Float RO flow component4 in l/min 9101 6201… Setup.Alarms.FlowLimLevel1 6202 Float R/W flow alarm level (l/min) for comp1 9102 6203… Setup.Alarms.FlowLimLevel2 6204 Float R/W flow alarm level (l/min) for comp3 9103 6205… Setup.Alarms.FlowLimLevel3 6206 Float R/W flow alarm level (l/min) for comp3 9104 6207… Setup.Alarms.FlowLimLevel4 6208 Float R/W flow alarm level (l/min) for comp4 9105 6209… Status.PV1_Dis 6210 Float RO Concentration of comp1 (in unit of display) 9106 6211… Status.PV2_Dis 6212 Float RO Concentration of comp2 (in unit of display) 9107 6213… Status.PV3_Dis 6214 Float RO Concentration of comp3 (in unit of display) 9108 6215… Status.PV4_Dis 6216 Float RO Concentration of comp4 (in unit of display) 9-40 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Chapter 10 Service Information 10.1 Return Of Material 2. In no event will Rosemount be responsible for equipment without proper authorization and identification. 3. Carefully pack defective unit in a sturdy box with sufficient shock absorbing material to ensure no additional damage will occur during shipping. The completed and signed Declaration of Decontamination ( A.6, page A-33) must be included with the instrument (we recommend to attach it to the packaging outside)! 4. In a cover letter, describe completely: a. The symptoms that determined the equipment is faulty. b. The environment in which the equipment was operating (housing, weather, vibration, dust, etc.). c. Site from which equipment was removed. d. Whether warranty service or non-warranty service is requested. e. Complete shipping instructions for the return of the equipment. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG In Europe: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Service Department Deutschland +49 6055 884-470/-472 In US: Emerson Process Management Rosemount Analytical Inc. Customer Service Center 1-800-433-6076 1-440-914-1261 In Asia Pacific: Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific Pte Limited Singapore +65-6-777-8211 If warranty service is expected, the defective unit will be carefully inspected and tested at the factory. If failure was due to conditions listed in the standard Rosemount warranty, the defective unit will be repaired or replaced at Rosemount’s option, and an operating unit will be returned to the customer in accordance with shipping instructions furnished in the cover letter. For equipment no longer under warranty, the equipment will be repaired at the factory and returned as directed by the purchase order and shipping instructions. 10-1 Service Information 1. Secure a return authorization from a Rosemount Analytical Sales Office or Representative before returning the equipment. Equipment must be returned with complete identification in accordance with Rosemount instructions or it will not be accepted. 5. Enclose a cover letter and purchase order and ship the defective equipment according to instructions provided in a Rosemount Return Authorization, prepaid, to: 10 If factory repair of defective equipment is required, proceed as follows: Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 10 Service Information 10.2 Customer Service 10.3 Training For order administration, replacement parts, applicaton assistance, on-site or factory repair, service or maintenance contract information, contact: In Europe: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Service Department Germany T +49 6055 884-470/-472 A comprehensive Factory Training Program of operator and service classes is available. For a copy of the training schedule contact: In Europe: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Service Department Germany T +49 6055 884-470/-472 In US: Emerson Process Management Rosemount Analytical Inc. Customer Service Center T 1-800-433-6076 T 1-440-914-1261 In Asia Pacific: Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific Pte Limited 1 Pandan Crescent Singapore 128461 T +65-6-777-8211 10-2 In US: Emerson Process Management Rosemount Analytical Inc. Customer Service Center T 1-800-433-6076 T 1-440-914-1261 In Asia Pacific: Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific Pte Limited 1 Pandan Crescent Singapore 128461 T +65-6-777-8211 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Chapter 11 Dismounting and Disposal 11.1 Dismounting and Diposal of the Analyzer HAZARDS FROM DISMOUNTING Dismounting instruments installed in hazardous area requires special documents to be issued and instructions to be followed! Do not dismount such instruments without written permit! Failure to follow may result in explosion! Gas lines may contain unhealthy or toxic gases, depending on the application, the instrument has been used for! Take care to purge such gas lines prior to disconnection, to remove all unhealthy or toxic components. HAZARD BY VOLTAGE Dismounting is permitted to qualified and instructed personnel only, with indepth knowledge of resulting risks, technical and legislative requirements. HEAVY INSTRUMENT X-STREAM fieldhousings, intended for outside and wall mounted use, weigh between 26 kg (57 lb) and 63 kg (139 lb), depending on version and options installed. Two people and/or lifting equipment is required to lift and carry these units. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 11-1 11 Disconnect from power instruments with screw terminals before starting to work, e. g. by switching off the disconnect switch in the installation. Dismounting & Disposal Failure to follow may result in personal injury or death. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 11 Dismounting & Disposal When the instrument has reached the end of its useful life, do not throw it in a trash can! This instrument has been made of materials to be recycled by waste disposal contractors specialised in this field. Let the instrument and the packing material duly disposed of in environmentally sound manner. Ensure the equipment is free of dangerous and harmful substances (decontaminated). Take care of all local regulations for waste treatment. Advice concerning the disposal of chemicals This instrument may contain electrochemical sensors, e. g. for measuring O2. For these sensors applies: • Don‘t dispose of together with household carbage. • At the end of useful life, the instrument and the sensors must be disposed of in compliance with the wast regulations, see instructions below. Advice concerning the disposal of chemicals This instrument may contain electrochemical sensors, e. g. for measuring O2. For these sensors the same applies as to the battery: • Don‘t dispose of together with household carbage. • At the end of their or the instruments useful life, the sensors must be disposed of in compliance with the wast regulations, see instructions below. When the instrument has reached the end of its useful life, • purge all gas lines with inert gas • ensure all gas lines are pressureless • disconnect all gas lines • switch off power and signal lines • disconnect and remove all electrical connections • for wall mounted instruments, support the instrument before loosening the fixing screws. • properly fill out the Declaration of Decontamination ( A-35 ) • hand over the dismounted instrument together with the Declaration of Decontamination to a waste disposal contractor. This contractor then has to disassemble the instrument, recycle and dispose of in compliance with all applicable waste treatment regulations. 11-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Appendix A.1, page A-2 EC declaration of conformity A.2, page A-12 CSA Certificate of Compliance A.3, page A-14 Block diagram A.4, page A-21 Water Vapor: Conversion of Dewpoint, Vol.-% and g/Nm³ A.5, page A-31 Declaration of Deontamination A.6, page A-33 Assignment of Terminals and Sockets A.7, page A-35 A Appendix This chapter contains an excerpt from the Modbus publication "Modbus_over_serial_line“ Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.1 Modbus Specification A.1 Modbus Specification A-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Modbus Specification A Appendix A.1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.1 A-4 Modbus Specification Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Modbus Specification A Appendix A.1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-5 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.1 A-6 Modbus Specification Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Modbus Specification A Appendix A.1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-7 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.1 A-8 Modbus Specification Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Modbus Specification A Appendix A.1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-9 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.1 A-10 Modbus Specification Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Modbus Specification A Appendix A.1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-11 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.2 EC Declaration of Conformity A.2 EC Declaration of Conformity 2004/108/EC A-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A Appendix A.2 EC Declaration of Conformity Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-13 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2507282 Date Issued: March 14, 2012 Issued to: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Industriestrasse 1 Hasselroth, 63594 Germany Attention: Uwe Schmidt The products listed below are eligible to bear the CSA Mark shown with adjacent indicators 'C' and 'US' for Canada and US or with adjacent indicator 'US' for US only or without either indicator for Canada only. Nicholas Cameron Issued by: Nicholas Cameron PRODUCTS CLASS 2258 02 CLASS 2258 82 CLASS 8721 05 CLASS 8721 85 - PROCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT - For Hazardous Locations - PROCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT - For Hazardous Locations Certified to US Standards - LABORATORY EQUIPMENT - Electrical - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR LABORATORY USE - Certified to US Standards CLASS 8721 05 - LABORATORY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CLASS 8721 85 - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR LABORATORY USE (Certified to U.S. Standards) Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3 - 1.5A, Class I, Pollution Degree II. • X-STREAM (XLF) or X-STREAM Enhanced Field Housing Gas Analyzer (XEF): Wall mounting with field wiring terminals, for outdoor use type 4 & IP66 and display; • X-STREAM (X2GP) or X-STREAM Enhanced (XEGP) General Purpose Gas Analyzer: Table Top or Rack Mount with appliance inlet for indoor use and display (optional with field wiring terminals for indoor use); • X-STREAM Gas Analyzer Core (XCA) Table Top or Rack Mount with appliance inlet for indoor use and no display (optional with field wiring terminals for indoor use); DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 A-14 Page: 1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2507282 Date Issued: March 14, 2012 Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 1, 3 – 0,7A, Class I, Pollution Degree II. • X-STREAM Gas Analyzer Core Compact (XCK) Table Top or Rack Mount with appliance inlet for indoor use and no display (optional with field wiring terminals for indoor use); • X-STREAM (X2GK) or X-STREAM Enhanced (XEGK) General Purpose Compact Gas Analyzer: Table Top or Rack Mount with appliance inlet for indoor use and display (optional with field wiring terminals for indoor use); • X-STREAM X100 Compact Gas Analyzer (X100GK): Table Top or Rack Mount with appliance inlet for indoor use and display (optional with field wiring terminals for indoor use); Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 5.5 - 3A, Class I, Pollution Degree II. • X-STREAM (XXF) or X-STREAM Enhanced Field Housing Gas Analyzer (XDF): Wall mounting with field wiring terminals, for outdoor use type 4 & IP66 and display; Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 24Vdc, 2.5A, Class I, Pollution Degree II. • X-STREAM (X2GC or X2GK)or X-STREAM Enhanced (XEGC or XEGK)General Purpose Compact Gas Analyzer Table Top or Rack Mount with 24Vdc in connector and display; • X-STREAM Compact Gas Analyzer Core (XCC or XCK): Table Top or Rack Mount with 24Vdc in Conditions of Acceptability - For the X-STREAM Models X2GP, XCA and XEGP and the AC powered versions of X2GK, X2CK, XEGK and X100GK the equipment is supplied with an approved power supply cord set or power supply cord with plug that is acceptable to the authorities in the country where the equipment is to be used. Units supplied without a power cord and that are not permanently connected are considered as component. Component-type units must be provided with a Fire, Mechanical and Electrical enclosure and must be re-evaluated by CSA. - The plug/connector is used as the disconnected device. The switch for X2GP/XCA/XEGP/XCK/X2GK/ XEGK/X100GK is not considered the disconnect device. All units must be provided with a disconnect device. CLASS 2258-02 PROCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT – For Hazardous Locations CLASS 2258-82 PROCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT – For Hazardous Locations – Certified to U.S. Standards. X-Stream FD (XFD): Flameproof for Hazardous Locations Class I, Zone 1, Ex d IIB+H2, T3 and/or Class I, Division 2, Groups B, C, and D, T3 Class I, Zone 1, AEx d IIB+H2, T3 and/or Class I, Division 2, Groups B, C, and D, T3 Gas analyzer, Model: X-Stream, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 2–1 A. Class I, Pollution Degree II; Type 4 & IP66 Page: 2 A DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 Appendix Ambient Temperature Range: -30°C to +50°C Maximum internal case pressure = 110kpa Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-15 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2507282 Date Issued: March 14, 2012 XFD-abcdefghijklmnop a = Language: A, B, C, D or E b = Ambient Conditions: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 c = Instrument: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 d = Bench 1: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters e = Bench 1 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 f = Bench 2: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters g = Bench 2 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 h = Enclosure: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 i = Hazardous Area Options and Special Approvals: B or D B = CSA Certification D = CSA Certification with a Breathing Device for Venting (Same Device as option “p”) j = Input/Output Options: 1, 2, 5 or 6 k = Communication Interface: A, B, C or D l = Sample Handling: 0, 1, 3, 5 or 7 m = Gas Path Sensors: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 n = Gas Path Tubing: A, B, C, D or E o = Gas Path Fittings: 3, 4, 5 or 6 p = Flame Arrestors: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 X-Stream FD (X2FD): Flameproof for Hazardous Locations Class I, Zone 1, Ex d IIB+H2, T3 and/or Class I, Division 2, Groups B, C, and D, T3 Class I, Zone 1, AEx d IIB+H2, T3 and/or Class I, Division 2, Groups B, C, and D, T3 Gas analyzer , Model: X-Stream, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3 - 1.5A, Class I, Pollution Degree II; Ambient Temperature Range: -30°C to +50°C DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 A-16 Page: 3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2507282 Date Issued: March 14, 2012 X-Stream FD (X2FD) has same electronics as the X-STREAM General Purpose Gas Analyzer (X2GP) with new Hazardous Locations Enclosure. X2FD-abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv a = Language: A, B, C, D, E or F b = Ambient Conditions: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 c = Instrument: 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 or 15 d = Bench 1: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters e = Bench 1 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D f = Bench 2: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters g = Bench 2 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D h = Bench 3: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters i = Bench 3 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D j = Bench 4: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters k = Bench 4 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D l = Enclosure: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 m = Hazardous Area Options and Special Approvals: B or D B = CSA Certification D = CSA Certification with a Breathing Device for Venting (Same Device as option “v”) n = Analog Outputs: 1, 2, 3 or 4 o = Digital Inputs/Relay Outputs: 0, 1 or 2 p = Communication Interface: 0, A, B, C or D q = Spare: 0 r = Sample Handling: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 s = Gas Path Sensors: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 Page: 4 A DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 Appendix t = Gas Path Tubing: A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H or I Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-17 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2507282 Date Issued: March 14, 2012 u = Gas Path Fittings: E, F, G, H, I, J, K or L v = Flame Arrestors: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 X-STREAM FD (XEFD): Flameproof for Hazardous Locations Class I, Zone 1, Ex d IIB+H2, T3 and/or Class I, Division 2, Groups B, C, and D, T3 Class I, Zone 1, AEx d IIB+H2, T3 and/or Class I, Division 2, Groups B, C, and D, T3 Gas analyzer , Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3 - 1.5A, Class I, Pollution Degree II; Ambient Temperature Range: -30°C to +50°C X-STREAM FD Enhanced (XEFD) has same electronics as the X-STREAM Enhanced General Purpose Gas Analyzer (XEF) with same Hazardous Locations Enclosure as X-STREAM X2FD. XEFD-abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv a = Language: A, B, C, D, E, F or G b = Ambient Conditions: 1 or 4 c = Instrument: 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 or 15 d = Bench 1: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters e = Bench 1 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D f = Bench 2: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters g = Bench 2 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D h = Bench 3: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters i = Bench 3 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D j = Bench 4: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters k = Bench 4 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D l = Enclosure: 1, 2, 3 or 4 m = Hazardous Area Options and Special Approvals: B or D B = CSA Certification DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 A-18 Page: 5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2507282 Date Issued: March 14, 2012 D = CSA Certification with a Breathing Device for Venting (Same Device as option “v”) n = Analog Outputs: 1, 2, 3 or 4 o = Digital Inputs/Relay Outputs/Analog Inputs: 0, 1, 2, 5 or A p = Communication Interface: 0, A or B q = Advanced Software capabilities: 0, 1, 2 or 3 r = Sample Handling: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 s = Gas Path Sensors: 0, 1, 3, 5, 7 or 9 t = Gas Path Tubing: E, F, G, H, I, J, K or L u = Gas Path Fittings: E, F, G, H, I, J, K or L v = Flame Arrestors: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 X-STREAM FN (XLFN, XXFN, XEFN, XDFN): Non-Incendive for Hazardous Locations Class 1 Zone 2 Ex nAC IIC T4 Class 1 Zone 2 AEx nAC IIC T4 Class I Div 2 Groups ABCD -20 °C to +50 °C IP66 Enclosure Type 4X • X-STREAM (XLFN) or X-STREAM Enhanced (XEFN)Field Housing Gas Analyzer: Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3 - 1.5A, Class I, Pollution Degree II • X-STREAM (XXFN) or X-STREAM Enhanced Dual (XDFN) Field Housing Gas Analyzer: Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 5.5 - 3A, Class I, Pollution Degree II APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1-04 - Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use, Part 1: General Requirements Page: 6 A DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 Appendix UL Std No. 61010-1, 2nd Edition - Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use, Part 1: General Requirements Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-19 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2507282 Date Issued: March 14, 2012 CAN/CSA-E60079-0:02 (R2006) - Electric Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres, Part 0: General Requirements CAN/CSA-E60079-1:02 (R2006) - Electric Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres, Part 1: Construction and Verification Test of Flameproof Enclosures of Electrical Apparatus “d” CAN/CSA-E60079-15:02 (R2006) - Electric Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres, Part 15: Type of protection "n" CSA C22.2 No 213-M1987 - Non-Incendive Electrical Equipment for Use in Class I,Division 2 Hazardous Locations CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 94-M91 (R2006) - Special Purpose Enclosures CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60529:05 - Degrees of protection provided by enclosure (IP Code) ANSI/ISA-12.00.01-2002 (IEC 60079-0 Mod) - Electric Apparatus for Use in Class I, Zones 0, 1 & 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations: General Requirements ANSI/ISA-12.22.01-2002 (IEC 60079-1 Mod) - Electric Apparatus for Use in Class I, Zones 1 Hazardous (Classified) Locations Type of Protection – Flameproof “d” UL 60079-15:2009 - Electric Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres, Part 15: Construction, Test and Marking of Type of Protection ’n’ Electrical Apparatus IEC 60529 Edition 2.1-2001-02 - Degrees of protection provided by enclosure (IP Code) UL 50 11th Edition - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2011 - Non-Incendive Electrical Equipment for Use in Class I and II, Division 2 and Class III, Divisions 1 and 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 A-20 Page: 7 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. A E D C B A MBa 4 12.08.09 Appendix 3 Änderung, revision Neue Gehäusevarianten hinzu 1 Micro Index 2 TN846: Trace Moisture hinzu C B MBa 11.11.10 TN934: Aktualisiert D Datum 5 Name MBa 11.11.11 TN1273: Aktualisiert E 20.01.11 19.01.12 TN1345, TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert F MBa Field housing, dual comp. Non-incendive field housing, dual compartment Field housing, single comp. Flameproof field housing, Non-incendive field housing, single compartment XLF X2FD XLFN XXF XXFN 19” ½ 19” 5 X2GP AC Power Supply X2GK with X2GK with DC Power Supply or ½ 19” 4 X2GC 3 Housing 2 X-STREAM Version 1 7 6 Name 7 03.10. Schmidt 07 Datum 20___ 02.10. Walther Gepr. + + + + + Bearb. Sheet 7 Sheet 6 Sheet 4 Sheet 4 Sheet 2 Sheet 2 + + + + + + + 8 9 Sheet 9 Sheet 9 Sheet 9 Sheet 9 Sheet 9 Sheet 9 9 X-STREAM X2 Block diagram Sheet 8 Sheet 8 Sheet 5 Sheet 3 Sheet 3 Sheet 3 8 Beschreibung, description Standard Applicable sheets 6 10 + + + + + + 10 11 Sheet 11 Sheet 11 Sheet 11 Sheet 11 Sheet 11 Sheet 11 Option 11 + 12 Sheet 13 Option 12 13 13 Index 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 4.300-5158/4 F 15 Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: 14 von of 1 13 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + 16 E D C B A HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 A.4 Block Diagram A.4 Block diagram A-21 A-22 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. T 3.15 A / 250V 7 Zeichnung/Drawing 9 24V DC Input 8 10 10 3 11 11 3/A5 12 12 13 13 Index 4.300-5158/4 F 15 Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: 14 = + 16 E D C 2 Steckverbindung / plug connection Leitungsfarbe / cable colour 2-adrige Leitung / cable with 2 lines 4 MBa 3 Änderung, revision 12.08.09 2 Neue Gehäusevarianten hinzu 1 Micro Index B MBa 11.11.10 TN846: Trace Moisture hinzu C MBa TN934: Aktualisiert D Datum 5 Name MBa 11.11.11 TN1273: Aktualisiert E 20.01.11 19.01.12 TN1345, TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert F /2.4 Verweis auf Seite 2, Spalte 4 / reference to sh 2, row 4 4.xxx-xxxx Zeichnungs-/Sachnummer / Drawing-/Partnumber bl 6 Name 7 03.10. Schmidt 07 Datum 20___ 02.10. Walther Gepr. 8 9 X-STREAM X2 Block diagram Beschreibung, description X2GC XLR Plug in EMI Filter, fuseholder 5x20 mm Bearb. FE GND 4.300-7273/4 XLR Stecker EMV Filter, Sicherungshalter 5x20 mm 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 von of 2 13 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: E D C B 24V 6 Power Input DC 10-30 V wide range max. 2.5 A 5 B 4 A 3 A Description of used icons: 2 Symbolerklärung: 1 X-STREAM X2 Instruction Manual HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. A E D C Analog Output 1 XSIA 01 Appendix 1 3 Änderung, revision Neue Gehäusevarianten hinzu B 2 TN846: Trace Moisture hinzu C Micro Index TN934: Aktualisiert D Datum 12.08.09 11.11.10 20.01.11 11.11.11 TN1273: Aktualisiert E XSIA 01 19.01.12 4 Siehe auch Blatt 9 see also sheet 9 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4660 / 4.350-0920 XPSA 01 / 02 P26 P2 XSIA 01 TN1345, TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert P16 P2 P1 P25 Analogausgang 4 F External Extern Internal Analogausgang 1 Intern Analogausgang 2 Analog Output 2 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 P1 P13 Analogausgang 3 Analog Output 3 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 2/C11 4/B13 P1 P31 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa P32 P2 P2 64 XSP 01/P3 8 Sub-D P17 P7 Name 7 03.10. Schmidt 07 Datum 20___ 02.10. Walther 8 9 X-STREAM X2 Block diagram Beschreibung, description X2GC, X2GK *Note 2: Not in X2GK *Hinweis 2: Nicht im X2GK external screwterminaladapter Option XSTA 01 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0460 X2 Sub-D P27 P9 P10 P8 P33 10 10 10 11/E11 11/B... XSP 01/P32 Direkt gekoppelt Directly coupled 9 Externer Schraubklemmenadapter *2 P1 X1 Sub-D P18 P1 P22 26 Gepr. 6 XSP 01 see sheet 9, 10 siehe Blatt 9, 10 Direkt gekoppelt Bearb. P3 3 7 4 x “NAMUR-Relays 4.300-7273 Analog Output 4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 +Power Signals 4 x “NAMUR”-Relais +Power 6 .1 .1 Service Port 5 Direkt gekoppelt Directly coupled .1 .1 Serial Communication Serielle Kommunikation Flachbandkabel Flat ribbon cable Directly coupled .25 .25 Option .9 .9 Service Schnittstelle 4 3 11 13 4.300-9133 11 12 10 3 12 2 P2 P2 X4.1 external screwterminaladapter Option 15 13 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 Index 4.300-5158/4 F Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: von of 3 13 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + 16 Externe Schraubklemmenadapter *2 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0480 XSTD 01 P1 Sub-D P4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4680 XDIO 01 (QSPI) 4.300-9124 10 P1 LCD Option VFD P9 5 14 Option*1 Hinweis 1: Es ist maximal eine zusätzliche Option möglich (XDIO 01 + XSTD 01) Note 1: At maximum one additional option selectable (XDIO 01 + XSTD 01) 4.300-8057-V2 P3 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0500 P4 XFP 01 Auf Frontplatte At front panel Stromlaufplan / schematics: P8 4.300-4970 Keyboard Tastatur UFPSW 01 13 Directly coupled .1 .1 B 3 Direkt gekoppelt 2 .25 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG .25 A 1 E D C B A HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 A.4 Block Diagram A-23 E D C B Appliance-Inlet C14 acc. To IEC/EN 60320-1 1 4 Neue Gehäusevarianten hinzu B 3 TN846: Trace Moisture hinzu C Änderung, revision TN934: Aktualisiert D 2 11.11.11 TN1273: Aktualisiert E Datum 12.08.09 11.11.10 20.01.11 19.01.12 TN1345, TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert F Micro Index 6 7 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa 6 7 03.10. Schmidt Gepr. Name 02.10. Walther Bearb. 07 Datum 20___ 4.300-8104 4.300-8109 2 2 P6 8 9 10 4.300-8101 11 P4 P2 P7 P1 P8 14 15 Gn/ge gn/ye Heater 2 ETC02286 Heizung 2 Overtemperaturswitch ETC02286 Übertemperaturschalter Heater 1 ETC02286 Heizung 1 Temperaturesensor 4.300-6452 Temperatursensor 12 13 *Note 1: Not in X2GK 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 4.300-5158/4 F Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: Index *Note 4: Not for heated analysers Hinweis: Bei einem Netzteil Note: For one power supply 3/A5 5/A6 5/A5 5/A5 16 von of 4 13 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + *Hinweis 4: Nicht für thermostatisierte Analysatoren *Note 3: Not in X2GK *Hinweis 3: Nicht im XEGK Erdungsbolzen auf der Heizungsabdeckung Grounding pin on heater cover 2 2 2 2 4.300-9125 2 4.300-9125 2 4.300-9125 2 *Note 2: There are up to two power supplies possible in the analyser 13 *Hinweis 2: Es sind bis zu zwei Netzteile im Analysator möglich 12 *Hinweis 1: Nicht im X2GK 4.300-8101 2 24V - 24V DC 24V - 24V DC 11 Stromlaufplan/schematic 4.350-0680/3 P9 2 XHM 01 Power Supply AC 100V-240V ~ wide range Netzteil 100V-240V ~ Power Supply AC 100V-240V ~ wide range *2 *3 *4 Netzteil 100V-240V ~ X-STREAM X2 Block diagram Beschreibung, description X2GP 10 Optionales zweites Netzteil Optional second Power Supply 9 4.300-8113 8 4.300-8126 Erdungsbolzen auf der Montageplatte Grounding pin on mounting panel Power entry module 2-stage inlet Filter, 2-pole line switch, 2 fuseholder 5x20 mm 5 FKID2-50-4/1 Gerätestecker-Kombielement 2-Stufen Inlet Filter, Netzschalter 2-polig, 2 Sicherungshalter 5x20 mm /2.4 Verweis auf Seite 2, Spalte 4 / reference to sh 2, row 4 4.xxx-xxxx Zeichnungs-/Sachnummer / Drawing-/Partnumber Steckverbindung / plug connection Leitungsfarbe / cable colour 2-adrige Leitung / cable with 2 lines Description of used icons: bl N Gerätesteckdose C14 gemäss IEC/EN 60320-1 Symbolerklärung: 2 T 4A/250V L PE T 4A/250V Power Input AC 100 - 240 V Widerange 50 / 60 Hz 4 Verbindung wenn keine XHM 01 eingebaut ist Connection if no XHM 01 is used 4.300-8100 Gn/ge gn/ye 4.300-8108 3 optional Heater A 2 Optionale Heizung *1 A-24 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. 1 E D C B A X-STREAM X2 Instruction Manual HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. A E D C Analog Output 1 XSIA 01 Appendix 1 3 Neue Gehäusevarianten hinzu B Änderung, revision TN846: Trace Moisture hinzu C 2 11.11.11 TN934: Aktualisiert Micro Index 19.01.12 TN1273: Aktualisiert Datum 12.08.09 11.11.10 20.01.11 TN1345, TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert XSIA 01 D 4 Siehe auch Blatt 9 see also sheet 9 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4660 / 4.350-0920 XPSA 01 / 02 P26 P2 XSIA 01 E P16 P2 P1 P25 Analogausgang 4 F External Extern Internal Analogausgang 1 Intern Analogausgang 2 Analog Output 2 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 P1 P13 Analogausgang 3 Analog Output 3 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 P1 P31 4.300-9125 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa P32 P2 Analog Output 4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 7 03.10. Schmidt Name 02.10. Walther Gepr. 6 Sub-D P17 P7 8 9 X-STREAM X2 Block diagram Beschreibung, description P9 P10 P11 P8 P33 10 10 10 11/E11 11/B... XSP 01/P32 Sub-D P27 X2 X2GP external screwterminaladapter Option XSTA 01 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0460 Directly coupled 9 Direkt gekoppelt Externer Schraubklemmenadapter P1 X1 Sub-D P18 P1 P22 26 P2 64 XSP 01/P3 see sheet 9, 10 Direkt gekoppelt Bearb. 07 Datum 20___ XSP 01 4 x “NAMUR-Relays 4/B13 2 siehe Blatt 9, 10 +Power Signals 4 x “NAMUR”-Relais 8 Service Port 7 .1 .1 P3 Direkt gekoppelt Directly coupled .1 .1 Serial Communication Serielle Kommunikation Flachbandkabel Flat ribbon cable Directly coupled .25 .25 Option .9 .9 Service Schnittstelle +Power 6 3 11 13 4.300-9133 11 12 2 10 3 12 2 P2 P2 X4.1 P2 15 13 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 Index 4.300-5158/4 F Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: von of 5 13 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0480 external screwterminaladapter Option Option*1 X4.2 XSTD 01 P1 Sub-D P4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4680 XDIO 01 P2 16 Externe Schraubklemmenadapter Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0480 XSTD 01 P1 Sub-D P4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4680 XDIO 01 (QSPI) 4.300-9124 10 P1 LCD Option VFD P9 5 14 Hinweis 1: Es sind maximal zwei zusätzliche Optionen möglich (XDIO 01 + XSTD 01) Note 1: At maximum two additional options are selectable (XDIO 01 + XSTD 01) 4.300-8057-V2 4.300-8057-V2 P3 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0500 P4 XFP 01 Auf Frontplatte At front panel Stromlaufplan / schematics: P8 4.300-4970 Keyboard Tastatur UFPSW 01 13 Directly coupled .1 .1 5 Direkt gekoppelt 4 Directly coupled .1 .1 B 3 .25 .25 Option*1 Direkt gekoppelt 2 .25 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG .25 A 1 E D C B A HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 A.4 Block Diagram A-25 E D C B A T 4 A / 250V Steckverbindung / plug connection 1 Micro Index 4 Neue Gehäusevarianten hinzu B 3 TN846: Trace Moisture hinzu C Änderung, revision TN934: Aktualisiert 2 11.11.11 TN1273: Aktualisiert Datum 12.08.09 11.11.10 20.01.11 19.01.12 TN1345, TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert E D F 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa 6 7 03.10. Schmidt Name 02.10. Walther Gepr. 07 Datum 20___ 8 2 4.300-8126 P6 8 9 X-STREAM X2 Block diagram 10 4.300-8101 11 P4 P2 P7 P1 P8 4.300-8101 2 24V - 24V DC 24V - 24V DC 11 Stromlaufplan/schematic 4.350-0680/3 P9 2 XHM 01 Power Supply AC 100V-240V ~ wide range Netzteil 100V-240V ~ Power Supply AC 100V-240V ~ wide range *1 Netzteil 100V-240V ~ Single compartment field housings Beschreibung, description 10 Optionales zweites Netzteil Optional second Power Supply 9 Erdungsbolzen auf der Montageplatte Grounding pin on mounting panel Gn/ge gn/ye 3 4.300-8118 3 7 Bearb. 4.300-8102 EMI Filter 2-stage Filter potted Stromlaufplan/schematic 4.271/6581 EMV Filter 2-stufiges Filter vergossen Power entry module with screw terminals, 2 fuseholder 5x20 mm Zeichnung/drawing 4.271-6580 T 4 A / 250V 2-adrige Leitung / cable with 2 lines Leitungsfarbe / cable colour 4.300-8102 Gn/ge gn/ye EMI Filter 6ET1 1-stage Filter EMV Filter 6ET1 1-stufiges Filter Netzeingangsmodul mit Schraubklemmen, 2-polige Sicherung 5x20 mm T 6.3 A / 250V T 6.3 A / 250V Power entry module with screw terminals, 2 fuseholder 5x20 mm Zeichnung/drawing 4.271-7340 /2.4 Verweis auf Seite 2, Spalte 4 / reference to sh 2, row 4 4.xxx-xxxx Zeichnungs-/Sachnummer / Drawing-/Partnumber bl 2 Description of used icons: Symbolerklärung: PE N L Power Input AC 100 - 240 V wide range 50 / 60 Hz Model X2F, X2FN, X2FD PE N L Power Input AC 100 - 240 V wide range 50 / 60 Hz Models XLF, XLFN Netzeingangsmodul mit Schraubklemmen, 2-polige Sicherung 5x20 mm 6 Verbindung wenn keine XHM 01 eingebaut ist Connection if no XHM 01 is used 5 Verbindung wenn Seite 13 aktiv ist Connection if Page 13 is active 13/B8 4.300-8104 4 4.300-8099 3 4.300-8108 2 14 15 12 Gn/ge gn/ye Heater 2 ETC02286 Heizung 2 Overtemperaturswitch ETC02286 Übertemperaturschalter Heater 1 ETC02286 Heizung 1 Temperaturesensor 4.300-6452 Temperatursensor Hinweis: Bei einem Netzteil Note: For one power supply 5/A6 X10 8/A5 13 Index 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 4.300-5158/4 F Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: Erdungsbolzen auf der Heizungsabdeckung Grounding pin on heater cover 2 2 2 2 4.300-9125 2 4.300-9125 2 4.300-9125 2 *Note 1: There are up to two power supplies possible in the analyser 13 *Hinweis 1: Es sind bis zu zwei Netzteile im Analysator möglich 12 optional Heater Optionale Heizung A-26 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. 1 von of 6 13 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + 16 E D C B A X-STREAM X2 Instruction Manual HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. E D C B 2 PE N T 6.3 A / 250V Appendix 4 MBa 3 Änderung, revision 12.08.09 1 2 Neue Gehäusevarianten hinzu B MBa 11.11.10 TN846: Trace Moisture hinzu C MBa TN934: Aktualisiert D Datum 5 Name MBa 11.11.11 TN1273: Aktualisiert E 20.01.11 19.01.12 TN1345, TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert F Micro Index 6 7 6 7 03.10. Schmidt Name 02.10. Walther Gepr. 07 Datum 20___ 4.300-8104 4.300-8118 Verbindung wenn keine XHM 01 eingebaut ist Connection if no XHM 01 is used 3 2 P6 8 X-STREAM X2 Block diagram 9 XDF, XDFN Beschreibung, description 10 4.300-8100 11 P4 P2 P7 P1 P8 4.300-8101 2 24V DC 24V - 24V - 24V DC 11 Stromlaufplan/schematic 4.350-0680/3 P9 2 XHM 01 Power Supply AC 100V-240V ~ wide range Netzteil 100V-240V ~ Power Supply AC 100V-240V ~ wide range *1 Netzteil 100V-240V ~ Optionales zweites Netzteil Optional second Power Supply 10 14 15 12 2 2 2 2 Gn/ge gn/ye Heater 2 ETC02286 Heizung 2 Overtemperaturswitch ETC02286 Übertemperaturschalter Heater 1 ETC02286 Heizung 1 Temperaturesensor 4.300-6452 Temperatursensor Hinweis: Bei einem Netzteil Note: For one power supply 8/A6 5/A6 X10 8/A5 13 Index 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 4.300-5158/4 F Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: Erdungsbolzen auf der Trägerplatte Grounding pin on mounting plate 6 4.300-9125 2 4.300-9125 2 4.300-9125 2 *Note 1: There are up to two power supplies possible in the analyser 13 *Hinweis 1: Es sind bis zu zwei Netzteile im Analysator möglich 12 optional Heater Optionale Heizung 9 4.300-8113 8 4.300-8126 Erdungsbolzen auf der Montageplatte Grounding pin on mounting panel Gn/ge gn/ye Bearb. 4.300-8102 EMI Filter 6ET1 1-stage Filter EMV Filter 6ET1 1-stufiges Filter Power entry module with screw terminals, 2 fuseholder 5x20 mm Zeichnung/drawing 4.271-7340 5 Netzeingangsmodul mit Schraubklemmen, 2-polige Sicherung 5x20 mm T 6.3 A / 250V 4 /2.4 Verweis auf Seite 2, Spalte 4 / reference to sh 2, row 4 4.xxx-xxxx Zeichnungs-/Sachnummer / Drawing-/Partnumber Steckverbindung / plug connection Leitungsfarbe / cable colour 2-adrige Leitung / cable with 2 lines Description of used icons: Symbolerklärung: bl L Power Input AC 100 - 240 V wide range 50 / 60 Hz 3 4.300-8108 A 2 von of 7 13 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + 16 E D C B A HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. 1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 A.4 Block Diagram A-27 E D C Analog Output 1 P1 XSIA 01 1 3 Neue Gehäusevarianten hinzu B Änderung, revision TN846: Trace Moisture hinzu C 2 TN934: Aktualisiert D Micro Index 11.11.11 Datum 12.08.09 11.11.10 20.01.11 19.01.12 TN1273: Aktualisiert XSIA 01 TN1345, TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert 4 Siehe auch Blatt 9 see also sheet 9 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4660 / 4.350-0920 XPSA 01 / 02 P26 P2 XSIA 01 E P16 P2 P1 P25 Analogausgang 4 F Internal Intern Internal Analogausgang 1 Intern Analogausgang 2 Analog Output 2 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 B Analogausgang 3 Analog Output 3 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 P13 2 6/B13, 7/B13 +Power P1 P31 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa P32 P2 7 Flachbandkabel Flat ribbon cable XSTA 01 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0460 Directly coupled Name 7 03.10. Schmidt 9 Sub-D P17 P7 X2 Sub-D P27 8 9 X-STREAM X2 Block diagram Beschreibung, description Fieldhousings (all) 9 P9 P10 P11 P8 P33 P19 10 10 3 13 4.300-9133 11 2 10 3 12 4.300-8057-V2 4.300-8057-V2 P3 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0500 P4 2 XFP 01 Auf Frontplatte At front panel 10 11 12 13 P2 X4.1 P2 X4.2 Index 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 4.300-5158/4 F Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: 13/B11,D12 4.300-8130 von of 8 13 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + internal screw terminal adapters Option*) Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0480 XSTD 01 P1 Sub-D P4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4680 XDIO 01 P2 16 Option*1 Interne Schraubklemmenadapter Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0480 2 15 4.300-9127 Y-Kabel Y-Cable XSTD 01 P1 Sub-D P4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4680 XDIO 01 (QSPI) 4.300-9124 10 P1 Option VFD 14 LCD P9 5 Stromlaufplan / schematics: P8 4.300-4970 Keyboard Tastatur UFPSW 01 13 Hinweis 1: Es sind maximal zwei zusätzliche Optionen möglich (XDIO 01 + XSTD 01) Note 1: At maximum two additional options are selectable (XDIO 01 + XSTD 01) 11/E11 10/B4 11/B... XSP 01/P32 XIN 01/P8 Direkt gekoppelt internal screw terminal adapter 02.10. Walther 6 P2 64 Interner Schraubklemmenadapter P1 X1 Sub-D P18 P1 P22 26 8 XSP 01/P3 XIN 01/X1 see sheet 9, 10 Gepr. 07 Datum 20___ XSP 01 siehe Blatt 9, 10 Direkt gekoppelt Bearb. P3 6 4 x “NAMUR-Relays 4.300-9125 Analog Output 4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 +Power Signals 4 x “NAMUR”-Relais 5 .1 Service Port 4 Serielle Kommunikation Flachbandkabel Flat ribbon cable Directly coupled .25 .25 Serial Communication .1 Service Schnittstelle 4.300-9128 Option .9 .9 .1 A 3 Flachbandkabel Flat ribbon cable 4.300-9130 2 .1 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. .25 .25 Option*1 Flachbandkabel Flat ribbon cable .1 .1 4.300-9129 .1 .25 .25 A-28 .1 1 E D C B A X-STREAM X2 Instruction Manual HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. E D C B A +Power DC-Detektoren DC-detectors AC-detectors 5 Source Strahler Appendix 4 MBa 3 Änderung, revision 12.08.09 2 Neue Gehäusevarianten hinzu 1 Micro Index B MBa 11.11.10 TN846: Trace Moisture hinzu C Datum 5 Name MBa TN934: Aktualisiert D MBa 11.11.11 TN1273: Aktualisiert E 20.01.11 19.01.12 TN1345, TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert 8 P4 P7 P6 Flow Durchfluss Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 P5 6 7 03.10. Schmidt Gepr. Name 02.10. Walther Bearb. 07 Datum 20___ 10 Temperature Temperatur Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 P11 P16 P17 P18 9 Pressure Druck Ch1 Ch2 P30 P31 11 8 9 X-STREAM X2 Block diagram Beschreibung, description 10 11 physical components (depending on measurement system) Chopper M1 M2 P19 P20 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0520 XSP 01 7 XSP 01, XPSA 01 and physical components Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 F Thermostate control (option, not for X2GC) thermostatisiert (Option, nicht für X2GC) 6 P12 P13 P14 P15 P32 physikalische Baugruppen (messprinzipabhängig) Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 Ch5 AC-Detektoren P26 P27 P28 see sheet 3, 5, 8 siehe Blatt 3, 5, 8 4 Serial 3 Signals Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 P21 P23 P25 P24 2 12 Flow-Switch Durchflussschalter P10 12 Moisture 13 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4400 HTS 01 Feuchte JP2 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4520 SSI 01 Valveunit 1 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 von of 9 13 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + Pump 2 P28 16 Mess gaspumpe 2 Index Valveunit 2 Ventilblock 2 8 8 P21 4.300-5158/4 F Pump 1 Mess gaspumpe 1 P29 Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: Ventilblock 1 8 8 10 SV2 P24 siehe auch Blatt 3, 5, 8 see also sheet 3, 5, 8 XPSA 01 / 02 15 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4660 / 4.350-0920 14 P33 13 E D C B A HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. 4.300-9164 1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 A.4 Block Diagram A-29 E D C B 34 Signals P26 P27 +Power XFTB 02.1 XFTB 02.2 P7 P7 34 P21 P23 P25 P24 XFTB 02.... P1 XFTB 02 DC-Detektoren DC-detectors AC-Detektoren AC-detectors Ch4 Ch5 Source Strahler Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 1 4 Neue Gehäusevarianten hinzu B 3 TN846: Trace Moisture hinzu C Änderung, revision TN934: Aktualisiert 2 11.11.11 TN1273: Aktualisiert D Datum 12.08.09 11.11.10 20.01.11 19.01.12 TN1345, TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert E Micro Index P19 P20 P4 P7 P6 Flow Durchfluss Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa 10 P11 P16 P17 P18 9 Temperature Temperatur Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 Ch1 Ch2 Pressure Druck P10 12 6 Name 7 03.10. Schmidt Gepr. 07 Datum 20___ 02.10. Walther Bearb. 8 X-STREAM X2 Block diagram 9 10 11 12 XSP 01, XPSA 01 and physical components in dual compartment fieldhousing Beschreibung, description 13 13 P29 XFTB 02.1 P19 9 8 P24 Valveunit 1 Pump 1 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 von of 10 13 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + Pump 2 Mess gaspumpe 2 Index Valveunit 2 8 Ventilblock 2 Mess gaspumpe 1 8 4.300-5158/4 F Ventilblock 1 8 8 P28 16 XFTB 02.1 P22 9 8 P21 siehe auch Blatt 3, 5, 8 see also sheet 3, 5, 8 XPSA 01 / 02 15 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4660 / 4.350-0920 14 Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: *Note 1: Up to two pcb’s XFTB 02 may be installed depending on the number and configuration of physical components. The mapping of AC- or DC-Detectors from the connectors on the XFTB 02 may vary. Flow-Switch Durchflussschalter *Hinweis 1 *Note 1 P30 P31 11 physical components (depending on measurement system) Chopper M1 M2 P5 *Hinweis 1: Je nach Anzahl und Konfiguration der physikalischen Baugruppen werden 1 oder 2 Stk. XFTB 02 eingesetzt. Hierdurch kann die Zuordnung der AC- oder DC-Detektoren zu den Steckplätzen der XFTB 02 variieren. F Thermostate control (option) thermostatisiert (Option) 8 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0520 XSP 01 7 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0900 P12 P13 P14 P15 P32 physikalische Baugruppen (messprinzipabhängig) Ch1 Ch2 Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 XFTB 02.1 P18 XFTB 02.2 P18 +Power see sheet 3, 5, 8 siehe Blatt 3, 5, 8 2 11/E11 11/B... A XFTB 02.1 P16 XFTB 02.1 P17 XFTB 02.2 P16 XFTB 02.2 P17 4.300-9125 6 XFTB 02.1 P9 XFTB 02.1 P10 XFTB 02.2 P9 XFTB 02.2 P10 5 XFTB 02.1 P12 XFTB 02.1 P13 XFTB 02.2 P12 XFTB 02.2 P13 4 XFTB 02.1 P11 XFTB 02.2 P11 3 XFTB 02.1 P5 2 XFTB 02.1 P8 XFTB 02.2 P8 2 8/C10 11/E11 11/B... 2 11/E11 11/B... XFTB 02.1 P20 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. XFTB 02.1 P21 Serial XFTB 02.... P2 XFTB 02.... P3 XFTB 02.... P4 XFTB 02.1 P14 XFTB 02.2 P15 XFTB 02.1 P14 XFTB 02.2 P15 2 XFTB 02.1 P23 A-30 XFTB 02.1 P24 1 E D C B A X-STREAM X2 Instruction Manual HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4.300-8057 4 Neue Gehäusevarianten hinzu B Appendix 1 3 TN846: Trace Moisture hinzu C Änderung, revision TN934: Aktualisiert D 2 11.11.11 TN1273: Aktualisiert E Datum 12.08.09 11.11.10 20.01.11 19.01.12 TN1345, TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert Micro Index P15 4 4 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa 6 7 03.10. Schmidt Name 02.10. Walther Gepr. 07 Datum 20___ 8 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0000 TCD 01 JP1 4 4 9 X-STREAM X2 Block diagram Beschreibung, description 2 10 11 4 P1 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0440 XOX 01 2 Steckverbindung / plug connection Leitungsfarbe / cable colour 2-adrige Leitung / cable with 2 lines 16 P3 J2 P23, P24 Stromlaufplan/schematic 4.350-1280/3 P25, P26 XTEC 02 P4 13 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 4.300-5158/4 F Index Peltier Kühler Peltier Cooler Overtemperaturswitch von of 11 13 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + Übertemperaturschalter Overtemperaturswitch Übertemperaturschalter Temperaturesensor Temperatursensor Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: 2 2 2 2 Electrochemical Sensor Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-0800 P1 4 Angeschlossen als DC-Detektor siehe Seite 9 oder 10 Connected as a DC detector see page 9 or 10 OXS 01 Elektrochemischer Sensor Angeschlossen als DC-Detektor siehe Seite 9 oder 10 Connected as a DC detector see page 9 or 10 12 15 /2.4 Verweis auf Seite 2, Spalte 4 / reference to sh 2, row 4 4.xxx-xxxx Zeichnungs-/Sachnummer / Drawing-/Partnumber bl Trace Oxygen P22 14 Description of used icons: 13 Symbolerklärung: Spurensauerstoffmessung Sensors with 4 ... 20 mA looppower Sensoren mit 4 ... 20 mA Schleifenstromversorgung X1 12 Angeschlossen als DC-Detektor siehe Seite 9 oder 10 Connected as a DC detector see page 9 or 10 11 4.300-8057 Angeschlossen als DC-Detektor siehe Seite 9 oder 10 Connected as a DC detector see page 9 or 10 Physical components 8 XHA 01 2 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0980 Optional angeschlossen an P9 siehe Seite 3, 5 oder 8 option, connected to P9 see page 3, 5 or 8 3 10 3/C10 5/C10 8/C10 10/D4 Angeschlossen als Temperatursensor siehe Seite 9 oder 10 Connected as temperature sensor see page 9 or 10 Paramagnetic O2 sensor PO2 Paramagn. O2-Sensor Thermal conductivity sensor 2 9 Angeschlossen als DC-Detektor siehe Seite 9 oder 10 Connected as a DC detector see page 9 or 10 Wärmeleitfähigkeitssensor SPI 01 ST3 2 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0200 Bearb. Angeschlossen als AC-Detektor siehe Seite 9 oder 10 Connected as an AC detector see page 9 or 10 IR sensor Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4300 VVS 03 IR Sensor Thermal conductivity sensor Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-2000 F 4 Angeschlossen als AC-Detektor siehe Seite 9 oder 10 Connected as an AC detector see page 9 or 10 UV sensor Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-2280 UVSS III UV Sensor Thermostate control (option, not for XEGC) 7 Angeschlossen als DC-Detektor siehe Seite 9 oder 10 Connected as a DC detector see page 9 or 10 WAP 100 Wärmeleitfähigkeitssensor P2 2 3/C10 5/C10 8/C10 10/D4 thermostatisiert (Option, nicht für XEGC) Electrochemical sensor Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0600 POT 01 Elektrochemischer Sensor JP1 4 Angeschlossen als DC-Detektor siehe Seite 9 oder 10 Connected as a DC detector see page 9 or 10 6 E D C B A HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A E D C B A 4.300-9150 5 Heater 4 4.300-8057 Beheizer 3 3/C10 5/C10 8/C10 10/D4 Temp.Sensor 2 Temp.-Sensor Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. 4.300-8057 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 3/C10 5/C10 8/C10 10/D4 1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 A.4 Block Diagram A-31 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. A-32 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Index = + 16 E D C 1 3 4 Neue Gehäusevarianten hinzu B Änderung, revision TN846: Trace Moisture hinzu C 2 TN934: Aktualisiert D Micro Index 11.11.11 TN1273: Aktualisiert E Datum 12.08.09 11.11.10 20.01.11 19.01.12 TN1345, TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert F 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa 6 Name 7 03.10. Schmidt Gepr. 07 Datum 20___ 02.10. Walther Bearb. 8 9 X-STREAM X2 Block diagram Beschreibung, description 10 11 12 13 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 4.300-5158/4 F Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: von of 12 13 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: E D C B 15 B Intentionally left blank 3 A 2 A 1 X-STREAM X2 Instruction Manual HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. A E D C B MBa Appendix 3 Änderung, revision 12.08.09 2 Neue Gehäusevarianten hinzu 1 Micro Index B MBa 11.11.10 Datum 5 Name MBa TN846: Trace Moisture hinzu MBa C 20.01.11 TN1273: Aktualisiert TN934: Aktualisiert 11.11.11 5 E 19.01.12 4 4 TN1345, TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert 3 D F 2 6 Name 7 03.10. Schmidt 07 Datum 20___ 02.10. Walther Gepr. 7 Bearb. 6 6/B8 8 X-STREAM X2 Block diagram 9 „Vapor Recovery“ Only for X2FD 10 11 P4 2 P7 P2 P8 Steckverbindung / plug connection Leitungsfarbe / cable colour 2-adrige Leitung / cable with 2 lines 15 1 12 8/E14 4.300-8130 4.300-8129 1 2 2 2 13 Index 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 4.300-5158/4 F Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: Overtemperaturswitch ETC02580 Übertemperaturschalter Heaterjacket 655228 Heiztasche Temperaturesensor 4.300-9171 Temperatursensor *Note 2: There are only two power supplies in the analyser possible 8/E14 16 von of 13 13 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + /2.4 Verweis auf Seite 2, Spalte 4 / reference to sh 2, row 4 4.xxx-xxxx Zeichnungs-/Sachnummer / Drawing-/Partnumber bl 2 Description of used icons: 14 Symbolerklärung: 13 *Hinweis 2: Es sind nur insgesamt zwei Netzteile im Analysator möglich 12 4.300-8130 24V - 24V DC 11 Stromlaufplan/schematic 4.350-0680/3 XHM 02 4.300-9169 2 Power Supply AC 100V-240V ~ wide range *2 10 Netzteil 100V-240V ~ P6 9 Nur für X2FD 4.300-8126 Beschreibung, description 8 4.300-8108 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG X11 A 1 E D C B A HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 A.4 Block Diagram A-33 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.5 Calculation of Water Vapor A.5 Water Vapor: Relationship of Dewpoint, Vol.-% and g/Nm³ Dewpoint Content of Water Water Concentration °C °F Vol. -% g/Nm³ Dewpoint Content of Water Water Concentration °C °F Vol. -% g/Nm³ 0 32,0 0,60 4,88 36 1 33,8 0,65 5,24 2 36,8 0,68 5,64 3 37,4 0,75 4 39,2 0,80 5 41,0 6 7 96,8 5,86 50,22 37 98,6 6,20 53,23 38 100,4 6,55 56,87 6,06 39 102,2 6,90 59,76 6,50 40 104,0 7,18 62,67 0,86 6,98 42 107,6 8,10 70,95 42,8 0,92 7,49 44 111,2 8,99 79,50 44,6 0,99 8,03 45 113,0 9,45 84,02 8 46,4 1,06 8,60 46 114,8 9,96 89,20 9 48,2 1,13 9,21 48 118,4 11,07 99,80 10 50,0 1,21 9,86 50 122,0 12,04 110,81 11 51,8 1,29 10,55 52 125,6 13,43 124,61 12 53,6 1,38 11,29 54 129,2 14,80 139,55 13 55,4 1,48 12,07 55 131,0 15,55 147,97 14 57,2 1,58 12,88 56 132,8 16,29 156,26 15 59,0 1,68 14,53 58 136,4 17,91 175,15 16 60,8 1,79 14,69 60 140,0 19,65 196,45 17 62,6 1,90 16,08 62 143,6 21,55 220,60 18 64,4 2,04 16,72 64 147,2 23,59 247,90 19 66,2 2,16 17,72 66 150,8 25,80 279,20 20 68,0 2,30 19,01 68 154,4 28,18 315,10 21 69,8 2,45 20,25 70 158,0 30,75 356,70 22 71,6 2,61 21,55 72 161,6 33,50 404,50 23 73,4 2,77 22,95 74 165,2 36,47 461,05 24 75,2 2,95 24,41 76 168,8 39,66 527,60 25 77,0 3,12 25,97 78 172,4 43,06 607,50 26 78,8 3,32 27,62 80 176,0 46,72 704,20 27 80,6 3,52 29,37 82 179,6 50,65 824,00 28 82,4 3,73 32,28 84 183,2 54,84 975,40 29 84,2 3,96 33,15 86 186,8 59,33 1171,50 30 86,0 4,18 35,20 88 190,4 64,09 1433,30 31 87,6 4,43 37,37 90 194,0 69,18 1805,00 32 89,6 4,69 39,67 33 91,4 4,97 42,09 34 93,2 5,25 44,64 35 95,0 5,55 47,35 A-34 Note! Standard conditions: 273 K (0 °C) and 1013 hPa. Water concentration calculated at dry standard conditions. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A.6 Declaration of Decontamination A.6 Declaration of Decontamination Because of legal regulations and for the safety of Emerson Process Management employees and operating equipment, we need this "Declaration of Decontamination", signed by an authorized person, prior to processing your order. Ensure to include it with the shipping documents, or (recommended) attach it to the outside of the packaging. Instrument details Process details Analyzer model Serial no. Temperature Pressure Please check where applicable, include safety data sheet and, if necessary, special handling instructions! The medium was used for Medium and concentration CAS No. toxic harmful corrosive flammable other1) harmless Process Process cleaning Cleaning of returned parts 1) e.g. explosive, radioactive, environmentally hazardous, of biological risk, etc. Describe: _ __________________________________________________________________ Declaration and Sender Data We hereby declare that the retumed parts have been carefully cleaned. To the best of our knowledge they are free from any residues in dangerous quantities. Company Contact Person / Function Appendix Address Phone Signature A Location, Date Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-35 X-STREAM X2 A-36 Instruction Manual HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-EX 10/2012 A.7 Assignment of Terminals and Sockets A.7 Assignment Of Terminals And Sockets A.7.1 Tabletop & Rack Mount Analyzers Pin Pin Channel 3, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA 3 Channel 4, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA 4 unused 5 unused 6 unused 7 Output1 (Failure) NC 8 Output1 (Failure) NO 9 Output1 (Failure) COM 10 Output3 (Off spec) NC 11 Output3 (Off spec) NO 12 Output3 (Off spec) COM 13 7 Channel 1, GND 15 Channel 2, GND 16 Channel 3, GND 17 Channel 4, GND 18 unused 19 unused 20 Output2 (Maintenance request) NC 21 Output2 (Maintenance request) NO 22 Output2 (Maintenance request) COM 23 Output4 (Function check) NC 24 Output4 (Function check) NO 25 Output4 (Function check) COM Pin no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Input 4 4 GND for all digital inputs 5 unused 6 unused 7 Output 5 NC 8 Output 5 NO 9 Output 5 COM 10 Output 6, NC 11 Output 6, NO 12 Output 6, COM 13 Output 7, NC 14 Output 7, NO 15 Output 7, COM 16 Output 8, NC 17 Output 8, NO 18 Output 8, COM 19 Input 5 21 Input 6 22 Input 7 23 Output 9, NC 24 Output 9, NO 25 Output 9, COM 26 Output 10, NC 27 Output 10, NO 28 Output 10, COM 29 Output 11, NC 30 Output 11, NO 31 Output 11, COM 32 Output 12, NC 33 Output 12, NO 34 Output 12, COM 35 Output 13, NC 36 Output 13, NO 37 Output 13, COM Common Common Common not used not used RXD not used not used TXD not used RXD1(+) not used D1(+) TXD1(+) Common not used not used not used not used not used not used not used RXD0(-) TXD0(-) not used not used Pin no. RS 232 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Common RXD TXD not used Common not used not used not used not used Service Port Socket Serial RS 232 interface Pin 1 Pin no. Signal Socket X4 - Digital I/O (Assignment of screw terminals adaptor: see XSTD on next page) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG RS 232 1 inputs 3 Digital 2 Input 3 Signal 20 Digital Input 2 Pin MOD 485/ MOD 485/ 2 wire 4 wire D0(-) 2 6 5 Connector X2 - IOIOI - Serial Modbus interface (Assignment of screw terminals adaptor: see XSTA on next page) outputs 1 inputs Pin Input 1 outputs Digital Digital Socket X1 - Analog outputs, relay outputs 1...4 (Assignment of screw terminals adaptor: see XSTA on next page) 3 7 4 9 4 8 3 8 Note! Configuration of relay contacts as per standard factory setting (NAMUR status signals) Signal 2 Note! The configuration illustrated here is that of the first socket, labelled X4.1. Inputs 8-14 and outputs 1422, are on the second socket (X4.2), if installed. 1 2 3 6 1: 2: 3: 2 3 DC 24 V Input (X2GK) ME + 24 V 0 V (⊥) Pin 8 other TX+ TXRX+ RXnot used Appendix 2 Signal 14 5 9 1 Ethernet connector for Modbus A Channel 2, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Pin outputs 1 (Status signals) Channel 1, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Analog Pin Relay contacts Analog Relay contacts (Status signals) outputs Signal Pin Pin 1 6 A-37 P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.6 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 Pin Input 8 Input 9 Input 10 Input 11 Input 12 Input 13 Input 14 GND for Inputs 8-14 not used Output 14, NC Output 14, NO Output 14, COM Output 15, NC Output 15, NO Output 15, COM Output 16, NC Output 16, NO Output 16, COM Output 17, NC Output 17, NO Output 17, COM Output 18, NC Output 18, NO Output 18, COM Output 19, NC Output 19, NO Output 19, COM Output 20, NC Output 20, NO Output 20, COM Output 21, NC Output 21, NO Output 21, COM Output 22, NC Output 22, NO Output 22, COM Signal not used D0(-) Signal not used Pin Signal RXD0(-) TXD0(-) Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Input 4 Input 5 Input 6 Input 7 GND for Inputs 1-7 not used Output 5, NC Output 5, NO Output 5, COM Output 6, NC Output 6, NO Output 6, COM Output 7, NC Output 7, NO Output 7, COM Output 8, NC Output 8, NO Output 8, COM Output 9, NC Output 9, NO Output 9, COM Output 10, NC Output 10, NO Output 10, COM Output 11, NC Output 11, NO Output 11, COM Output 12, NC Output 12, NO Output 12, COM Output 13, NC Output 13, NO Output 13, COM Pin Channel 1, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 1, GND Channel 2, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 2, GND Channel 3, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 3, GND Channel 4, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 4, GND not used not used not used not used not used not used Output 1 (Failure), NC Output 1 (Failure), NO Output 1 (Failure), COM Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NC Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NO Output 2 (Maintenance Request), COM Output 3 (Out of Spec), NC Output 3 (Out of Spec), NO Output 3 (Out of Spec), COM Output 4 (Function check), NC Output 4 (Function check), NO Output 4 (Function check), COM not used not used not used P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.6 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 not used not used Ethernet connector for Modbus Power terminals Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-38 L= Line N= Neutral PE= Protective Earth not used Flameproof (cast) housing Fieldhousing not used Power cord entry not used not used Service Port Connector Serial RS 232 interface Signal Terminals Strips Common not used L HASX2E-IM-EX 10/2012 X-STREAM X2 Pin 8 Pin 1 N Assignment of serial interface terminals TX+ TXRX+ RXnot used not used 2 1 6 1 2 3 6 other not used 3 7 Signal Common RXD TXD not used 4 8 Pin no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 SER1 SER2 SER3 SER4 SER5 SER6 7 8 9 Common Common Common not used not used RXD not used not used TXD not used RXD1(+) not used D1(+) TXD1(+) Common RS 232 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 Pin PE Pin no. RS 232 Terminal MOD 485/ MOD 485/ 2 wire 4 wire 5 9 Configuration of relay output terminals as per standard factory setting (NAMUR status signals) See table below **) *) Digital Inputs Digital Outputs Digital Inputs Digital Outputs XSTD: Second optional strip with another set of optional 7 Dig Inputs and 9 Dig Outputs XSTD: First optional strip with optional 7 Dig Inputs and 9 Dig Outputs XSTA: Standard strip with standard and optional signals Assignment of Terminals and Socket A.7 Note! Line and neutral terminals with built-in fuse holders Pin Analog Outputs Relay Outputs**) Serial Interface*) Instruction Manual A.7.2 Field Housings Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 A Acknowledgements Menu  See also  Software: Menus Alarms  See also  Software: Menus: Alarm Setup Menu; See also Software: Menus: Alarm Status Menu Concentration Alarms  5-28 SpanRange  5-29 Ambient Temperature  3-9, 3-22 Analyzer Settings  5-13 Assignment of Terminals and Sockets  A-1 ATEX  1-1, 1-2 Authorized Personnel  S-6 B Backup  see Software: Menus: Save-Load Menu Backup Data  See also Save-Load Block Diagram  A-1 C Calibration Advanced Calibration  7-21 Span All Calibration  7-25 Zero All Calibration  7-22 Zero & Span All Calibration  7-28 AutoCal in  6-27 Automatic Calibration  7-37 Calibration Gases  5-17 Calibration Menu  6-22 Calibration Procedures  7-5 Calibration Setup  5-17 Calibration Status  See also  Software: Menus: Calibration Status Menu Cancelling an Ongoing Calibration  7-41 Manual Calibration  7-18 Preparing Calibrations  7-6 Purge Time  5-18 Purge Time  7-16 Remote Calibration  7-32 Modbus Activated Calibration  7-35 Resetting a Calibration  7-40 Valve Assignment  7-10 Valve Assignment  5-18 Verifying a Calibration  7-40 Zero Calibration  3-22 CfgData  See also Configuration Data Sets Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Check Request  See Troubleshooting Chemicals Disposal  11-2 Cleaning the Instrument  7-56  See Maintenance Concentration Limits  see also Alarms Configuration Data Sets  7-60, 7-61, 7-62, 7-63, 7-64, 7-65 Restore  7-57 Save  7-57 Conversion Table  See Water Vapor: Conversion of Dewpoint, Vol.-% and g/Nm³ CSA Certificate of Compliance  A-1 Customer Service  10-2 D Daniel Registers  See Modbus Declaration of Decontamination  A-35 Digital Inputs  6-39, 7-33, A-38  See also Calibration: Remote Calibration Digital Outputs  6-37, 7-11, A-38 Dimensions  2-15, 2-16, 4-24 Display  5-3 Configuring the Display  5-16 E EC Declaration of Conformity  A-1 Electrochemical Sensor  See Oxygen: Electrochemical Sensor Electronics Boards XSP Board  8-21 Ethernet  1-25, 2-18, 4-25 Explosion  7-53 External Device  See Configuration Data Sets F FactData  7-61  See also Configuration Data Sets Failures  S-11, 4-20, 4-28, 7-14, A-38  See also Software: Menus: Status Menu; See Software: Menus: Status Menu; See also Troubleshooting; See  Troubleshooting; See  Troubleshooting Fieldhousing  1-12 Flow Monitor Switch  1-5 Flow Sensor  1-5, 4-6 Front Panel  1-3, 1-30, 5-2 LED  7-8 Function Check  see Software: Menus: Status Menu; I-1 IDX Index Index Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Index See Troubleshooting Fuses  2-18 G Gas Connections  4-5 Gases  3-19 Gas Conditioning  4-3 Gas Pressure  3-20, 3-21, 3-22 Sample Gas  3-10, 3-13, 7-6 Gas Flow Diagram  1-8 Gas Inlets  4-25 Gas Lines  1-4 Configuration of  1-4 Heated Area, Optional  1-7 Optional Components for  1-5 Gas Outlets  1-24, 4-25 H Hazardous Areas  1-2 I Infallible Containment  1-4 Installation  1-1, 1-28, 4-1 Electrical Connections  4-7 Notes On Wiring  4-34 High-Current Loads  4-37 Inductive Loads  4-37 Multiple Loads  4-38 Shielded Cables  4-26, 4-34 X-STREAM X2FD  4-8 X-STREAM X2GK  4-9 X-STREAM X2GP  4-15 X-STREAM X2XF  4-23 Installed Options  See Options Interfaces  See Options Analog Outputs  1-9 Optional Interfaces  1-10 Service Interface  1-21 Status Relays  1-9 Interval Time  See Calibration: Automatic Calibration K Keys  5-4 L Leak Test  7-4 LEDs  5-3 I-2 Literature, Additional  S-6 M Main Menu  See also Software: Menus Maintenance  4-20, 4-28, 7-1, A-38  See Calibration; See Leak Test; See Oxygen: Paramagnetic Cell; See Pump; See Thermal Conductivity Cell Maintenance Requests  See also Software: Menus: Status Menu; See  Software: Menus: Status Menu; See also Troubleshooting; See Troubleshooting Measurement Display  5-11, 6-4, 6-34, 6-60 Measurement Range  6-62 Measuring Principles Infrared  3-1 Oxygen Electrochemical  3-8 Paramagnetic  3-5, 3-6, 3-7 Trace  3-11 Specifications  3-19 Thermal Conductivity  1-4, 3-13, 3-20 Trace Moisture  3-15 Ultraviolet  3-1 Menus  See also Software Messages Analyzer Related  8-1 Channel Related  8-1 Modbus  See  Options - Interfaces; See also  Software: Menus: Communications Settings; See Calibration: Remote Calibration Functions  9-1 Modbus Publication „Modbus_over_serial_ line“  A-1 Modbus TCP/IP  9-1 Supported Functions  9-1 Supported Parameters and Registers  9-1 Modbus Specification  See Modbus: Modbus Publication „Modbus_over_serial_line“ Modicon Registers  See Modbus N NAMUR  4-11, 4-18 NE 43  5-21 NE 44  1-3, 1-9 NE 107  1-3 Status  4-11, 4-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 O S Off-Spec  See also Software: Menus: Status Menu; See also Troubleshooting Opening the Analyzers  7-44 X-STREAM X2FD  7-45, 8-20 X-STREAM X2GK  7-44 X-STREAM X2GP  7-44 X-STREAM X2XF  7-45, 8-20 Optional Interfaces Digital Inputs  1-11 Digital Outputs  1-11 Modbus Interface, Ethernet  1-10 Modbus Interface, Serial  1-10 Options Installed Options  6-61, 6-63 Interfaces  1-9, 1-10, 1-11 COM-Interf  5-14, 6-63, 7-11 Modbus  4-19, 4-29, 6-45, 7-5, A-37, A-38 Pump  5-14, 6-42, 6-61, 7-11, 7-33 Pump Control  See Pump Control Out of Spec  A-38 Oxygen Electrochemical Sensor Adjusting the Output Signal  7-52 Replacement  7-43, 7-47 Paramagnetic Cell Adjustment of Physical Zero  8-33 Safety Instructions  S-5 Intended Use Statement  S-5 Residual Risk  S-5 Sample Gas Pump  1-5 Sample Handling System  see  Software: Menus: IntSHS Menu Save-Load  5-34, 6-8, 6-14  See Software: Menus: Save-Load Menu; See Configuration Data Sets CfgData  5-34 FactData  5-34 SvcPort  5-34 UserData  5-34 Save / Restore CfgData to External Device  7-62 Scaling  See also Setup: Analog Outputs Scope of Supply  4-1 Sensors Replacement Electrochemical Oxygen Sensor  7-47 Trace Moisture  7-55 Trace Oxygen Sensor  7-54 Service Information  10-1 ServicePort  See Configuration Data Sets Settings  see Software: Settings Setup Analog Outputs  5-20 Accuracy  5-27 Failsafe  5-30 Scaling  5-24 Signal  5-23 SignalRange  5-20 Zooming  5-25 Signal  See also Setup: Analog Outputs SignalRange  See also  Setup: Analog Outputs: SignalRange Sockets  See Assignment of Terminals and Sockets Software  5-7 Access Levels  5-9 Language  5-12 Menus  6-1 Acknowledgements Menu  6-12 Advanced Calibration Menu  6-10 Alarm Setup Menu  6-46 Alarm Status Menu  6-60 Analog Outputs Menu  6-31 AutoCal in Menu  6-27 Calibration Gases Menu  6-24 P Powering Up  5-11 Pressure  6-28 Pressure Sensor  1-6 Procedures  7-1 Pump  6-5 Replacement of Diaphragm  8-22 Pump Control  6-61 Purge Gas  see Case Purge; See Reference, Open Purge Time  See Calibration Purging Open Reference Option  4-4 R Reference, Open  4-4 Replacing Worn Out Sensors  7-43 Return of Material  10-1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG I-3 IDX Index Index Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Index Calibration Setup Menu  6-22 Calibration Status Menu  6-55 Calibration Status Menu  6-9 Communications Settings  6-45 Control Menu  6-5 Digital Inputs Menu  6-39 Digital Outputs Menu  6-37 Display Setup  6-15 Function Checks  6-53 Info Menu  6-61 In/Outputs Setup  6-30 Installed Options Menu  6-43 Interval Time Menu  6-26 IntSHS Menu  6-41 Main Menu  6-4 Measurement Display  6-4 Measurement Menu  6-28 Menu Access Setup  6-18 Off-Specs Menu  6-54 RESET Calibration Menu  6-8 Save-Load Menu  6-48 Setup Menu  6-14 Signal Range Menu  6-33 Span Calibration Menu  6-7 Status Menu  6-50 Valve Assignment Menu  6-25 Zero Calibration Menu  6-6 Zoom Menu  6-13 Zoom Output Menu  6-36 Menu System  6-3 Navigating and Editing  5-7 Settings Backing Up the Settings  5-34 Calibration Setup  5-17 Installed Options  5-14 Special Messages  5-10 Software Menus  See also Save-Load Span Calibration Menu  See also Software: Menus SpanRange  See also Alarms: Concentration Alarms Startup  3-6, 5-1 Status  See also Software: Menus: Status Menu Status LED  5-3 SvcPort  See Configuration Data Sets Symbols  S-3–S-4 T Technical Data  2-1 I-4 Common  2-2 Model Specific External Power Supply Units  2-8 X-STREAM X2FD  2-19 X-STREAM X2GK  2-5 X-STREAM X2GP  2-12 X-STREAM X2XF  2-15 Technical Description  1-1 Temperature Sensors  1-6 Terminals  4-25, A-37, A-38  See Assignment of Terminals and Sockets Assignment of Terminals  A-37, A-38 Terms  S-2 Thermal Conductivity Cell Adjustment of Output Signal  8-36 Training  10-2 Troubleshooting  8-1  See also Messages Extended Troubleshooting on Components  8-1 Problems NOT Indicated by Status Messages  8-1 U Unattended Automatic Calibration  See Calibration: Automatic Calibration UserData  6-8, 7-40, 7-59  See also Configuration Data Sets V Valve Assignment  6-25  See Calibration Valve Block  1-5, 7-13 W Water Vapor: Conversion of Dewpoint, Vol.-% and g/Nm³  A-1 X X-STREAM Variations  1-12 X2FD  1-13, 1-27 X2GK  1-12, 1-14 X2GP  1-12, 1-17 X2XF  1-13, 1-20 XLF  4-23 XXF  4-23 XLFN  1-26 XLFS  1-26 XLFZ  1-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Index IDX Index XXFN  1-26 XXFS  1-26 XXFZ  1-26 X-STREAM XCA  1-18 X-STREAM XCC  1-15 Z Zero Calibration Menu  See also Software: Menus Zoom  6-5, 6-13, 6-34  See also  Setup: Analog Outputs Zoom Menu  See also Zoom Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG I-5 Instruction Manual X-STREAM X2 HASX2E-IM-HS 10/2012 Index I-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG EUROPE ASIA-PACIFIC Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Rosemount Analytical Process Gas Analyzer Center of Excellence Industriestrasse 1 63594 Hasselroth, Germany T +49 6055 884 0 F +49 6055 884 209 www.RosemountAnalytical.com Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific Private Limited 1 Pandan Crescent Singapore 128461 Republic of Singapore T +65 6 777 8211 F +65 6 777 0947 analytical@ap.emersonprocess.com www.RosemountAnalytical.com AMERICAS MIDDLE EAST AND AFRICA Emerson Process Management Rosemount Analytical 10241 West Little York, Suite 200 Houston, TX 77040 USA T 866 422 3683 T +1 713 396 8880 T +1 713 396 8759 F +1 713 466 8175 gc.csc@emerson.com www.RosemountAnalytical.com Emerson Process Management Emerson FZE P.O Box 17033 Jebel Ali Free Zone Dubai, United Arab Emirates T +971 4 811 8100 F +971 4 886 5465 analytical@ap.emersonprocess.com www.RosemountAnalytical.com The Emerson logo is a trademark and service mark of Emerson Electric Co. Rosemount Analytical is a mark of one of the Emerson Process Management family of companies. All other marks are the property of their respective owners. The contents of this publication are presented for information purposes only, and while effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available on request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of our products at any time without notice. © 2012 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG